RS27_OM_E : simplebooklet.com

1-2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55WARNING: Any warranties for modified operation units (safety frame, electric and hydraulic systems a.s.o) expire if cabs are mounted that are not ap-proved by the tractor's maker. Moreover, noise levels and compliance with the approvals cannot be verified in this case.CALIFORNIA Statement 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.Units of measurementAll units of measurement used in this manual are metric unless otherwise stated.Use the following table to convert from metric to impe-rial units.mm x 0.03937 = incheskg x 2.2 = poundsbar x 14.5038 = PSILitres x 0.22 = British gallonsLitres x 0.264 = US gallonsN (Newton) x 0.225 = pound/footNm x 0.738 = pound/footNm x 8.85 = pound/inch°C x 1.8 (=32) = °Fkm/h x 0.62 = MPHThis Operator’s Manual is valid in all countries in the world and for all models. The photos, warnings and instruc-tions it contains concern both standard and optional equipment. Therefore you might find details on parts that are not installed on your own tractor, depending on national laws and ordered optionals. All contents in this manual are carefully drawn up and undergo accurate checks.The illustrations in this manual are not comprehensive of all possible cases. All technical information and speci-fications contained in the manual are updated to the date of its release. In a policy of continuous improvement of our products, we reserve the right to introduce modifications in any moment without any prior notice. Argo Tractors declines, however, any liability, either direct or indirect, to users and to third parties in general, for any delay, inaccuracy, mistake, omission, direct and indirect damage deriving from the above mentioned contents. Any mistake of whom we are advised shall be promptly corrected. As no guarantee can be given of the update status of a document on paper, only the text published on our website ARGOSERVICE.NET shall be deemed as authentic.The tractor is provided of safety features complying to national and international laws. For your own safety, such features should be correctly used at any time and checked for operation. In case of doubts about their operation or use, please refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.If the tractor is sold again, this operation manual should be left on it. The next owner will require the informa-tion it contains.This manual was compiled in compliance with the ISO 3600 standards and the here contained instructions comply to the requirements of the following directive in force in the European Union: Regulation (EU) n. 167/2013. [1]For tractors sold or used outside the European Union, local laws have priority.Main guards present on tractors dealt with in this manual. [2.o][2.p][6.3.2b]CABROPS (protection against overturning) YESFOPS (protection against objects falling from above) YES**OPS (protection against penetration of objects from sides) NOProtection against hazardous chemicals CLASS. 2** Complying to EN 15695-1:2009** The protection level of the FOPS structure of the cab is approved to the Code 10 OCSE. Always refer to the identification plate of the cab (Sect. 1 in this manual) to check the protection level.

Page 3

1-3P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.551Contents ...............................................................................................1-3Tractor identification .............................................................................1-9Introduction ........................................................................................1-12Warranty, pre-delivery inspections and installation ...........................1-12Warranty claim ....................................................................................1-13Spare parts warning ...........................................................................1-13If you move .........................................................................................1-13Post-warranty service .........................................................................1-13Safety ..................................................................................................1-13Safety notes .........................................................................................2-1Regular use ...........................................................................................2-1Alarm and safety texts and symbols ....................................................2-2Safety - Tractor and implement ............................................................ 2-2Safety - Introduction ............................................................................. 2-2Safety - Advice for the operator ...........................................................2-2Safety - Danger, Warning and Caution .................................................2-3Safety - Decals ......................................................................................2-3Safety - Following a safety program ....................................................2-3Safety - Cab ..........................................................................................2-4Safety precautions................................................................................2-7Personal protection devices (DPI) ........................................................2-7Check your equipment .......................................................................2-10Cleaning the tractor ............................................................................ 2-11Save the environment ........................................................................2-11Safety - Tractor maintenance .............................................................2-11Safety - Starting up .............................................................................2-13Working in safety ................................................................................2-15Follow the rules when using your tractor. .......................................... 2-15Working in safety ................................................................................2-15Beware of other people......................................................................2-17Risk of overturning .............................................................................2-18To avoid side overturning ...................................................................2-18To avoid back overturning ..................................................................2-20Dangerous operations ........................................................................ 2-22To engage the power take-off ............................................................2-22Implements and attachments ............................................................2-24Road transport ....................................................................................2-25Highway Code regulations .................................................................2-25Safety - After use ................................................................................2-26Further notes ......................................................................................2-27Tractor stability ...................................................................................2-29Tractor's lifting points .........................................................................2-31Tractor access ....................................................................................2-32Fuel tank filling ...................................................................................2-33Filling with AdBlue™ or DEF ............................................................... 2-33Wedges ..............................................................................................2-34Risks from noise .................................................................................2-35Positions of the safety decals ............................................................2-36Positions of safety decals - Only North American markets ...............2-41Table of contents Page n. Section 1 Section 2

Page 4

1-4P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Controls - Cab .......................................................................................3-1Main controls ........................................................................................3-2Controls on the left side of the driver's seat. ....................................... 3-3Controls on the left side of the control turret ......................................3-3Commutators........................................................................................3-3LED and backlighting functions on switches .......................................3-4Drive direction reversing lever .............................................................3-4Tractor Warning Lamp Usage ...............................................................3-5Turn indicator operation (North America version) ................................ 3-5Implement Warning Lamps (if Equipped) ............................................3-5Rotating Beacon ................................................................................... 3-6Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) Symbol ....................................................3-6Front right controls on instrument turret .............................................3-7Adjustment of electro-hydraulic reverse shuttle effectiveness ........... 3-8Battery master disconnect switch .......................................................3-8Use of adjustment of Powershuttle effectiveness...............................3-8Steering column adjustment ................................................................ 3-9Auxiliary power socket (12 V) .............................................................3-11Miscellaneous ....................................................................................3-11Operator's seat ...................................................................................3-12Seat belt .............................................................................................3-20Instructor seat ....................................................................................3-21Operator present sensor ....................................................................3-22Cab .....................................................................................................3-24Central controls on control turret ...................................................... 3-25Rear window wiper ............................................................................3-25Cab roof components ........................................................................3-26Cab ventilation ....................................................................................3-27Controls for cab temperature .............................................................3-28Setup with heating only .....................................................................3-28Setup with cab air conditioning .........................................................3-29Use of the air conditioning system ....................................................3-29Radio ...................................................................................................3-30Additional Cab Features .....................................................................3-37Instruments and Programming ............................................................ 4-1Instruments - Instrument panel ............................................................4-2Display operation ..................................................................................4-5Alarm management priority display .....................................................4-8Main display .........................................................................................4-8Clock/Work timer ..................................................................................4-8Rear electronic hitch ............................................................................4-9Engagement/disengagement threshold of auto PTO ..........................4-9Setup of limits for auto PTO engagement/disengagement. .............. 4-10Air brakes pressure ............................................................................4-11AdBlue™ or DEF level .........................................................................4-11Engine operating modes .................................................................... 4-12Service interval ...................................................................................4-15Alarm from operator present sensor on seat.....................................4-16Electra-hydraulic effectiveness ..........................................................4-16Counters .............................................................................................4-17Calibrations .........................................................................................4-17Engine controller menu ...................................................................... 4-18Standstill operation of the exhaust gas post-treatment system ........4-19Adjustment of screen, lamps and indicators brightness ................... 4-20Constant engine RPM rate ................................................................. 4-21Selection of rear PTO engagement curve .......................................... 4-22Selection of front PTO engagement curve .........................................4-23Alarms ................................................................................................4-24Table of contents Page n. Section 4 Section 3

Page 5

1-5P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.551Transmission display area .................................................................4-25Power take-off menu .......................................................................... 4-27Accessories menu ..............................................................................4-31• Implement width .............................................................................4-33• Euro/NAO market ............................................................................ 4-34• Clock ................................................................................................4-35• Service interval ................................................................................4-36• Functionality (indicator lights/indicators/display on LCD) ............... 4-37• Management of operator present control ......................................4-45Operation ..............................................................................................5-1General Operation ................................................................................5-2Run In Procedure ..................................................................................5-2Starting procedure ................................................................................5-3Starting the tractor ...............................................................................5-4Stopping the tractor .............................................................................5-4Turning off the engine ..........................................................................5-4Running in ............................................................................................5-4Cold Temperature Operation ................................................................ 5-5Cold weather starting (temperatures below 0°C) (cold engine) ...........5-6Turning off the engine ..........................................................................5-7Parking the tractor ................................................................................5-7Battery master disconnect switch .......................................................5-8Transmission - configurations ..............................................................5-9Use of the gearbox .............................................................................5-10Adjustment of electro-hydraulic reverse shuttle effectiveness ......... 5-11Speed tables .......................................................................................5-12Gearshift clutch ..................................................................................5-14Reverse shuttle control lever .............................................................5-15Gearshift lever ....................................................................................5-16Operation of Power Shuttle gearbox ..................................................5-17Starting the tractor with the clutch pedal ..........................................5-18Changing gear with the declutch button ...........................................5-18Changing gear with the clutch pedal .................................................5-18Engagement of Powershift ranges under load (setup with HML transmission) ....5-19Use of reverse shuttle under load ......................................................5-20Use of reverse shuttle with clutch pedal ...........................................5-20Stopping and parking the tractor .......................................................5-21Manually releasing the Park Lock ....................................................... 5-22Power take-off ....................................................................................5-23• Power take-off engagement ............................................................ 5-24• Synchronised power take-off (if equipped) ..................................... 5-25• External PTO controls ......................................................................5-26Rear Auto PTO (if equipped) ...............................................................5-27• Auto PTO activation .........................................................................5-27• Auto PTO deactivation .....................................................................5-27• Memorisation of the ON and OFF positions ...................................5-27Selecting PTO speed .......................................................................... 5-28PTO overspeed ................................................................................... 5-29Interchangeable PTO shaft. ................................................................5-29Precautions when using the PTO ....................................................... 5-30Front power take-off ........................................................................... 5-31Front hitch...........................................................................................5-33Brakes ................................................................................................. 5-36Parking brake ......................................................................................5-37Hydraulic trailer brake .........................................................................5-38Control position for parking brake ......................................................5-43Stationary ............................................................................................5-44Differential lock ..................................................................................5-45Table of contents Page n. Section 5

Page 6

1-6P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Operating the four-wheel drive .......................................................... 5-47Engine set point .................................................................................5-49Tractor transport ................................................................................. 5-51Tow equipment - Front pull hook. .......................................................5-54Drawbar ..............................................................................................5-55Pick up hitch .......................................................................................5-56Height adjustable hitch. .....................................................................5-60Towable weights.................................................................................5-64Rear hitch (mechanical control) ..........................................................5-69• Sensitivity adjustment ..................................................................... 5-71• Down speed control ........................................................................5-71• Top link of the mechanical hitch .....................................................5-72• External contro for hitch (if equipped) ............................................5-73Rear hitch (electronic control) ............................................................5-74• Electronically controlled hitch - activation ......................................5-75• Hitching an implement .................................................................... 5-76• Use during work .............................................................................. 5-77Auxiliary control valves ....................................................................... 5-80Use of the auxiliary control valves .....................................................5-82• Free discharge ................................................................................. 5-83• Single/double action selection ........................................................ 5-84• Diverter valve ...................................................................................5-84Quick couplers....................................................................................5-85Connecting Remote Hoses ................................................................5-85Disconnecting hoses and implements ..............................................5-86Joystick lever to control midmount control valves ............................5-87Auxiliary control valve with electro-hydraulic divider ......................... 5-88Rear Three-Point Hitch .......................................................................5-89Tyres, wheels, ballasting ......................................................................6-1Tyre Inflation Specifications .................................................................6-3Tyre pressures, Load Capacities And Service ...................................... 6-4Tyre inflation procedure ........................................................................6-6Tyre and wheel service ......................................................................... 6-7Tyre installation .....................................................................................6-7Wheel removing procedure ..................................................................6-8Setting The Front Wheel Toe-In ............................................................6-9Front axle - steering stops ..................................................................6-10Track adjustment ................................................................................6-11Front and rear wheels bolt torques .................................................... 6-18Front to rear tyre size combinations ..................................................6-19• wheels with bolted rims ..................................................................6-19Front wheel fenders ...........................................................................6-20Tractor ballast .....................................................................................6-22Regular service intervals ......................................................................7-1Routine maintenance table ..................................................................7-2Recommendations before you service ................................................7-8Lubrication and maintenance ............................................................... 7-9Running in ..........................................................................................7-10Servicing intervals ..............................................................................7-10Miscellaneous checks ........................................................................ 7-10Lubrication/Greasing ..........................................................................7-11General tractor inspection ..................................................................7-11Fuel tank filling ...................................................................................7-12Engine oil specifications ....................................................................7-13Approved fuels ...................................................................................7-15Protective agent for the cooling system ............................................ 7-16AdBlue® (urea solution AUS 32) ........................................................7-17Exhaust gas post-treatment system ..................................................7-18Table of contents Page n. Section 7 Section 6

Page 7

1-7P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.551Table of contents Page n. Section 8 Selective Catalytic Reduction ............................................................. 7-19Access for inspection and maintenance ............................................7-23Variable maintenance (every 10 hours or daily) .................................7-25Check coolant level ............................................................................7-32Cab filter - Variable maintenance .......................................................7-81General maintenance .........................................................................7-83Preparing for long idle periods ........................................................... 7-86Fire prevention ....................................................................................7-87Electrical system ..................................................................................8-1Electrical system - Battery ....................................................................8-2Battery system servicing ...................................................................... 8-3Headlights ............................................................................................8-5Lamp replacement ...............................................................................8-6Fuses and relays ...................................................................................8-87-pin power socket for trailer .............................................................8-12EBS power socket for trailer diagnosis (ISO 7638) ............................ 8-13Auxiliary power socket .......................................................................8-14Diagnostic connectors .......................................................................8-15Specifications - Alphabetical index ......................................................9-1Weights and dimensions ......................................................................9-2Engine ...................................................................................................9-3Electric system ..................................................................................... 9-4Transmission.........................................................................................9-5Clutch ...................................................................................................9-5Rear axle ...............................................................................................9-6Rear brakes ...........................................................................................9-7Front axle ..............................................................................................9-7Track adjustment ..................................................................................9-8Power steering system .........................................................................9-8Hydraulic circuit ....................................................................................9-9Electronically controlled hitch ..............................................................9-9Three-point linkage .............................................................................9-10Auxiliary control valves ....................................................................... 9-10Cab .....................................................................................................9-10Optional extras ...................................................................................9-10Radio specifications ...........................................................................9-11Noise levels ........................................................................................9-12Vibration levels ...................................................................................9-13Issue of authorization .........................................................................9-14Weights ..............................................................................................9-14Lubricants and fuels chart .................................................................. 9-15Implement attachment points ............................................................9-17Alphabetical index ..............................................................................9-19Regulation (EU) n. 167/2013 ...............................................................9-21Section 9

Page 8

Page 9

1-9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.551Tractor identification dataThe tractor ant its main components are identified by serial numbers and manufacturing codes. The positions of each identification code are illustrated as follows.NOTE: Identification data should be communicated to your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer for requests of spare parts or service.Tractor and safety frame identifica-tion plateThe manufacturer's plate is applied on the outside, at the rear of the cab floor/platform, on the left side.The manufacturer's plate shows the following data:1. Class2. Number of approval3. Chassis number4. Maximum allowed weight (total)5. Maximum allowed weight (front axle)6. Maximum allowed weight (rear axle)Maximum towed weight7. Trailer with no brakes8. Trailer with inertia brakes9. Trailer with hydraulic brakes10. Trailer with air brakesOther data are indicated on the authorization certificate.The plate that identifies the cab is applied just over the manufacturer's plate.11. Safety frame type12. Tractor model13. FOPS approval*14. ROPS approval* NOTE: this field identifies the approval type. If the field is left empty, the cab does not do not give a satisfactory protection against objects falling from above. The cab with an approved FOPS structure gives protection against fall-ing objects according to the Code 10 of OCSE standards.Fig.1-1 Tractor identification plate.Tractor identification1235678910411121413

Page 10

Page 11

Page 12

1-12P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55INTRODUCTIONNOTE: This manual is distributed with tractors all over the world. The equipment indicated as standard or optional may vary according to the country where the tractor oper-ates. Please ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for full details of the equipment available in your country.The purpose of this book is to enable the owner and driver to operate the tractor in a safe manner. Provided that the instructions are followed carefully, the equipment will give years of service in our tradition.If you should not understand any part of this booklet, please do not hesitate to ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for advice, as these instructions must be correctly under-stood and complied with. It is advisable to perform a daily maintenance routine and to keep a register to record the work hours of the machine.When new parts are required it is important that only genuine service parts are used. Authorised Argo Trac-tors Dealers supply genuine parts and can give advice regarding their fitness and use. If lesser quality spare parts are mounted, this can cause major damages and be a danger to the operator's safety and health. Customers are therefore required to buy their service parts only from an authorised Argo Tractors Dealer.This tractor is designed only for general agricultural operations. For his full and safe operation, follow the directions given in this manual.THE TRACTOR IS UNSUITABLE FOR USE IN FORESTRY OPERATIONS.It may become suitable for such use if a forestry kit is installed which is EC marked and approved and whose installation is approved by the manufacturer.The installation and modification of the tractor must be carried out with the highest technical standards by specialised workshops with qualified personnel. Such workshops must be able to guarantee and attest the risk analysis provided for in the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC concerning the foreseen and predictable use of the tractor for forestry work and environment, in order to carry out all required adaptations of the tractor. This specific forestry kit must protect the driver's seat from falling and penetrating objects.Use in any other way as described hereunder is consid-ered as contrary to the intended use. The Manufacturer of the tractor accepts no liability for any damage or injury resulting from misuse; any resulting risks must be borne solely by the user.Also compliance with and strict adherence to the opera-tion, service and maintenance conditions specified by the Manufacturer are substantial part of the intended use.If the tractor must be used in very heavy-duty conditions Introduction - Warranty(e.g. deep water or extremely muddy soils), you should ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for specific instructions, to avoid invalidating the guarantee.For the correct operation, service and maintenance of this tractor you need to be fully acquainted with its specific features and any associated safety hazards to prevent any personal injury or damage.Customers should use an authorised Argo Tractors Dealer in connection with any problem regarding service and adjustments.WARRANTY, PRE-DELIVERY INSPEC-TIONS AND INSTALLATIONThe Company Argo Tractors, when selling new goods to their Dealers, gives a warranty that, subject to certain conditions, guarantees that the goods are free from defects in material and workmanship. As this manual is published for worldwide distribution, it is impossible to give a precise and detailed description of the terms and clauses of the warranty granted in each country for retail sale. The buyers of new tractors should therefore ask their Dealer for full details.According to the Company's policy of continuous improve-ment to its machines, changes in their technical features may be made at any time without notice. The Company accepts no responsibility for discrepancies which may occur between the specifications of its machines and the descriptions thereof contained in its publications.An Argo Tractors Dealer is required to carry out certain activities when supplying a new tractor. These consist of a full pre-delivery inspection to ensure that the tractor supplied is ready for immediate use, and full instruction in the basic principles of operation and maintenance of the tractor. These instructions will cover instruments and controls, routine maintenance and safety precautions. All persons who will be concerned with the operation and maintenance of the machine should be present for these instructions. NOTE: The Manufacturer will not accept responsibility for any claim resulting from the fitment of non-approved parts or attachments, or unauthorized modification or alteration.

Page 13

1-13P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.551WARRANTY CLAIMA correct installation, followed by a regular maintenance, will help in preventing malfunctions or breakdowns. If you should detect any assembly defects or malfunctions dur-ing the warranty period, it will be necessary to immediately inform the Argo Tractors Dealer stating the problem, the tractor's model, the serial number and number of worked hours.Immediate communication of these information to your Dealer within the warranty period will make it possible to analyze the problem to find the correct resolution.The Warranty will be null and void it such communication is not within the warranty period.It should be noted that normal maintenance services such as tuning, brake/clutch adjustments, and the supply of materials used to service the tractor (oil, filters, fuel and antifreeze) are not covered by terms of the warranty. SPARE PARTS WARNING Only genuine spare parts should be used as inferior quality parts may not only impair performance, but also be dangerous for the operator's health and safety. The manufacturer of the tractor will not take any responsibility for any loss, damage or liability resulting from the fitment of such parts, and, if fitted during the normal warranty period will invalidate the manufacturer's warranty. IF YOU MOVEThe Argo Tractors Dealer by whom you bought your trac-tor is sole responsible for the protection given by your warranty. We recommend that any repair of your machine should be made by the Dealer. If you move outside of your selling dealer's area of responsibility, or the tractor should operate in a different area, you should enquire and notify the relevant authorised Argo Tractors Dealer in your new area about your machine. This will ensure any remaining warranty and servicing can be supported. If you moved from the area of your original Argo Tractors Dealer without any arrangements with the new Dealer, the latter will give you assistance for emergencies, but will charge normal prices, unless:a. You make it clear that the warranty has not expired, andb. The Argo Tractors Dealer making the repair can make the due arrangements with the original Dealer.POST-WARRANTY SERVICEDuring the warranty period it is advisable to let your Argo Tractors Dealer perform every repair and servicing. In this way the Dealer is able to keep under control operation and performances of your new tractor.Introduction - WarrantyIn order to obtain the best performances from your tractor, it is important to go on with regular checks and servic-ing even after the warranty is expired. Turn to your Argo Tractors Dealer for all main service operations. A trained engineer will spot any problems between one service and the next.Our engineers are regularly trained and updated on the product, servicing techniques and the use of modern service tools and diagnostic equipment. They receive regular Service Bulletins, have all Workshop Manuals and other such technical information to ensure that the repair or service is to the standard required.SAFETY The safety of the operator is one of the main concerns in designing and developing a new tractor. Designers build in as many safety features as possible. However, every year many accidents occur which could have been avoided by a few seconds thought and a more careful approach to handling farm machinery and implements. Therefore you are required to read through and imple-ment the safety instructions detailed in the Safety Notes section of this book. CAU-TION: In some of the illustrations used in this Operator Instruction Book, panels or guards may have been removed for clarity. Never op-erate the tractor without these components in position. If the removal of panels or guards is necessary to make a repair, they MUST be replaced before operation.

Page 14

Page 15

2-1Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Section 2Safety notesREGULAR USEThis is an agricultural tractor, whose function consists essentially in traction power. It is therefore specially designed to push, pull, carry or operate some interchangeable implements for agricultural purpose, or to tow agricultural trailers.This machine must be driven and operated by an operator suitably instructed and, for countries where it is requested, firmly seated and wearing a fastened seat belt. [2.x] [2.ab]This machine is NOT designed for the following purposes:- To be driven or operated standing high or from outside the cab or the operator's seat, or without fastened seat belts. [2.ab]- To lift persons.- To transport persons, within or outside the cab or the operator's seat, in any condition (work or road transport).- To be used in hazardous atmosphere.- To be used in forestry.- To be equipped with front loaders if the tractor is not provided with a suitable structure to protect the operator's seat from falling and projected objects.More basic rules- Keep the cab doors closed while the machine is being used.- The machine must be used only by a skilled and suitably instructed operator who knows perfectly controls and driving technique. [2.x]- External controls of hitch and electro-hydraulic power take-off (if equipped) MUST BE OPERATED standing on one side outside the tractor and keeping oneself out of the overall width of mudguards [3.b]. It is expressly forbidden to operate the controls from the rear of the tractor or standing on the inner side of wheels.- Before any operations, carefully analyse all risks and check that the user is skilled enough to safely operate the machine. WARNING: Improper use of the machine, specially on rough terrain or slopes, can make it tilt over. Pay particular attention in case of rain, snow, ice or anyway on slippery ground. It may be necessary to step out of the tractor to check personally ground quality. In the described conditions, always keep the load as close as possible to the tractor and the ground. [2.v]WARNING: Do not try to get off the moving tractor, even if it is overturning, to avoid being crushed under it, but remain seated with the well fastened seat belt and hold firmly the steering wheel. [2.e][2.ab]WARNING: If the tractor is used as a fixed power unit without supervision (e.g. connection to a pump unit for irrigation), put up warnings against this dangerous situation and barriers to keep off unauthorized personnel.

Page 16

2-2Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55SAFETY ALERT SYMBOLS AND TERMSThis safety symbol means WARNING! BEWARE! YOUR SAFETY IS IN DANGER!This alert symbol draws your attention on important warnings on the implement, in the manual or anywhere else. Pay great attention whenever you see this symbol: there is a great danger of serious or deadly injuries. Follow the instruc-tions given in the warning.WHY IS SAFETY IMPORTANT FOR YOU? ACCIDENTS CAN DISABLE and KILL  ACCIDENTS COST A HIGH PRICE  ACCIDENTS can be AVOIDED SAFETY - TRACTOR AND IMPLEMENT [3.a]• The tractor is a source of mechanical and hydraulic power.• This Operator's Manual is compiled to cover safe working practices that are associated with the base tractor operation.• It does not cover all operation and safety instructions relevant to all known implements and attachments that may be fitted to your tractor in the future.• All implements connected to the tractor must bear the CE mark (Europe only). All equipment to be connected must be accompanied by a operation and maintenance handbook, to be read before assembling and using the equipment.• It is essential that operators use and understand the relevant Operator's Manual which accompany such im-plements and attachments not treated in this book.SAFETY - ADVICE FOR THE OPERA-TORIt is YOUR responsibility to read and understand the safety section in this manual before operating your tractor. You must follow these safety instructions that take you step by step through your working day. DO NOT USE THE MACHINE IF YOU HAVE ANY DOUBTS:In reading this section, you will note that illustrations have been used to highlight certain situations. Each illustration is numbered and the same number appears in the text in parenthesis. This reference number is at the end of the written text concerning the picture and is composed of two digits separated by a dash: the first digit before the dash identifies the section, the second one the progres-sive number of the picture in the section. (e.g. Fig.2-34 = Figure 34 of Section 2).Remember that YOU are the only key to safety. Good safety practices not only protect you, but also the people around you. Study the features in this manual and make them a working part of your safety program. SAFETY - INTRODUCTIONThis safety section of your Operator Instruction Book is intended to point out some of the basic danger situations that may be encountered during the normal operation and maintenance of your tractor, and to suggest possible ways of dealing with these situations. This section is NOT a replacement for other safety practices featured in other sections of this book.Additional precautions may be needed according to the implements used and to work conditions in the field or in repair or maintenance areas. The Manufacturer of the tractor has no direct control over application, operation, inspection, lubrication or maintenance of utility tractor. Implementation of correct safety practices in such areas is therefore YOUR own responsibility.

Page 17

2-3Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Keep in mind that this safety section is written only for this type of machine. Practice all other usual and customary safe working precautions, and above all - REMEMBER - SAFETY IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. YOU CAN PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. SAFETY - DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTIONWhenever you see the words and symbols shown below, used in this book and on decals, you MUST take note of their instructions as they relate to personal safety.DANGER: The symbol and the word DANGER indicate an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in DEATH OR VERY SERIOUS INJURY.WARNING: The symbol and the word WARNING indicate a potentially hazardous situation. If the instructions or procedures are not correctly followed, it could result in DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY IN EXTREME CASES.CAUTION: The word CAUTION indicates a limited risk situation which, if not avoided, will result in MATERIAL DAMAGES AND/OR MINOR INJURIES.IMPORTANT: The word IMPORTANT is used to identify special instructions or procedures which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of the machine, of the work carried out or its surroundings.NOTE: The word NOTE is used to indicate points of par-ticular interest for more efficient and convenient repair or operation.SAFETY - DECALS WARNING: DO NOT remove or efface Danger, Warning, Caution or Instruction decals.Any lost or effaced Danger, Warning, Caution or Instruc-tion decals must be replaced. Replacement decals are available from your Dealer in the event of loss or damage. The actual location of these Safety Decals is illustrated at the end of this section. If a second-hand tractor has been purchased, refer to the illustrations at the end of this section to ensure that all the safety warning decals are in the correct position and readable.SAFETY - FOLLOWING A SAFETY PROGRAMSafe use of the tractorOnly qualified and authorised operators are able to use farming tractors in safety. To be qualified you must under-stand the written instructions supplied in this Operator Instruction Book, have training in the work area, and know the safety rules and regulations for the job.Some regulations state, for instance, that no one younger than 18 (according to European regulations) may use machines with engines. Tractors are such machines. It is your responsibility to know these regulations and comply with them in the area or the situation in which the tractor is used.Such regulations include, without limitation, the following instructions for a safe use of the tractor.WARNING: The operator must not be under influence of alcohol or drugs that can impair his/her coordination or alert conditions. An operator under prescription for narcotic drugs needs a medical certificate stating if he/she is able to use the tractor safely.Take the following precautions:• Do NOT allow children or unauthorized persons to drive or use your tractor. Keep others away from your area of work.• Fasten your seat belt if the tractor is fitted with an upright safety frame or a cab. [2.ab]• Whenever possible, do not operate the tractor near ditches, pits or holes in the ground. Slow down when steering, driving on slopes or driving over rough, slip-pery or muddy terrain. [2.v]• Keep clear from slopes too steep to operate safely. [2.v]• Drive carefully, specially on headlands, on road, near a ditch and around trees. [2.v]• NEVER let anyone get on to the tractor or the imple-ment.• Hitch only from the recommended hitch points. Never hitch above the central line of the rear axle.• Operate the tractor smoothly, with no sudden turns, starts or stops. Apply the parking brake whenever the tractor is stopped.• Do not remove or alter any part of the equipment or of the guards. Do not use the tractor if the safety frame is removed or damaged. Never use attachments that are not designed for your tractor.

Page 18

2-4Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55SAFETY - CAB [2.o][2.p]The safety cab is designed on purpose for this tractor series and complies with all law requirements concerning safety and noise level.The safety cab complies with international safety stand-ards prescribed by laws in force. The cab MUST NEVER be drilled or modified in order to install accessories or implements. IT IS FORBIDDEN to weld components to the cab or to repair damaged cab components. Never at-tach chains or cables to the main framework of the cab for towing purposes.WARNING: tractors equipped with cab may have a roof compliant with standard OCSE Code 10 that gives a limited protection against objects and loads that might fall from above in typical agricultural work conditions, but not against objects and loads that might be projected into the area normally occupied by the operator.• Seat belts must always be worn and adjusted snugly (Fig.2-2). [2.ab]• From time to time, carefully inspect the seat belt and replace it if worn or damaged (Fig.2-2). [2.ab]WARNING: Always fasten your safety belt. [2.ab]After an accident, let a specialised workshop check the safety frame, the driving seat, the safety belts and the anchor points of the safety belts. Replace all damaged parts before using the tractor again.ROPS, FOPS, OPS protectionROPS (safety frame against overturning)The tractor is provided with a cab with a ROPS safety structure that protects the driver in case the machine overturns. In any case the following precautions are recommended:• Always fasten your seat belt when the tractor is used for works at risk for rolling over or overturning. The ROPS cab is can protect only if the operator is correctly fastened to the seat.• Do no use the tractor on slopes of in conditions that beyond its safety and stability limits. If operated be-yond such limits, the tractor can roll over or upset. Please follow the recommendations of this manual and take great care when driving down steep slopes with a loaded tractor.• Take the utmost care when working with the tractor upon piled-up ensiled crops without concrete trenches on the sides. Mount dual wheels or increase the track of the tractor for greater side stability.Fig.2-1Fig.2-2

Page 19

2-5Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55CAUTIONThe safety frame is a special safety component of the machine.Never connect any towing attachments to the safety frame. Do not drill holes on the safety frame.The safety frame and its connected components are certified. Any damages, fire, corrosion or modifications weaken the frame and reduce the protection level. In this case, the safety frame must be replaced with a new one to get back to the same protection level as before. Ask your Dealer for inspections and replacement of the safety frame.Following an accident, fire or overturning, the following operations must be performed by professionals before using the tractor again on work.• The ROPS frame must be replaced wit a new one.• Check carefully for damages the support or suspen-sion of the ROPS frame, the operator’s seat and its suspensions, the seat belts, the mounting components and the wiring of the protection system.• Any damaged parts must be replaced.Do not attempt welding, drilling, straightening or repairing the ROPS frame. Any modification may impair the struc-ture’s integrity and cause severe injuries or even death in case of fire, overturning, rolling over, collision or crash.FOPS (protective structure against falling objects)This tractor is provided with a FOPS cab.The protection level of the FOPS structure of the cab is approved to the Code 10 OCSE.The cab with an approved FOPS structure protects against hazards from falling objects according to the Code 10 of OCSE standards. It is recommended to mount an ap-proved FOPS structure when you are working with a front loader or for forestry operations. Cabs with non-approved FOPS structures do not give a satisfactory protection against falling rocks, bricks or concrete blocks. OPS (protection against penetration of objects)This tractor is not equipped with an OPS protection struc-ture. Please read the following important information very carefully, in particular if forestry work must be carried out.The protection against penetration of objects (OPS) can only be obtained by installing a specific kit. Ask your Dealer for availability of an OPS kit that is approved for your tractor.Forestry applicationsThis tractor is not designed tor heavy forestry work. On the contrary, such an use is forbidden, unless an approved KIT FOR FORESTRY APPLICATIONS is installed. Ask your Dealer for availability of a forestry kit for the tractor model. Only the specific kit for forestry applications will give a suitable protection against falling trees.Mounting and using a front loader on tractorsRespect the following precautions when working with a front loader:Do not use a front loaded on a machine that is not provided with FOPS structure.• Do not lift the front loader to such a height that ob-jects could fall on the operator. Objects or parts of the load could fall out from the loader bucket and crush the operator. Take care when loads are lifted. Use suitable lifting equipment. Do not lift the load more than required. Lower the load during the transport. Take care to keep a suitable clearance to the ground or any obstacles.• Always use a suitable equipment (forks, buckets etc.) for the specific work, to be sure the load has the maximum stability.• It is recommended that the front loader is mounted with a parallel driving system. This must be constantly used to make sure the load in the buckets remains horizontal, regardless of the height of the lift links.• Keep the whole operation range of the machine and of the equipment, and do not let anyone enter the work area of the machine when it is operating. Do not go, nor let anyone go under the equipment when it is in the lifted position. Equipment or loads in lifted posi-tion may lower or fall abruptly, crushing anyone under them in that moment.• Do not use front loaders, buckets, forks etc. or any further lifting, handling or excavation equipment to lift persons. Do not use equipment in lifted position as a work platform.• Do not use the front loader near overhead electric lines. In case of contact with overhead electric lines, jump off the tractor so that you are not touching the machine and the ground at the same time. If possible, try and break the contact between the electric lines and the ground.• Do not leave any equipment in lifted position when the tractor is parked or during maintenance operations, unless if is safely supported. The hydraulic rams must be mechanically locked or supported if they are to be left in a lifted position for service or access.• Loader buckets, forks and any further lifting, handling or excavation equipment, as well as their loads, tend to shift the machine barycentre. In this case the machine could overturn or roll over on slopes or rough terrain.• The equipment and their loads can obstruct the view and cause accidents. Do not work if visibility conditions are unsatisfactory.

Page 20

Page 21

2-7Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.2-3PRECAUTIONS FOR WORKING IN SAFETYProtect yourselfNEVER take any risks. Wear all protective clothing and any personal protection devices (DPI) called for by the work conditions. (Fig. 2-3).PERSONAL PROTECTION DEVICES (DPI)WARNING: Compulsory personal protection devices (DPI)While mounting, operating or servicing the machine, always wear protective clothing and personal protection devices (DPI) as necessary for the specific procedure. Personal protection devices (DPI) that could be necessary include safety shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, airways and ear protection.Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.The following personal safety devices DPI are always neces-sary:- Hearing protection.- Safety footwear.As personal protection device (DPI) is intended any equip-ment that the worker must wear and keep as protection against one or several risks of the work operations that could jeopardize the worker's safety or health, as well as any complements or implements to this purpose.DPI's must be used when, though reducing danger at the source, a few risks cannot be eliminated in any way. Such DPI's are therefore necessary and mandatory when residual risks are present. WARNING: The tractor is not protected against dangerous matters and emissions. If you are working in an environment where there is a danger of inhaling, ingesting or contacting dangerous matters, the operator should wear specific personal safety devices. [2.o][2.p][6.3.2b]DO NOT wear loose clothing, jewellery or other items and tie up long hair that could get entan-gled in controls or moving parts.Fig.2-3a

Page 22

2-8Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55 Fig.2-3bA first aid kit should be available on any work site (Fig.2-3b).First aid kitIf the tractor's owner or the person responsible for safety requires that a first aid kit should be on board, the kit should be kept in a safe and suitable place, as the con-tained material is highly perishable.WARNING: The tractor is designed and built to avoid risks from fire in normal use conditions: For this reason it is not provided with a self-extinguishing system or a fire extinguisher on board. The tractor is anyway preset for the installation of a 1 kg dust-type fire extinguisher complying with UNI EN 3/7 2004, that should be placed in the space reserved and indicated to this purpose (Fig.2-4a).The fire extinguisher with its support can be bought as a kit by our Dealers or authorised workshops. The kit consists in a fire extinguisher, support, fastening means, directions for its mounting and a decal to be applied in the indicated area. The decal, when applied, declares that the tractor may not be used if the fire extinguisher is not in its place.It is up to the owner of the farm or to the person responsible for safety at the farm to judge the oppor-tunity of using the tractor in areas at high fire risk. They are also responsible for use of the tractor with the extinguisher duly mounted.NOTE: the owner of the farm or the person responsible for safety at the farm carry the responsibility for the perfect service order of the fire extinguisher on board. Always refer to the directions given by the producer of the fire extinguisher. The regular service intervals as prescribed by the producer of the fire extinguisher are mandatory. Before using the tractor in conditions of increased fir risk, make sure the fire extinguisher is loaded and in perfect service order.Fig.2-4

Page 23

2-9Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Know your tractorYou should learn which are the features of your tractor. You should also learn how to use all equipment provided on your machine and all the implements and links that can be used in connection with it. Learn use and function of each control, indicator and instrument. You must know rated load capacity, speed ranges, brake and steering features, steering radius and handling spaces.You should always keep in mind that rain, snow, ice, gravel or muddy soil may affect the drive conditions of your trac-tor. In heavy conditions, slow down and take utmost care. Engage four-wheel drive, if provided.You should also thoroughly study the DANGER, WARN-ING and CAUTION signals on your tractor and all pertain-ing information before beginning work (Fig. 2.5.READ THIS OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE.IF THERE IS SOMETHING YOU DO NOT UNDERSTAND, ASK SOMEONE SPECIALISED (e.g. your Dealer) FOR EXPLANATION.IMPORTANT: This manual concerns general safety rules for agricultural tractors. Always keep this manual in your utility tractor. For further copies, contact your Dealer.Always use all available protective and safety devices.Keep all protective devices in place and securely fastened. Make certain all guards, shields and safety signs are properly installed, as specified, and are in good condition.To help keep yourself and others around you safe, your tractor should be equipped and kept in perfect service order with:• Safety belts.• Power take-off shields.• Shields against heat.• Shields and guards against shearing, pinching and moving parts.• Rear view mirrors.• Anti-explosion shields on tubes, if required.• Dust filters in the cab• Decals and pictograms.• Means to access the driver's seat.• Driver's seat.• Controls• Operator's and service manual.• Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem. Additional safety guards, lights or decals and a back-up alarm (Fig.2-38 and 2-39) (North America). Know which devices are required for safe operation of your tractor. Use them at all times. Make sure they are in place and in good condition. NEVER remove or disconnect any safety device.Fig.2-5

Page 24

2-10Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.2-7Check your equipmentCheck your tractor before beginning your workday. Make sure that all systems are correctly operating.CAUTION: personal safety devices DPI must be worn for each check and maintenance operation.• DO NOT smoke while filling the fuel tank. Keep away from any type of open flame (Fig.2-7). [2.l]• Check for loose, broken, lost or damaged parts. Make sure that all safety devices are in place.• Check safety frame and seat belt for damage. A dam-aged safety frame or seat belt MUST be replaced. [2.ab]• Ensure that implements and attachments are properly installed and that the tractor and implement PTO RPM ratings match.• Check the tyres for cuts, bulges and correct pressure. Replace worn or damaged tyres.• Check foot and parking brakes for proper operation. Adjust if necessary.• Before filling up the tank, turn the engine off and wait for it to cool down.• Check the engine oil level and top up if required.• Carry out all maintenance and adjustment operations described in the proper section of this manual.• Check that the PTO drive locking devices are latched.• Check that the tractor PTO shield and driveline guards are in place and operating properly.• Check the tractor and implement hydraulic system. Have any leaks or damaged parts repaired or renewed.• HYDRODYNAMIC SYSTEMS: HOSES Hoses are an important component in modern machines. Hoses can change their characteristics in the course of time because of pressure, vibrations, weather etc. Laws in force prescribe that hoses are replaced within 6 years from their construction. WE RECOMMEND COMPLIANCE WITH THIS RULE. [2.i]WARNING: When using the auxiliary control valves, quick couplings may reach high tem-peratures. Therefore it is mandatory to use suitable safety gloves when hitching or unhitch-ing implements connected to these couplings.Fig. 2-8WARNING: Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can pierce the skin or eyes and cause serious personal injury, blindness or death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Never use your bare hands. Wear safety goggles for eye protection. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it MUST be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with this type of injury (Fig. 2-8).Before applying pressure to the fuel or hydraulic system, be sure all connections are tight and that lines, pipes, and hoses are not damaged. Before disconnecting fuel or hydraulic lines, be sure to relieve all pressure.Make sure that all hydraulic lines are correctly installed and not crossed or tangled.WARNING: Liquid cooling systems build up pressure as the engine gets hot. Before remov-ing the radiator cap, stop the engine and let the system cool.

Page 25

2-11Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Cleaning the tractor• Keep work surfaces and engine compartments clean.• Before cleaning the machine, always lower imple-ments to the ground, engage the first gear, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off and remove the key.• Always use specific PERSONAL SAFETY DEVICES for each service operation.• Clean steps, pedals and floor. Remove grease or oil. Brush away dust or mud. In winter, scrape away snow and ice. Remember - slippery surfaces are dangerous.• Avoid using petrol, paraffin, paint thinner etc. when cleaning plastic parts, e.g.; console, instrument clus-ter, monitors and gauges etc.• Use ONLY water, mild soap and a soft cloth when you clean these parts.• Using petrol, paraffin, paint thinner etc., will cause cracking or deformation of the part being cleaned.• Remove and put away any tools, buckets, chains and hooks.Save the environment• Polluting canals, watercourses or soil is illegal. You must use authorised drains, including communal areas and workshops provided with suitable containers for used up oil. If you have any doubts, contact your local authority for information.• Check with your local environmental or recycling centre or your dealer for correct disposal information on oils, filters etc.• North American Tractors only: Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) provide infor-mation about the chemical substances within a product, safe handling procedures, first aid measures and procedures to be taken when the product is accidentally spilled or released. In North America, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are available from your dealer. Before you service your machine, check the MSDS for each fluid, lubricant, etc., used in this machine. This information indicates what the risks are and how to service the machine safely. Follow this information when servicing the machine.• Disposal of the tractor: the tractor is composed of parts whose scraping is subject to rules and laws. Therefore is must be scraped at authorised Centres when it is no longer used. Do not pollute the envi-ronment with the tractor or its parts.SAFETY - TRACTOR MAINTENANCE [2.h]During all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on.CAUTION: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".CAUTION: With exception of normal service, as ex-plained in the Maintenance section, all other servicing or reparations must be carried out by properly skilled personnel in authorised workshops.• DO NOT carry out maintenance operations while the engine is hot or the tractor is moving.WARNING: Hot parts of the machine are suitably guarded, wherever possible. This does not ex-clude, however, that great care should be used when working on the machine, to avoid burns or scalding. [2.n]• Before any adjustments or servicing on the electri-cal system, disconnect the battery by operating the master disconnect switch (if equipped) or discon-necting the cables of the battery. See the section concerning battery servicing. [2.aa]• To prevent fire or explosion, do not go with free flames near the battery or cold starting device. Care-fully follow the directions for the use of coupling cables to avoid sparks that may cause an explosion.• Check regularly that all nuts and bolts are securely tightened, specially the nuts in wheel hubs, disks or rims. Tighten to the prescribed driving torques.• Check the oil level at regular intervals and top up if required.• Check the brakes regularly, top up the reservoir and/or adjust where necessary. Make sure that the brakes are evenly adjusted, especially when using a trailer.WARNING: When maintenance, fill-up, adjust-ment, cleaning and any other operations are required on elements at an height over 1.5 meters, e.g. cab air filters or field lights lamps, a stable and safe climbing means is mandatory, such as a ladder solidly secured on the ground. It is forbidden to climb or grab on to elements such as the tractor access ladder. They must only be used to climb up and down the control compartment of the tractor. Maintenance opera-tions such as window and roof cleaning or cab filters replacement must be carried out in utter safety for the operator and the vehicle. Always

Page 26

2-12Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55use specific personal safety devices for each operation. If it is required to work suspended high on above the ground, always make sure to be in a safe position so as to avoid falling. [2.h]WARNING: Work and road lights can be very hot and dangerous if on since a long time. Take care to avoid contacts that could cause burns. If work on these lights is needed, turn them off and let them cool down.Always use safety gloves suitable for high tem-peratures. [2.n]• Carry out the following operations before any opera-tion about the tractor: engage the first gear, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off and remove the ignition key. Keep the key in a safe place, only accessible to authorised users.Maintenance operations must be carried out when the engine is cold. If the maintenance operation must be carried out while the engine is hot (e.g. when changing engine oil), start the engine and let it idle for the required time, then turn it off before the maintenance operation.If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet". In this case beware the risk of burning and shearing.Personal safety devices DPI must be worn for each check and maintenance operation.

Page 27

2-13Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55WARNING: for maintenance operations that require the tractor to be lifted, the tractor must be taken to your authorised Argo Tractors dealer. All maintenance operations that involve tractor lifting must be carried out by skilled and trained technicians at your dealer's. NEVER try to lift it in unsuitable spaces and with un-suitable means.Carry out the following operations before any opera-tion about the tractor: engage the four-wheel drive (if equipped), the first gear and the parking brake and put chocks to the wheels touching the ground.Before lifting the tractor, avoid its swinging by means of wooden wedges applied to the front axle (Fig.2-9a): the chocks (2 - Fig. 2.9a) must avoid any swinging of the tractor.Always lift only the rear or front end, NEVER both ends at the same time.Use jack lifts (1) of suitable capacity and apply them at the centre of the front and rear axles (Fig. 2-9a and 9b) paying due attention to weight distribution. [2.k]Apply the jack lift to the lifting points (Fig. 2-10a) according to the type of operation and following the safety proce-dures given before. WARNING: DO NOT raise the tractor using the tow hook.WARNING: Never work under a vehicle only supported by rams.SAFETY - START [2.c]Warn bystanders before starting the engine.Before starting, walk around the whole tractor and any attached equipment. Make sure that no one is under, on, or close to the tractor or equipment. Let other workers and bystanders know you are starting up and don't start until everyone is clear of the tractor, implements and towed equipment.Make sure that everyone, particularly children, is in a safe position before starting the engine.Mount and dismount safely [2.e]Always use 'three point contact' with the machine, and face the machine when you mount it. Three point contact means both hands and one foot or one hand and both feet are in contact with the machine at all times during mounting and dismounting.Clean your shoes and wipe your hands before climbing on. Use handrails, grab handles, ladders or steps (as provided) when mounting or dismounting.NEVER use control levers as a hand hold and NEVER step on foot controls when mounting or dismounting.DANGER! NEVER try to go on or off the moving tractor. Before going off the tractor: engage the parking brake, turn off the engine and take the ignition key out.Fig.2-9aFig.2-9bFig.2-10a

Page 28

2-14Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig. 2-13Fig. 2-12Fig. 2-11Fig. 2-10bSafe start [2.c] WARNING: Make sure that there is enough ven-tilation before starting the engine. Never start the engine in an enclosed space. Exhaust fumes may cause asphyxiation (Fig.2-10b).Make sure that the tractor dual brake pedals are locked together at all times unless you are making turns in the field which require independent use of the brakes. Make sure the brakes are properly adjusted so that both brakes engage at the same time.Adjust the seat and fasten your seat belt (if applicable, according the description in this book), [2.ab] Always start the engine from the operator's seat, after depressing the clutch pedal, with all the levers of transmis-sion, PTO and auxiliary control valves in neutral.DANGER: The engine must be started only with the ignition key and exclusively from the driver's seat. DO NOT attempt to start the engine by shorting across the terminals of the starter motor. If the starter circuit is bypassed to neutral, the tractor could start with an engaged gear, with danger of serious injury or death to bystanders (Fig.2-11).Follow recommended starting procedures.Follow the starting procedures recommended in the Operation section of this Operator Instruction Book. This includes normal starting, cold starting, and the use of starting fluids.Overhaul the controls.After engine ignition, overhaul all instruments and lights. Be sure that all are operating correctly. If the machine does not respond properly to controls, DO NOT use it until the fault is mended.Make sure that the starter motor solenoid valve fuse is always installed.Starting fluidWARNING: do not inject fluids (ether) to make the engine easier to start in cold weather. The tractor is equipped with a cold weather starting system (Fig.2-12).Before starting the tractor, make sure that there are no persons or hindrances in its operating range (Fig.2-13).

Page 29

2-15Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.2-14DIRECTIONS TO AVOID IMPROPER USE OF THE TRACTORWORKING IN SAFETY WARNING: An unbalanced tractor could over-turn and cause injury or death. If required, put ballast weights on their front supports and on rear wheels as described in this section of the Operation chapter. Ballast weights must be used according to the manufacturer's directions. NEVER add extra counterweights to compensate for an overload. It is better to reduce the load.WARNING: keep all parts of your body inside the opera-tor's compartment while operating the tractor.Follow the rules when using your tractor.Be sure the tractor is ready for the job on hand. Learn the rated loads by heart and never exceed them. Make sure that any implement or equipment you are going to use does NOT exceed the load capacity of your tractor. Check that the coupling PTO shaft/implement is correct (see the Technical Specifications section for mass data).Take into account that the tractor operates normally on bumpy, unpaved, rough or sloping surfaces. Operating conditions might affect the maximum allowed load for transport or towing.Working in safety• Operate the controls smoothly, avoid sudden turns and jerky operations with any controls.• Keep a firm grip on the steering wheel at all times, with your fingers clear of the spokes when driving the tractor.• Always use specific personal safety devices for each service operation.• Make sure you have adequate clearance in all direc-tions for tractor, cab, safety frame and implement.• NEVER play games with a tractor or equipment.• NEVER attempt to work the controls except from the operator's seat.• Before going off the tractor, always disengage the power take-off, lower links and implements to the ground, shift the gears lever into neutral, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off and remove the key.• Carry out the following operations before leaving the tractor: engage the first gear, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off and remove the key. As an alternative, if the tractor is to be used as a fixed power unit, before leaving the tractor shift the gear to neutral, engage the parking brake and use Before starting the tractor, ensure you have a sure control over speed and direction controls (Fig.2-14).every protection or perform every operation neces-sary to make sure there are no people within the operating range of the machine.• Before beginning work, inspect the area to be worked to assess which is the best and safest work procedure. Plan your work in order to drive straight forward, whenever possible. Pay due attention to ditches, pits, depressions in front of the tractor or on its side, slopes, tree logs and stumps, swamps and to any hindrance encountered during word. Check our for any conditions that could be harmful. Make a plan to avoid such conditions. If you are using a front loader or foldable implements or implements containing high components, make sure there are no hindrances on its way or in the work area, such as overhead electric lines of high voltage poles [2.g]. When driving on roads, pay attention to overhead electric lines that could be encountered on the way. It may be necessary to change your route to avoid them. [2.q]

Page 30

2-16Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.2-15WARNING: If, unluckily, the machine should touch an electric line, the operator must remain seated, avoid touching metal parts and steer the tractor or loader to free it from the contact and bring it to a safe distance.The operator must also make sure that no one comes near the machine. In these cases the elec-tric shock often hits per person who is working on the ground, in contact with the metal frame of the machine or next to it. [2.q] [6.1.1]WARNING: Contact with high voltage lines can cause death. Should you contact conductor lines, DO NOT leave the tractor, but drive the tractor or loader so as to go a safe distance to get rid of the contact (Fig.2-15). [2.q] [6.1.1]WARNING: in case of storms and weather events such as lightning that can be dangerous for the safety both of the operator and the tractor, seek a shelter immediately.When you are on the road during a storm, keep yourself away from phone poles, trees or high places. Do not seek shelter under trees. Drive back into the garage immediately and close doors and windows. [2.r]

Page 31

2-17Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Beware of other people• You must be aware of the operations you are about to do. NEVER allow unqualified or untrained persons to operate your tractor. They could be a danger for themselves or for others.WARNING: your tractor is designed to be oper-ated by one person. DO NOT allow others to ride on the tractor or the implement (Fig.2-16). Never allow anyone to ride on the implements or other equipment including trailers, unless this use is specifically intended. Such equip-ment must have provision for a safe riding area. NEVER allow children on a tractor.WARNING: make sure you can safely control speed and driving direction of the tractor before moving it. Start slowly until you are sure every-thing is operating regularly. After starting, turn the steering right and left to check for correct operation. Check steering and brake system for operation. If the differential is locked, DO NOT operate at high speed or turn the tractor until the differential lock is disengaged.• Keep others away from your operation area. Never al-low anyone to stand or pass under a raised implement (Fig.2-17).• DO NOT lift objects that cannot be contained safely in the bucket, get the appropriate attachment. Never allow anyone to stand on the safety frames or fenders.• When using a loader, avoid sudden stops, starts, turns, or changes of direction. Keep loads as near as possible to the ground during transport. [6.1.1]• Never stand (or allow anyone else to stand) in front of, under, or behind loaded or loading equipment. Never drive a tractor up to someone standing in front of a fixed object.DANGER: NEVER lift a load over anyone (Fig.2-17).• Keep others away from articulation joints, hitches, drawbar, lift arms, PTO drives, cylinders, belts, pulleys, and other moving parts. Keep safety guards in place. [3.e]WARNING: NEVER stand, or allow anyone else to stand between the tractor and implement, or between the tractor and trailer, unless the engine is turned off and the parking brake is engaged, a gear is engaged and all attachments or implements are lowered to the ground. [3.n]WARNING: footstep tractors equipped with just a safety frame are never equipped with an approved sun roof at the factory. If the owner wants to mount a device as protection from sun or rain, such device must not be a danger dur-ing normal operation or in case of overturning. Sun roofs normally available on the market are no protection for the driver against falling or penetrating objects.Fig.2-17Fig.2-16

Page 32

2-18Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Risk of overturning [2.m]For your safety, it is mandatory that all footstep tractors are fitted with original Roll Over Protective Structures and seat belts.In the event of overturning with a tractor fitted with a cab or ROPS, hold the steering wheel firmly and DO NOT at-tempt to leave the seat until the tractor has come to rest. If the doors are locked, leave the tractor through the duly indicated emergency exits (Fig.2-18).IMPORTANT: the safe working practices listed hereunder concern only a few cases of overturning risk. The list is therefore NOT comprehensive of all possible cases.CAUTIONS to avoid side overturning• Adjust the wheels to the maximum possible track width for the type of work you are doing.• Lock both brake pedals together before driving on road.• Reduce your speed according to work conditions. If the tractor is equipped with a front-end loader, carry the bucket and load as low as possible. [6.1.1]• Reduce your speed before making wide turns.• DON'T pull a load too heavy for your tractor. It could run away on the down slope or the tractor could jack-knife around a towed load (Fig.2-19)• DON'T brake suddenly. Apply brakes smoothly and gradually.• When going down a slope use the throttle to slow the tractor engine and use the same gear you would use to up the slope. Shift into gear before you start downhill.• Engage four-wheel drive (if equipped); this will give greater stability.WARNING: NEVER disengage the clutch or attempt to shift gear after you have started downhill.• Always go up and down slopes following a straight upward or downward line.• Do not put any overloads on a front implement or a trailer. Use suitable counter-weights to keep the tractor stable.(Fig.2-20)• NEVER use your tractor to round up farm animals. Fig.2-18 Fig.2-19 Fig.2-20

Page 33

2-19Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55• When operating near ditches and banks, always keep your tractor behind the shear line (A, Fig.2-22). Avoid ditches, embankments and river-banks which might cave in (Fig.2-21). [2.v] Fig.2-21• If you need cross a steep slope, do not steer uphill, slow down and take wide turns. Always drive straight up or down a slope, never across it. When travelling up or down a slope, keep the heavy end of the tractor and the implement pointed uphill. (Fig.2-23) [2.v]• When driving across a slope with mounted imple-ments, keep such implements on the uphill side (Fig.2-24). Do not raise implements. Keep them as low and near to the ground as possible.• Avoid crossing steep slopes if possible. If you must do so, avoid any holes or depressions on the downhill side. Avoid any stumps, rocks, bumps or raised areas on the uphill side. (Fig.2-25) Fig.2-22DANGER!A list of cases and advice to avoid side over-turning of course cannot be a complete one: it is up to YOU to consider whether the opera-tion you want use your tractor for involve a higher overturning risk. In this case the use of the tractor is forbidden. [2.m] [2.v] Fig.2-23 Fig.2-24 Fig.2-25

Page 34

2-20Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55CAUTIONS to avoid back overturning [2.m][2.u]IMPORTANT: the safe working practices listed hereunder concern only a few cases of overturning risk. The list is therefore NOT comprehensive of all possible cases.WARNING: Hitching to the rear axle, or any other point above the swinging drawbar, can cause a rear overturn.• DO NOT pull anything using the top link connection, or from any point above the centre line of the rear axle. Always use an approved drawbar, and only use a drawbar pin that locks into place.• High hitching can cause rear overturn, which may cause serious injury or death. Hitch loads to the drawbar only.• Use front counterweights to increase tractor stability when towing a heavy load or to counter balance a heavy rear mounted implement (Fig.2-26).• DO NOT overload your tractor and DO NOT ballast it beyond its capacity. Never add ballast to counter-weight an overload. Reduce the load (Fig.2-27).WARNING: overload is ALWAYS dangerous. Check the load capacity of your tractor and NEVER exceed it (Fig.2-28). See the Technical Specifications section. [2.u]Fig.2-27 Fig.2-28Fig. 2-26

Page 35

2-21Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55• Start slowly and increase your speed gradually. DO NOT rev the engine or drop the clutch. If the tractor is attached to a heavy load, or immovable object, improper clutching may cause overturn (Fig.2-30 and 2-31).• If the front part of the tractor begins lifting, disengage the clutch at once (Fig.2-29).• If your tractor is bogged down in mud or frozen to the ground, DO NOT attempt to drive forwards. The tractor can spin around its rear wheels and overturn (Fig.2-29). Lift any attached implement and attempt to BACK OUT. If this is not possible, tow it out with another vehicle.• If you get stuck in a ditch, BACK OUT, if possible. If you must drive on, drive very slowly and carefully.• When a trailer is hitched behind a tractor, the tractor should typically be driven in forward gear both when uphill and downhill.• A tractor with a loaded front-end (e.g. loader, bucket etc.) and without a rear trailer should be backed down the slope and travel forward uphill. Always keep the loader bucket as low as possible. (Fig.2-31b) [6.1.1]• Always keep the tractor in gear when going downhill. Never let the tractor coast with clutch disengaged or transmission in neutral.Fig.2-29Fig.2-30Fig.2-31Fig.2-31b

Page 36

2-22Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Warning:Dangerous operations [3.b] [3.e]Safe use of power take off WARNING: if the guards were removed from the PTO shaft, it is mandatory to install a suitable cover and guards to protect bystanders and connected implements. Do not use the PTO without installing suitable guards to protect the safety of operators.• Make sure that the PTO shield (1) is in its positions and that the not rotating shaft cover (2) is mounted when the power take-off is not used (Fig.2-32).To engage the power take-off:a. Make sure that all safety guards and shields of the PTO shaft are in place and follow the directions of the safety decals.b. Make sure that everyone stands clear of the tractor before engaging the PTO.c. Make sure that the implement and the driveline uni-versal coupling are suitable for the use, provided with specific guards, fully mounted and in perfect order.d. Make sure that the power take-off rotation rate is suitable for the mounted implement and for the work to be carried out.e. The power take-off must be engaged only from the driver's seat, carefully operating the specific control.f. When the power take-off is engaged, never leave your seat. Before leaving the driver's seat, always disengage the power take-off shifting the control to the idle position, wait for the drive transmission shaft and the implement to stop, engage the parking brake and turn off the engine.DANGER: Before connecting, disconnecting, cleaning, adjusting or carrying out any op-eration on implements or machines operated by the power take-off, always disconnect the power take-off, turn off the engine, wait for the implement to be stopped and to the ground, remove the ignition key from the driving posi-tion (Fig.2-34).Stationary use of the tractor:• You must always make sure that any bystander are well clear of the tractor and moving implement. Place the tractor on a flat surface. Engage the power take-off as described previously. Before leaving the tractor, always shift gearbox, reverse shuttle and ranges to neutral, then engage the parking brake acting with enough force on the control lever. If soil conditions so require, block the tractor and implement wheels with suitable wedges.DANGER: Do not go near the moving implement or to the drive shaft, and do not allow other persons to do so. (Fig.2-33)Fig.2-32

Page 37

2-23Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55• If the power take off is provided with controls outside the driver's seat, besides using the above mentioned precautions, always operate the controls from a safe position, far from implement and drive shaft, standing beside the outer edge of the front or rear tyres, as the case may be.• DO NOT use adapters, reducers or extensions that could extend the coupling shaft to the PTO or the universal joint outside the protection of the PTO shield.• The top link and lift rods must not be extended beyond the point where threads begin to show.DANGER: NEVER attempt to unplug the hydrau-lic connections, adjust or service an implement with the engine running or the PTO drive in operation. There is a great danger of serious or deadly injuries (Fig.2-34).• When using chemicals, carefully follow any directions for their use, storage and discharge. Also follow the directions given by manufacturers of equipment for applying chemicals. Always use specific PERSONAL SAFETY DEVICES for each service operation.• When operating under poor visibility conditions, or in the dark, use your tractor field lights and reduce your ground speed. (DO NOT use your field lights when travelling on a roadway because rear pointed white lights are illegal except when reversing and may confuse following drivers).• Operate your tractor with the wheels set at the widest setting possible, consistent with the particular task you are performing. To adjust wheel settings, refer to Section 6 "Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting".• Slow down when working on rough or slippery ter-rain, and when visibility is reduced by bushes or foliage.• DO NOT make sharp turns at high speed.WARNING: some mounted or semi-mounted imple-ments can interfere with the cab and damage it. In this case the operator may be wounded by a broken glass or the ROPS frame can be damaged.Fig.2-33Fig.2-34

Page 38

2-24Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Implements and attachments [6.1.1] [3.o]WARNING: Use exclusively front loader ap-proved by the tractor's manufacturer, with CE mark and parallelogram type. The installation and modification of the tractor must be carried out with the highest technical standards by specialised workshops with qualified person-nel. Such workshops must be able to guarantee and attest the risk analysis provided for in the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC concerning the foreseen and predictable use of the tractor with front loader, in order to carry out all required adaptations of the tractor. Use the front loader and all supplied equipment as prescribed by the loader's operator manual.IMPORTANT: Keep the loader's operation manual together with the tractor's manual, always at hand in the storage compartment of the tractor. Before driving or operation your tractor, it is mandatory to read this manual very care-fully, with special attention to the chapter concerning safety rules.DANGER: Use of the front loader and of the tractor equipped with front loader, if not cor-rectly carried out, and handling not secured loads or with unsuitable equipment constitute a serious danger for the operator and everyone standing by, because of the danger of falling objects. (Fig.2-35) [6.a]• Three-point hitch and side mounted implements make a much larger arc when turning than towed equipment. Make certain to maintain enough clearance for safe turning. [3.b]• To use mounted, semi-mounted and towed equipment it is required to use exclusively CE marked implements, after reading their operation and service handbooks carefully, giving maximum attention to risks connected with their association to the tractor. [3.a]• If implements are hitched to the tractor by means of the three-point linkage, check for compliance of the implements according to category. [3.a] The implement has to be fitted with suitable supports in order to avoid tipping or accidental shifting during hitching. Always check three-directional fastening to the tractor of the mounted or semi-mounted implement, to avoid dangerous swinging and shaking during transport and work that could jeopardize the stability of the tractor-implement assembly. [2.u] [2.z]• The cardan shaft must be always CE-marked and suitable to tractor-implement coupling. Follow all directions of the operation manual, concerning both the fastening according to connection direction and safety rules to avoid rotation of protections (chains) and overlaying of the telescopic tubes. Also keep articulation angles. [3.e] [3.l]• Hitch loads to the drawbar only. Towing or attaching to other locations may cause the tractor to overturn. (Fig.2-36) [2.u] [2.z]• Improper use of the drawbar, even if correctly posi-tioned, can cause a rear overturn. [2.u] [2.z]Fig.2-36Fig.2-35WARNING: a tractor provided with 2-post frame or cab, cannot be provided with a front loader if not also provided with a protection from fall-ing objects (FOPS). In such conditions there is a residual risk from lack of passive protection from objects falling from above due to improper use of the equipment.To reduce risks, the following precautions should be used.- Only use loader equipped with a load self-levelling system, i.e. of the parallelogram type.- Only use specific implements for the operation to be performed. Strictly follow the directions and warnings in the loader's operation manual. [2.g]- Use the machine and the implement with caution, drive on plane ground and avoid pits, excavations and ditches. Do not turn, start or stop abruptly.- If a front loader is mounted afterwards, it is advis-able to use a tractor with cab or with a 4-post frame with FOPS safety system. The loader installer should carefully analyse all risks and make all required ad-justments.

Page 39

2-25Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55• Check for correct coupling between tow hook and trailer. Refer to the “Operation” section 5 in this manual. [2.z]• Use ballast as recommended. NEVER add more ballast to compensate a higher load than allowed. Reduce load.• Only North American markets. A safety chain will help control drawn equipment should it be accidentally separated from the drawbar while transporting. Us-ing the proper adaptor parts, attach the chain to the tractor drawbar support or other specified anchor location. Provide only enough slack in the chain to permit turning. See your Dealer for a chain with a strength rating equal to, or greater than the gross weight of the towed machine (Fig.2-37)Road transportBefore operating your tractor on a public road, a number of precautions must be taken.• Make yourself familiar with all driving controls of your tractor.• Comply with all local bye-laws, and national laws appropriate to your tractor.• Lock your brake pedals together.• Raise all implements to their transport position and lock them in place.• Place all implements into their narrowest transport configuration.• Disengage the PTO and differential lock.• Make sure tractor and equipment are equipped with slow moving vehicle (SMV) signs or beacon if local laws requires them (Fig.2-38 and 2-39).• Make sure any required clearance flags or hazard lights are in place and in working order.• Make sure you use a proper safety hitch pin with a safety clip retainer.• Clean off all reflectors and road lights, front and rear, and be certain they are in working order.• Three-point hitch and implements jutting out from the sides make a much larger arc when turning than towed equipment. Make certain to maintain enough clearance for safe turning.Highway Code regulationsBefore operating your tractor on a public road, a number of precautions must be taken.WARNING: DO NOT allow any passengers on the tractor, trailer or towed equipment.• Know the route you are going to travel.• Use the prescribed lights or, if required, the rotating beacon, both in the daytime and in the night-time (Fig.2-39).• North America - Use regulation lights and blinking hazard lights when travelling on road.• Use caution when towing a load at transport speeds especially if the towed equipment is NOT equipped with brakes.• Observe all local or national regulations regarding the road speed of your tractor.• Use extreme caution when transporting on snow-covered or slippery roads.Fig.2-38 - Use the symbol in force in your country Fig.2-39Fig. 2-37CAUTION: To drive the tractor on public roads, it is mandatory to abide by the laws in force in the country where the tractor is being used, includ-ing the dictated speed limit and the correct use of lights, hazard light and slow moving vehicle signs. When driving on public roads, it is also mandatory to use the tractor with the brake pedals coupled with the relative latch.

Page 40

2-26Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.2-40Fig.2-41• Wait for traffic to clear before entering a public road.• Beware of blind intersections. Slow down until you have a clear view.• DO NOT attempt to pass at any intersection.• Slow down for turns and curves.• Make wide, gentle turns.• Signal your intent to slow, stop or turn.• Shift to a lower gear before going up or down hills. (Fig.2-40)• Keep tractor in gear. Never coast with the clutch disengaged or transmission in neutral (Fig.2-40).• Check for correct coupling between power steering on the tractor and corresponding system on the tractor.• STAY OUT of the path of oncoming traffic.• Drive in your correct lane keeping as near to the curb as possible.• If traffic builds up behind you, pull off the road and let it go by.• Drive defensively. Anticipate what other drivers might do.• When towing a heavy load, start braking sooner than normal and slow down gradually.• Watch out for overhead obstructions (bridges, trees etc.).SAFETY - AFTER USE [3.c]Always stop the tractor safely (DO NO park the tractor on a slope). Engage the parking brake, engage the Park-Lock (if equipped), disengage the PTO, engage the lowest gear, lower any implement to the ground, stop the engine and remove the ignition key BEFORE leaving the driver's seat (Fig.2-41).WARNING: To prevent accidents do not park the tractor with equipment raised.

Page 41

2-27Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Further notesThe following notes are designed to complete the Opera-tion and Maintenance Manual to ensure that your tractor always works safely, reliably and efficiently.Tractors are mainly designed for hitching implements that are held by a three-point linkage, for towing them by the tow-hooks or for driving implements using the PTO.To obtain the greatest possible towing force, particularly when using a tractor with dual rear wheels, you should observe the following rules concerning axle loads and wheel slip.If an extra implement is attached, the extra loads must conform to the specifications given in the Manual or by your dealer.1. Front axle payload: 4WD tractors. A front axle carries normally about 40% of the tractor on road without implements. Therefore an additional weight on the front and could be required to give the front axle proper drive. If an implement is mounted on the front end of the tractor, check the weight of the fully loaded implement by placing the front axle on a scale: the maximum axle load must be less than the capacity of the front axle. Consult this manual or your Dealer to know maximum load capacity of front axle (max. weight on front axle) according to tyres mounted on your tractor.2. Rear axle payload. The maximum permissible payload for the rear axle depends on whether or not the tractor is carrying a weight or towing a load. When the tractor is only carrying a load, without tow-ing, the wheels must have sufficient capacity that is ensured if the tyres are of the exact size and have the specified number of warps (plies). In certain conditions, extra weight may be applied to the rear axle but it is not normally necessary unless the ground offers very little grip. Consult this manual or your Dealer to know maximum load capacity of rear axle (max. weight on rear axle) according to tyres mounted on your tractor. When fully loaded, the weight of the tractor must be less than the maximum permissible ballasted weight since the tractor cannot be loaded right up to the maximum static payload for each of the axles, front and rear, at the same time.3. Ballast and wheel slip. Wheel slip must be measured for the tractor to oper-ate efficiently during tillage. On normal terrain in good operating conditions, wheel slip should be between 4 and 10%. On wet soil, wheel slip can exceed 12%. If wheel slip is found to be greater than this amount, proceed with care as operating conditions might quickly become unstable and cause early tyre wear. In certain conditions, it might be better to add ballast in order to reduce wheel slip, but this increases the workload of the transmission and thus reduces the working life of the tractor. This manual will help you ascertain the maximum bal-last weight that you can use in your normal working conditions. Using dual wheels (if allowed) or wider tyres, the tractor will have greater grip but the workload on the transmission will also be greater, thus reducing the working life of the tractor. The only torque limiter in transmission is wheel slip.4. Front axle lead when four-wheel drive is en-gaged. In a 4WD tractor, the ground speed of the front wheels must be slightly faster than the rear wheels, in order to ensure traction in any condition. Therefore the front wheel lead should be between 1% and 4%, but not over 5% The tyres supplied with your tractor have been checked for the correct lead of the front wheels, but when you change them, make sure you use tyres of the same make and size in order to maintain the same speed ratio between front and rear wheels. If tyres of different makes are used, their size and internal pressure may modify this ground speed ratio, or advance. This could increase the load on the front axle and lead to unacceptable operating conditions, excessive tyre wear and, in extreme conditions, dam-age to the front axle or transmission. Always use the correct tyre pressures based on tractor loading and ground conditions. This ensures optimum performance greater operator comfort and overall safety and reduces wear and tear to the drive train components

Page 42

2-28Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.559. Operating the clutch. Prolonged clutch slipping at high engine speed with large loads will cause the clutch disc to heat up, thereby reducing its working life. For optimum life of the clutch, both the tractor load and the engine speed rate should be reduced when starting from parking position.10. Further instructions for the operator. The Operation and Maintenance Manual provides instructions to ensure that the tractor is always used in safe conditions. Please comply strictly to them. If your tractor is also driven by other people, make sure that they are fully aware of these accident prevention instructions and that they are licensed for driving this vehicle. It is forbidden to carry anyone on the outer structure of the tractor or on mudguards in any circumstances. This is because the safety frame that protects against overturning is only designed to protect persons inside the cab or roll-over protection structure, correctly seated and wearing properly fastened safety belts. [2.ab]11. Instructor's seat use [2.w] [2.ab]a. An eventual second seat in the cab is only provided for a driving instructor.b. The passenger must always fasten the safety belt when the tractor is moving.c. It is forbidden to transport any passenger during normal work operation on the field or on road.12. Chemical filters for the cab. Use of a filter with chemical absorbent in air-condi-tioned cabs can reduce ambient contamination on the cab. PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT FOR THE DRIVER MAY BE HOWEVER NECESSARY WHEN USING CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. Wash the tractor and driver's seat accurately accord-ing to the directions on the product label. ALWAYS follow the instructions on the labels of the chemical substances and on the filters to be used.13. Battery For detailed information, see the sections Maintenance - Electric system.5. Economy Power take-off As shown in the Operation and Maintenance Manual, the economy PTO is a feature that makes it possible to use the PTO at standard speed using lower RPM rates to reduce fuel consumption. The economy PTO does not need to use the maximum power of the engine, but it is designed to save fuel. When using the Economy PTO, make sure that the implement input shaft RPM NEVER exceeds the rec-ommended RPM for the implement, e.g. max. 610 RPM for a 6 spline shaft (540 RPM), and max. 1170 RPM for a 21 spline shaft (1000 RPM).6. Working on slopes. It is important to note that, when working on very steep slopes, the lubrication conditions in the transmission may be reduced. This is caused by the oil flowing towards the front or rear part of the transmission unit. Special measures and extra lubrication may be re-quired when using the tractor in a safe condition. Your dealer will be able to assist you if you expect to work on slopes of over 15°.WARNING: Risk of overturning.Stability and adherence on sloping ground might easily change according to soil and weather conditions. Use the tractor with ut-most care. [2.m]7. Remote hydraulic controls. The hydraulic system of the tractor may be used in some particular applications to operate the hydraulic motors. When using these applications, note that the hydraulic motors can generate considerable heat and the oil cooling system of the tractor may not be sufficient when these high-power hydraulic motors are used. Some remote applications have an extra cooling sys-tem. However, every time they are used, make sure that the oil is cooled and filtered sufficiently in order to avoid damage to the tractor's hydraulic system.8. Towing heavy loads (trailers, etc.) When heavy loads are towed, the road rules in some countries require a supplementary braking system (e.g. air or hydraulic trailer brakes). Consult your dealer for any further requirements there may be for special applications.

Page 43

2-29Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Tractor stability [2.m] [2.u] [2.z]The following procedure describes the conditions for a proper stability and gives instructions to calculate correct front and rear ballasting. For ballasting, also consult the pertaining recommendations in this manual. For maximum allowed weight in running order, refer to weight and load data in this manual.RISK OF OVERTURNING!To prevent machine instability, ALWAYS evalu-ate and comply with stability requirements as given in this manual.Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.The following procedure and calculations refer to the tractor on level ground.RISK OF OVERTURNING!ALWAYS keep in mind the possible conse-quences of downhill driving and steep slopes on tractor's stability. Such conditions can affect operation, turning and braking performances. Adjust ballasts and ground speed to ensure a safe and stable braking, as well as braking performances required in critical conditions. Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.How to calculate tractor stability as suggested by EN 12525.Data required to evaluate tractor stability1. The weight of the implement (seed drills, fertiliser spreaders, etc.) and of the relative filling material must be added to the weight data of the loaded tractor.2. Ballasting data, either with ballast blocks or liquid ballast, on front or rear wheels must be added to MF, MR and MT data.3. If two-wheel trailed implements are mounted, value c corresponds to the distance of the rear axle centre line and the attachment point, value d is 0 (zero) and BR corresponds to the downward load of the trailer on its attachment point.KeyPleaserefer to:MTTractor's empty weight = trac-tor with standard equipment, fuel at min. level, without liq-uid ballast or blocks, without operator and with single tyresThis manualMF Empty load on front axle This manualMR Empty load on rear axle This manualaDistance from front load centre of gravity to centre line of the front axleImplement's manual or to be measuredbCentre distanceThis manualcDistance from rear axle centre line to bottom attachment point of three-point linkageThis manual or to be measureddDistance from centre of grav-ity of rear load to bottom at-tachment point of three-point linkageImplement's manual or to be measuredandDistance from centre line of rear axle and centre of gravity (COG) of MT (tractor's empty weight)To be calculated (according to formula in the following pages)BFWeight of front equipment or front ballastsImplement's manual or to be measuredBRWeight of rear equipment or rear ballastsImplement's manual or to be measuredMPTmaxMax. allowed weight with loaded tractorThis manualMPFmaxMax. allowed weight on front axleThis manualMPRmaxMax. allowed weight on rear axleThis manual

Page 44

2-30Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Constant parameters0.2Min. distribution ratio of loads: actual load on front axle in condi-tions of loaded tractor/tractor's empty weightLaw require-ment0.45Min. distribution ratio of loads: actual load on rear axle in condi-tions of loaded tractor/tractor's empty weightLaw require-mentBallasts required on frontTo be calculatedBFrBallasting required on tractor's front end when transporting a load on rear end BRCalculation of the value of BFrMT * and = MF * be = (MF * b)/MTBR * (c+d) - (MT * e) + (MPF * b) = BFr * (a+b)MPF > 0.2 * MTValue MPF must be grater than 0.2 * MTBFR > [BR*(c+d) - (MF*b) + (0.2*MT*b)] / (a+b)Ballasts required on rearTo be calculatedBRrBallasting required on tractor's rear end when transporting a load on front end BFCalculation of the value of BRrMT * (b - e) = MR * bBF*a - MT*(b - e) + (MPR*b) = BRr * (b + c + d)MPR > 0.45 * MTValue MPR must be grater than 0.45 * MTBRr > [(BF*a) - (MR*b) + (0.45*MT*b)] / (b + c + d)Load limits on axleTo be calculatedMPFMPF < MPFmaxMPRMPR < MPRmaxMTPMPT < MPTmaxCalculation of MPF(MPF*b) - BF*(a + b) - (MT*e) + BR*(c + d)MPF = [BF*(a + b) + (MF*b) - BR*(c + d)]/b MPFmaxCalculation of MPTMTP = BF + MT + BR < MPTmaxCalculation of MPRMPR = MPT - MPF < MPRmaxTo know the value of MPFmax, refer to the values indicated by the manufacturer in Section 9 "Specifications" of this manual. [3.h]

Page 45

2-31Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Tractor's lifting points [2.k]WARNING: for maintenance operations that require the tractor to be lifted, the tractor must be taken to your authorised Argo Tractors dealer. All maintenance operations that involve tractor lifting must be carried out by skilled and trained technicians at your dealer's. NEVER try to lift it in unsuitable spaces and with un-suitable means.Carry out the following operations before any opera-tion about the tractor: engage the four-wheel drive (if equipped), the first gear and the parking brake and put chocks to the wheels touching the ground.Before lifting the tractor, avoid its swinging by means of wooden wedges applied to the front axle (Fig.2-42): the chocks (2 - Fig. 2-42) must avoid any swinging of the tractor..Always lift only the rear or front end, NEVER both ends at the same time.Use jack lifts (1) of suitable capacity and apply them at the centre of the front and rear axles (Fig. 2-42 and 2-43) paying due attention to weight distribution. [2.k]Apply the jack lift to the lifting points (Fig. 2-44) according to the type of operation and following the safety proce-dures given before. WARNING: DO NOT raise the tractor using the tow hook.WARNING: Never work under a vehicle only supported by rams.Fig.2-42Fig.2-43Fig.2-44

Page 46

Page 47

Page 48

Page 49

2-35Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Risks from noiseNoise Characteristics and MeasurementNoise is a pressure variation in an elastic medium, gener-ally the air, produced by the vibration of a material body (source) that determines an undesired and often annoy-ing acoustic sensation. Noise is mainly characterised by: sound intensity or level: expresses the entity of the pressure variation due to the sound wave. Measured in decibels (dB), it doubles the sound intensity and, thus, the energy that reaches the ear. frequency: expresses the number of pressure varia-tions of the wave per second and is measured in Hertz (Hz) - high-pitched noises have high frequencies (2000-4000 Hz or more), while low-pitched noises have low frequencies (250 Hz or less).How the risk is evaluatedThe higher the sound level and exposure time, the greater the noise risk will be.Two parameters are used: LAeq (Equivalent continuous weighted level A): this is a sound level measurement that takes into account noise fluctuations and the varying sensitivity of the ear to the frequencies: LAeq is measured with a sound-level meter; PEL (Personal Exposure Level): this is a measurement that takes the various noise levels into account along with the time the worker remains on the individual machines or working at certain processes: PEL is calculated mathematically.Noise PathologiesDamage To The HearingNoise causes hypoacusis or deafness because it destroys the acoustic receptors, nervous cells able to transform the mechanical sound vibrations into nervous impulses that, on reaching the brain, determine the aural sensation.These receptors are irreplaceable if they are destroyed and the resulting damage is irreversible: hypoacusis worsens if exposure to noise continues and does not improve even if this terminates.Moreover, it is also bilateral since it can be accompanied by annoying buzzing and whistling sounds, and by intoler-ance to loud noise.The damage is insidious since it proceeds slowly and unnoticed: in the initial phase, when it is limited to a di-minished ability to perceive acute sounds (music, bells) or the spoken voice when there is a background noise, it can only be detected by means of an audiometric test.Pulsating noises of great intensity lasting a very short time are highly damaging since the ear is unable to actuate any physiological protective measures in time.Hypoacusis from noise generally arises after several years of exposure and depends on the PEL (risk almost null below 80 dBA) and on individual characteristics. It is an incurable disease: the only effective means of protection against it is prevention.Other EffectsNoise does not just determine aural sensation. For levels exceeding 70 dBA, it causes stress by means of the cerebral integration centres and determines a specific neurovegetative reaction responsible for effects that lead to cardiocirculatory and gastroenteric diseases.Amongst these, it is worthwhile noting: an increase in gastric acidity, a decrease in the heart rate, visual range and reflex speed; a sensation of discomfort and weariness with an increased sense of fatigue.These effects are dangerous because they also increase the risk of accidents. Personal protections against noiseIndividual protective equipment attenuates the sound energy transmitted to the ear through the air.This equipment is used when dangerous exposure cannot be avoided in any other way.There are different types of devices with different attenu-ating capacities: helmets, ear muffs, ear plugs (Fig.2-50).Helmets and headsets have the highest dampening ca-pacity and their use is mandatory when working off road and noise is over the limits given hereunder.Earplugs are generally better tolerated and are particularly useful for prolonged exposition to lower noise levels.WARNING: It is prescribed that suitable personal hear-ing protection be used if exposed every day to a noise level equal or higher than 85 dBA.Consult the "Technical specifications" section of this manual in relation to tractor noise measured in in-stantaneous conditions in compliance with the laws in force.WARNING: Do not open the windscreen, the doors or the side and rear windows during work. The noise in the cab could rise to such level as to oblige the opera-tor to wear headsets or other individual protection against noise. Fig.2-50

Page 50

Page 51

2-37Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Decal 1WARNING: Very hot surfaces. The hands and fingers could be scorched. Warning: keep well clear of hot parts. Keep at a safe distance.Decal 2WARNING: Danger of entangle-ment. Keep your hands well clear of spinning parts. Take care not to become entangled in the belts or pulleys whilst the engine is run-ning. Keep the guards in place.Decal 3DANGER: Jets of hot steam or hot water. Protect your face. The radia-tor will be under pressure when the engine is hot. Remove the plug with caution and only when the engine is cold.Decal 5WARNING: Danger of being crushed. Always wear the seat belt when the safety frame is in the vertical position.Decal 6WARNING: Take care. Carefully read this operation and mainte-nance manual before using the machine. Pay particular attention to the instructions about safe use of the machine.Decal 4WARNING: Danger of damaging tractor com-ponents and the brake circuit in particular. Be-fore servicing the tractor, it is essential for you to have read through the warnings and the instructions in the opera-tion and maintenance manual.Decal 8DANGER: Danger of entanglement. Keep well away from spinning shafts. Take care NOT to remain caught up by the PTO driveline. Keep all the guards mounted on the transmission shafts of the tractor or implements.Decal 7Affixed to the safety frame (only on footstep tractors).WARNING: Danger of being crushed. Always keep the safety frame in its correct position during work. Never use the tractor without mounting the safety frame.Decal 9DANGER: Danger of being crushed. Always apply the parking brake (and the park lock if installed) when you stop the tractor and before getting off it.Decal 10On lh mudguard for tractors with safety frames.WARNING: Danger of being crushed. DO NOT allow anyone to sit on the fenders or on any other part of the tractor or towed implements.

Page 52

2-38Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Decal 13WARNING: Electrocution. Always disconnect the negative battery terminal before removing the cover of the solenoid and before servicing the electrical system.Decal 12DANGER: Danger of be-ing crushed. DO NOT start the engine by short-ing across the terminals of the starter motor. This operation will place your life in danger. Only start the engine when you are sitting in the driving seat.Decal 11DANGER: The tractor could over-turn and crush the chest. Hold firmly on to the steering wheel if the tractor is overturning. DO NOT leave your seat or jump off the tractor.Decal 14WARNING: Danger of entangle-ment and shearing. Keep your hands well clear of the fan blades when the engine is running. Al-ways keep the guards and screens mounted.Decal 15WARNING: Danger of electric shock. Always disconnect the negative battery terminal before removing the battery or before servicing the electrical system.Decal 16DANGER: Risk of impact and seri-ous accidents. Keep to one side of the tractor when using external lift controls. NEVER STAND between tractor and implement - you could be hit by the implement.Decal 18Footstep tractorsWARNING: Danger of being crushed. Enter or leave the tractor through the left-hand side. Take care not to touch the control levers if you get in or out of the tractor from the right-hand side.Decal 18Tractors with cabsWARNING: Danger of being crushed. Climb in and out of the tractor us-ing the left-hand door. If entering or leaving the tractor through the right-hand door, avoid any contact with control levers.Decal 19WARNING: Use individual protections during work, such as overalls, heavy duty gloves and safety footwear.DECAL 20CAUTION: Do not step or climb onto parts that are not specifically designed or mounted to this purpose.

Page 53

2-39Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Decal 24WARNING: Danger of liquid under pres-sure being ejected from hydraulic circuits.Decal 23WARNING: General warning. Turn off the engine and remove the ignition key be-fore any servicing operations and before getting off the machine for any reason.Decal 22WARNING: Tractors with cabs have no protection against dangerous substances, but do have protection against dust (protection level 2). If the tractor is used to spray phytosanitary products or chemicals gener-ally thought of as hazardous to health, the operator must wear individual protections (mask) suitable to the harmfulness of the actual product used.Decal 25WARNING: Emergency exit indication.Decal 26On the right-hand side in the front, on the radiator core of the front hitch (if installed).DANGER: Beware of hanging loads. Keep at a safe distance to avoid being hit or crushed.Decal 27(If the tractor is equipped with instructor seat).WARNING: The seat for an instructor (with a seat belt that must be worn at all times) may be occupied only when driving on road, but not when working in the field. Decal 28Only for the Italian market - Only 4WD tractorsWARNING: The four-wheel drive MUST be engaged before the parking brake is operated.Decal 29WARNING: Take care. Consult the operation and maintenance manual for information about safety and how to use the tractor.DANGER: Danger of entanglement. Keep well away from spinning shafts. Take care NOT to remain caught up by the PTO driveline. Keep all the guards mounted on the transmission shafts of the tractor or implements.

Page 54

Page 55

Page 56

2-42Safety notesP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55WARNINGWhenever clearance permits:- Keep Rollover Protection Structure fully extended and locked.- Keep seat belt fastened.When structure must be lowered:- Drive with extra care.- Seat belt use is not recommended.No ROPS protection is provided in the lowered position.Decal 5 ROPS upper frame missing. To avoid injury or death from tractor rollover, reinstall upper frame before using tractor.WARNINGDecal 4WARNINGPersonal injury could result from PTO driveline separation.1. Drawbar supplied provides standard distance “A”. Do not change.2. Three-point link distance “C” and mounter implement distance “D” may not be standard. PTO SHAFT SIZE DISTANCE “A” 540 35mm (3.51 cm) 356mm (35.56 cm) 1000 35mm (3.51 cm) 406mm (40.64 cm)Measure distance “B” over complete lift range for tractor and implement combination. Select driveline length to ensure that driveline will not bottom out at minimum distance “B” and will have sufficient overlap at maximum distance.Decal 6Serious personal injury or ma-chine damage may result from overspeed of PTO driven equip-ment.Never use the 1000 rpm setting with the 6 spline shaft installed.WARNINGDecal 7DANGERDANGERPull only from ap-proved drawbar or lower links of 3-point linkage at horizontal position or below.Rotating driveline con-tact may cause serious injury or death.Keep all driveline, tractor and equipment shields in place during operation.Decal 8Decal 10Decal 2High pressure steam and hot water.Remove filler cap with extreme care. WARNINGWARNINGTo avoid personal in-jury, keep all shields, covers and guards in place while engine is running.Beware hot partsDecal 1Use only mineral type brake fluid as specified in the Operator’s Manual.Incorrect fluid could cause brake sys-tem fallure and loss of control, resulting in personal injury or death.WARNINGDecal 3WARNINGSerious personal injury or machine damage may result from over-speed of PTO driven equipment.Select tractor PTO speed to match imple-ment specified speed.Do not operate PTO above recommended maximum speed. Nominal Maximum 540 630 1000 1170Decal 9

Page 57

2-43Safety notes2P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55WARNINGDo not jump if tractor tipsUSE SEAT BELT.Keep seat belt adjusted snuglyDecal 11Decal 12CAUTIONRead the operator instruc-tion Book for safety infor-mation.Fasten your seat belt be-fore tractor operation.Start engine only when seated in operator’s seat.Make sure everyone is clear of tractor and equip-ment before starting en-gine or operation.Keep all shields, covers and guards and place and stay away from moving parts while engine is run-ning.Place transmission shift lever in neutral and apply parking brake before us-ing external 3-point hitch controls.Apply parking brake, lower equipment, stop engine and remove key before leaving the tractor unattended.Wait for all movement to stop before servicing trac-tor or equipment.Securely support or block lifted implements which must be in the raised position for servicing or adjustment.Couple brake pedals to-gether for road travel.Use flashing warning lights and SMV emblem when on public roads, except where prohibited by law.Always drive with care and attention.Decal 13WARNINGStand clear when using switch to move 3-point hitch.Decal 18DANGERStart only from seat with transmission and PTO in neutral.Starting in gear kills.Decal 14Decal 15WARNINGRemove negative ca-bles from batteries before removing sole-noid cover and before servicing the electrical system.WARNINGKeep hands clear of fan and belts while engine is running.Decal 16DANGERShieldeyesExplosivegasAvoid sparksand flameSulphuricacidEXPLOSIVE GASESAlways shield eyes and face from bat-tery. Cigarettes, flames or sparks could cause battery to explode.Do not charge or use booster cables or adjust post connections without proper instructions or training.POISON: causes severe burns Contains sulphuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing.In event of accident flush with water and call a physician immediately.Keep out of reach of children.Decal 17Decal 19 Decal 20DANGERCAUTIONRead the operator instruc-tion Book for safety infor-mation.Rotating driveline contact may cause serious injury or death.Keep all driveline, tractor and equipment shields in place during operation.

Page 58

Page 59

Page 60

Page 61

Page 62

Page 63

Controls3-53P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Tractor Warning Lamp Usage- The flashing amber warning lamps must be used ac-cording to road traffic laws.The amber warning lamps are used to indicate a hazard to other road users. Press button (1) to activate. By this switch all four turn indicators will flash on and off.IMPORTANT: When operating the tractor, towing an implement or trailer, the complete rear area warning system (amber warning lamps, when applicable, and red tail lamps) must be easily seen by any vehicle operator coming near the tractor.Turn indicator operation (North Amer-ica version)When the hazard light control switch is on (1 - Fig. 3-7) all amber hazard lights are flashing intermittently.When the turn indicator lever (1 - Fig. 3-8) is operated, the amber hazard lights will operate as follows:A. When the right turn indicator is operated, the right amber hazard lamp will flash ON and OFF and the left amber warning lamp will illuminate but will not flash. B. When the left turn indicator is operated, the left amber hazard lamp will flash ON and OFF and the right amber warning lamp will illuminate but will not flash.NOTE: When driving on roads, it may be required that the hazard lights button remains activated. Refer to the laws in force in your Country.Fig. 3-7Implement warning lamps(if equipped)It is recommended that implement warning lamps are used:- If the flashing warning lamps and red tail lamps on the tractor cannot be seen because they are obstructed by the implement.- If the towed implement is 1219 mm or more behind the hitch point of the tractor.- If the towed implement is 1219 mm or more to the left or right of the centre of the tractor.- If the towed implement has a minimum 3000 mm width.Install the warning lamps to indicate the side of the imple-ment nearest the centre of the road.Fig. 3-8

Page 64

Page 65

Controls3-73P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Front right controls on instrument turretIgnition switch (1 - Fig.3-8)The key switch has four positions as follows: Start Position - Turning the key fully clockwise against spring pressure the starter motor is energised in addi-tion to the circuits already mentioned above.Accessories position - The instrument cluster display and the radio can be operated in this position. This posi-tion is also used for programming the digital instrument panel.OFF Position - Turn from On/Run posi-tion anticlockwise to stop the tractor. The key can only be removed when it is in this position. Light switch (2-Fig.3-8)Operation (Fig. 3-8) ● Horn. Press lever (1) at point (2) in the direction indi-cated by the arrow to operate the horn. ● Turn indicators. Push down lever (1) to operate the right turn indicator, up to operate the left indicator. When the indicator is active, also the relative lamp on the control panel is flashing. ● Light switch. Turn the switch (3) to the required posi-tion to obtain the following functions: O Lights off Side lights on dipped beams ● Driving beams. Turn switch (3) to the position "dipped beams", then, to switch the driving beams on, pull lever (1) up until it locks. Raise it towards the steering wheel and release to return to the dipped beams. ● Flashing function (driving beams). Pull up and re-lease lever (1) for flashing.Fig. 3-8Fig. 3-9

Page 66

3-8ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Adjustment of electro-hydraulic reverse shuttle effectiveness (Fig. 3-10)The electro-hydraulic reverse shuttle effectiveness can be adjusted by means of potentiometer (1). Turn anticlock-wise to reduce it, and clockwise to increase it.NOTE: If the potentiometer is moved but the relative menu is not displayed on the instrument, the menu will be displayed as a pop-up. See also “Electro-hydraulic ef-fectiveness” in Section 4 of this manual.Fig. 3-10Master disconnect switch [2.aa](Fig. 3-11)The master disconnect switch disconnects the battery from the tractor electric system.The master disconnect switch (1) can only be activated with the ignition key in the OFF position.The master disconnect switch is placed in the control turret, on the dashboard at the left of the driver's seat.WARNING: When the engine is running, the battery cannot be disconnected in any way.This switch has two positions: ● Position A (knob turned clockwise): battery connected, all systems are supplied ● Position B (knob turned anti-clockwise): battery discon-nected. Only the following items are powered: instru-ment cluster (clock inner memories), courtesy light in cab, radio inner memories, transmission diagnostic sockets, electronic master disconnect switch circuit For a correct use of the battery disconnector switch, refer to the "Operation" section, "Battery disconnector switch" chapter.Fig. 3-111

Page 67

Page 68

3-10ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Pedal Controls1. CLUTCH PEDAL The clutch pedal is used to temporarily disengage drive. Use the clutch pedal when moving the tractor over short distances. Use the clutch pedal to start the tractor moving from stationary. Gradually and completely releasing the clutch pedal for a controlled smooth start.WARNING: DO NOT ride the clutch pedal when the transmission is under load. Release the clutch pedal completely within 5 seconds for improved clutch service life. While the tractor is moving the transmis-sion must always be in drive. Never allow the tractor to coast downhill with the transmission in neutral or with the clutch pedal depressed. To do so could result in the operator not having full control of the tractor and may result in personal injury.2. BRAKE PEDALS - The left brake pedal stops the left rear wheel and the right brake pedal stops the right rear wheel.CAUTION: Extra weight and bad traction conditions such as mud or ice increase your stopping distance. Remember that liquid in the tires, weights on the machine or wheels, tanks filled with fertilisers, herbicides or in-secticides; all these add weight and increase the distance you need to stop. Do not exceed maximum permitted operating weights on axle or tractor.CAUTION: all service operations on the trac-tor’s braking system MUST BE carried out by the specialized personnel of your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer.3. BRAKE PEDALS INTERLOCK - Used to lock the brake pedals together.CAUTION: Brake pedals must be locked to-gether for road travel. This will ensure uni-form brake operation and maximum stopping ability.4. THROTTLE PEDAL

Page 69

Page 70

3-12ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig. 3-12Seat with mechanical suspension1. Seat distance adjustment2. Handle for continuous weight adjustment3. Adjustment to operator's heightOPERATOR’S SEAT[2.a][2.ah]Various types of seat can be fitted: The type of seat is dictated by market requirements and by the tractor's specifications.CAUTION: Danger! Danger of losing control.DO NOT adjust the seat while the machine is running. All adjustment to the seat must be carried out while the machine is at standstill and with the parking brake engaged. Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.We recommend a seat adjustment that guarantees a safe driving even in harsh conditions. To avoid dangers, comply with the following directions:WARNING: The driver's seat must be mounted or repaired only by skilled personnel.Check at regular intervals that the retainer screws are perfectly tightened and that the adjustment controls are normally operating, to guarantee safety and stability during work.NOTE: The safety belt is not to be neither modified nor altered. If it is replaced, the new belt must be approved and de-signed to be mounted in the same position as the old one. Replace must be carried out by specialised personnel.The safety belt must be replaced in the following cases: overturning of the machine, damage or wear (unstringing or cuts on the belt, damage of the plastic covers), faulty operation of the winding mechanism and of the buckle.The driver's seat is provided with controls to adjust its suspension, height and distance from the controls. Therefore it is possible to choose the adjustment position most suitable and change it even during work.123

Page 71

Page 72

3-14ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig. 3-153. Height limiterIt limits the suspension run upwards.The limitation is continuous and must be carried out while the operator is seated down, so that the seat is loaded.The height of the seat can be adjusted in both senses, up or down, by means of the knob (1).After each height adjustment, a weight adjustment shall also be carried out.Cleaning and maintenanceAny actions, maintenance included, must be carried out by skilled technicians and using suitable personal protec-tion devices.To keep the seat in optimum operating conditions, it must be regularly cleaned. The cleaning intervals should be cal-culated according to the amount of soiling. This interval, however, must not be longer than 200 work hours.Check at regular intervals the bellow (if present) that protects the suspension.Remove dust from upholstery with compressed air or a vacuum cleaner.To clean synthetic leather upholstery: use a cloth or sponge, moist but not dripping.To clean fabric upholstery: use a moist, but not dripping cloth or a mild cleansing agent. You may use any cleans-ing agent for car seats.To clean the safety belt: use a sponge moistened with lukewarm water or water and a mild soap.An air jet at low pressure (max. 1 bar) may be used to clean the winder and the clasp mechanism. Clean dust collected on mechanical parts (guides and suspension) of the seat with a compressed air jet or a moist cloth or a dry brush. Do not use water or cleansers. To access the inner suspension, lift up the rubber bellow by pulling out the plastic nail by means of a mechanical aid. After cleansing, fit all the nails back to close it again.Do not clean the seat with steam or high pressure jets.The guides and the suspension must be lubricated with synthetic grease. Use spray lubricants to grease any couplings that are difficult to reach.All remaining maintenance materials must be disposed of according to law. Do not dispose of them in the envi-ronment.13

Page 73

Page 74

3-16ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Mechanic suspension seat (if pro-vided)1. Adjustment to operator's weight2. Seat height adjustment.3. Seat distance adjustment4. Tilt adjustment of armrests (*)5. Height adjustment of armrests (*)6. Head restraint adjustment (*)7. Lumbar support adjustment (on the back) (*)8. Back rest tilt adjustment(*) subject to availability21345678Fig. 3-16Fig. 3-17Fig. 3-181. Adjustment to operator's weightThe seat can be adjusted to the weight of the operator by pulling up or pressing down the button (1) while the seat is occupied by the operator. The adjustment to the opera-tor’s weight is correct when the green mark is completely visible in the little window.NOTE: To avoid any health hazards, the adjustment to the operator's weight should be checked and eventually adjusted before beginning the use of the tractor.2. Seat height adjustment.The seat height can be adjusted by pulling up or pressing down the button (1) while the seat is being occupied by the operator. The seat height can be adjusted continuously.After the height adjustment, check the seat is correctly adjusted to the operator’s weight. The green mark must be completely visible in the little window.NOTE: to avoid any damages to the compressor during the weight adjustment, do not operate the compressor for longer than 1 minute.1121

Page 75

Page 76

Page 77

Page 78

3-20ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Seat belt [2.ab]CAUTION: Always fasten your safety belt se-curely. Your tractor is equipped with a ROPS for your protection. The seat belt can help insure your safety if it is properly used and maintained. Never wear the belt in a twisted condition or pinched between the seat struc-tural members.Adjust the seat to your requirements.Lean with your back straight against the back rest. Pull the seat belt completely across your body and push the metal eye (1) into the latch assembly (2) until it locks.12Adjust the position of the seat belt as low on your body as possible.3To release the seat belt, push the button (3) on the latch assembly.IMPORTANT: From time to time, carefully inspect the seat belt and replace it if worn or damaged.IMPORTANT: Check at regular intervals the correct op-eration of the safety belt.NOTE: The safety belt is not to be neither modified nor altered. If it is replaced, the new belt must be approved and designed to be mounted in the same position as the old one. Replace must be carried out by specialised personnel.The safety belt must be replaced in the following cases: overturning of the machine, damage or wear (unstringing or cuts on the belt, damage of the plastic covers), faulty operation of the winding mechanism and of the buckle.

Page 79

Controls3-213P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig. 3-26Instructor's seat [2.w]Fig. 3-26CAUTION: Avoid injuries!The instructor seat must be used only when training a new operator or when a service technician carries out troubleshooting. Use of this seat is not allowed to anyone, particularly children. Keep cab doors closed. Always wear the seat belt. Failure to comply with these direc-tions could cause injuries or death.The seat (1) must be used only by an instructor to train new operators or service technicians for diagnostics and troubleshooting. The passenger in this seat must always wear fastened seat belts (2). Fold the seat when it is not in use.This seat MAY NOT be used to transport children.When the instructor's seat is occupied, the following precautions must be taken:• Tractor should be driven at a slow speed and on level ground.• Avoid quick starts or stops.• Avoid sharp turns.• The left-hand door MUST be closed at all times, while the tractor is in motion.Please read attentively the "Safety Note" section in this manual for further information.CAUTION: A frequent cause of personal injury or death is persons falling off and being run over. DO NOT permit others to ride, except on the designated instructor seat.WARNING: The seat for an in-structor (with a seat belt that must be worn at all times) may be occupied only when driving on road, but not when working in the field. IMPORTANT: Check at regular intervals the correct op-eration of the safety belt.NOTE: The safety belt is not to be neither modified nor altered. If it is replaced, the new belt must be approved and designed to be mounted in the same position as the old one. Replace must be carried out by specialised personnel.The safety belt must be replaced in the following cases: overturning of the machine, damage or wear (unstringing or cuts on the belt, damage of the plastic covers), faulty operation of the winding mechanism and of the buckle.

Page 80

3-22ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Operator present sensorThe seat cushion acts as a switch.CAUTION: Do not tamper with this component in any way.CAUTION: if the tractor is not correctly used, the operator is informed by the sound of a buzzer and a warning symbol on the instru-ment cluster. For a correct use, the operator must be seated in the driver's place. As soon as there is no load on the seat given by the operator's weight, a buzzer sounds and a warning symbol (1-Fig. 3-28) is shown on the instrument cluster as a pop-up.Fig. 3-281The buzzer sounds each time the operator leaves the driver's seat while the engine is running without engaging the parking brake and putting the gearshift lever in neutral.Whenever the operator leaves the driver's seat with the engine running and the tractor not moving, the hydraulic clutches of forward and reverse are disabled. If the tractor is on the move, the system inhibits the same clutches as soon as the neutral position of the reverse shuttle lever is sensed. In this case, the transmission goes automati-cally to Neutral.The operator must then return to his/her seat and the reverse shuttle shifted to Neutral in order to get the trac-tor started again.Fig. 3-27

Page 81

Controls3-233P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Logic of the operator's seat switch• With key turned to ON, released parking brake lever, engine off:OperatorIndicator on instrument clusterBuzzer Instrument cluster dis-play(1-Fig.3-28)Not seated FlashiNg active For 5 secoNds active• With key turned to OFF, released parking brake lever:OperatorIndicator on instrument clusterBuzzer Instrument cluster dis-play(1-Fig.3-28)Not seated FlashiNg active For 10 secoNds No• With ignition key turned to ON, engine running:In the cases given in the following table, the indicator on the instrument cluster and the buzzer are active until the conditions for a correct use of the tractor are restored. Operator position Reverse shuttle lever position(FNR)Parking brake Buzzer soundingIndicator on instrument clustersittiNg Neutral eNgagedOFFsteady oNsittiNg Neutral releasedOFF OFFsittiNg selected directioN eNgagedOFFsteady oNsittiNg selected directioN releasedOFF OFFNot seated Neutral eNgagedOFFsteady oNNot seated Neutral releasedONoN aNd FlashiNgNot seated selected directioN eNgagedONsteady oNNot seated selected directioN releasedONoN aNd FlashiNg

Page 82

3-24Controls - CabP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55CABAll non-metallic components within the cab comply with the ISO 3795 standard.The cab is approved according to OECD codes concerning ROPS test (protection against overturning) and safety belts. The cab is also approved for FOPS test (protection against falling objects) according to the required code.The cab is made of steel sections and is fastened to the tractor by means of a double system of rubber dampers (silent block) protecting the driver's seat both from vibra-tions and from engine noise. The noise peak is therefore limited to low values, for greater comfort for the operator.Doors (3)Both doors can be opened both from the inner and outer side, and kept open by dampening cylinders. Both doors are provided with a lock with key. The key for the door lock is the same as for ignition.Adjustable field lightsThe cab is provided with front (1) and rear (4) field lights to improve visibility when working at night. The on/off switches are in the cab.Revolving beacon (2)The revolving beacon is mounted on the front of the cab roof. As an option, a second revolving beacon can be mounted on the other side of the cab. Both beacons are controlled by a switch in the cab.Rear window (5)Release the rear window lock and turn the handle (6) counterclockwise to open it. The window is kept open by dampers.WARNING: Do not open the windscreen, the doors or the side and rear windows during work. The noise in the cab could rise to such level as to oblige the opera-tor to wear headsets or other individual protection against noise.NOTE: See the "Maintenance" section for filter use and maintenance.

Page 83

Page 84

Page 85

Page 86

Page 87

Controls - Cab3-293P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Setup with cab air conditioning [2.b](Fig. 3-34)Use the button (3) to activate the air conditioning system in the cab. When the system is operating, the LED (4) in control console will light up.The button (3) is operating when the ignition key is on the contact position (Key On). Turn the fan knob (2) to the required speed, then turn knob (1) to turn on the condi-tioner. Turn the fan knob (2) further until the required air temperature is reached. To let air flow into the cab, turn by hand the fins of the vents on the cab roof.The air is automatically recirculated in the cab by the air vents (1- Fig. 3-35) on the rear posts..CAUTIONS:The air conditioner will not operate when the engine is at a standstill as the compressor is operated by the engine itself.Make sure that the air conditioner control is in the off position before starting the engine.Always turn on the electric fan before operating the air conditioner.The conditioner cannot operate when the electric fan is off.WARNING: If the tractor is to remain unused for a long period of time, or if the system is not used, remember to allow the air conditioner to operate for about 15 minutes each week. This precautionary measure pre-vents gas from leaking from the compressor.Use of the air conditioning system [2.b](Fig. 3-34)To operate the air conditioner, the blower must be on. The blower speed, temperature control and all vents must be adjusted to obtain the best cooling for the ambient temperature and dust conditions. Under normal operating conditions, and with the windows and doors closed, tem-peratures in the cab of 6°C÷15°C less than the ambient temperature will occur. When operating the air conditioner system, the moisture level is decreased. NOTE:During cold weather, with ambient temperature above 0°C, operate the air conditioner at least once per month, for a period of 10 to 15 minutes. This operation is useful to lubricate gaskets and helps to prevent leaks of cooling fluid. NOTE:The system is provided with safety devices to pro-tect the system for low refrigerant level and restrictions in the system. If the air conditioner stops operating while the tractor is running, ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for help.NOTE: The air conditioning system is equipped with an environmentally safe refrigerant, HFC-R134a. Never re-charge the air conditioning system with refrigerant other than HFC-R134a as this will result in loss of cooling and permanent damage to all air conditioning components. Starting: With the engine and the fan running, press but-ton (3) to operate the air conditioner.Stopping: Before turning the engine off, always stop the air conditioner by pressing the button (3) and turning the fan knob (2) anticlockwise to the stop position. Fig. 3-34Fig. 3-35

Page 88

3-30Controls - CabP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55RADIOMultifunction buttons (2 - Fig. 3-37)The buttons on the front panel may have different func-tions if the operator is listening to the radio or playing multimedia files (USB stick or SD card).• Radio: stored station• Function to operate in media: control PlayFig. 3-372Context of functions (1 - Fig. 3-38)The function of some controls depends on context. For instance, the button “1” (1) tunes in the first stored radio station. After playing a multimedia file, however, this but-ton can be pressed to play/interrupt a track.• Radio: stored station• Function to operate in media: playing/interrupting a multimedia fileFig. 3-381“Volume” knob (1 - Fig. 3-39)Turn the knob clockwise to raise, anticlockwise to lower the volume.If the options MENU or AUDIO are used, volume adjust-ment is temporarily disabled and by turning the knob the menu items are displayed instead. Apply a short pressure (press and release) the volume adjustment knob to access the controls of the AUDIO option, i.e. balance, fader, bass and treble.The volume has 41 positions, with a range 0 to 40.Fig. 3-391General informationSwitching on (Fig. 3-36)To switch on the unit, press the ON/OFF button (1); to turn off, press and hold the same button for 1 second. NOTE: Many buttons on the front panel can be operated in two modes: a momentary press or press and hold.Fig. 3-361

Page 89

Controls - Cab3-313P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55RadioRadio stations search (Fig.3-40)Use the buttons (1) and (2) to search a radio station: press briefly to search automatically the next available frequency (the search stops at the next available station).1. Forward button2. Backward buttonManual tuning (Fig. 3-40)Hold (1) or (2) pressed for the manual search mode. In this mode, a short pressure on one of these buttons gradually changes the frequency, while a longer pressure makes the search quicker until the button is released.The radio returns to the automatic search mode if no but-ton is pressed for 3 seconds.Radio stations storing (Fig. 3-41)When hearing a radio station, apply a longer pressure on one of the buttons (1) to store the station. Apply a short pressure on a button (1) to go to an already stored station.The stored frequency can be changed by tuning on a dif-ferent station and applying a longer pressure to the button where you wish it to be stored.• Longer pressure: the station is stored.• Short pressure: the stored station is recalled.FM radioThe RDS (Radio Data System) service is active in many countries. In case of RDS transmission, it is possible to enable or disable its settings in the menu, e.g. AF and TA. RDS is only available in the FM bands.• AF: alternative frequency• TP: traffic program• TA: traffic announcementFig. 3-411Fig. 3-4021

Page 90

3-32Controls - CabP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Other audio equipmentPlaying multimedia files (Fig.3.42)To play WMA or MP3 music files previously stored on a USB stick (1) or a SD card (2), just insert the support in its slot to start playing. The radio turns automatically on. Use the SRC button (3) to select ‘radio’, ‘media’ or ‘AUX’ (auxiliary inlet) (4). If both supports are in their slots, the radio uses the last slot that had been used.NOTE: Supports in SD/USB – selection is possible only if multimedia files are available.Double inlet AUX-IN (4), 3.5 mm on front and rear: these sockets share the same circuit. Though it is possible to use both, it is advisable to establish a connection only with one of them and to leave the other one disconnected.Audio tracks selection (Fig.3-43)Use the buttons (1) and (2) to search the required track.Press the button briefly:1. to select the previous track2. to select the next trackPress and hold the button:1. for the rewind function2. for the fast forward functionAfter reaching the desired position in the audio track, release the button to start playing normally again.AUX inlet 3.5 mm (4 - Fig.3-42)The front panel features a stereo aux-in inlet. By means of a 3.5 mm stereo jack plug, the music played through the headset outlet of a portable multimedia player can be played, for instance, through the tractor's speakers.Fig. 3-421243Fig. 3-4312

Page 91

Controls - Cab3-333P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Radio menuMenu (Fig. 3-44)Apply a short pressure to the MENU button (1) to open the radio menu. Afterward, the LCD display shows the available menu items. By the ‘Reset – confirm’ function the default settings can be restored.After entering the required menu, use the following but-tons to browse:1. ‘MENU’ = EXIT, MOVE UP ONE LEVEL (to go from the right to the left in the menu tree).2. Turn the volume knob = PREVIOUS ITEM/NEXT ITEM (to scroll the menu tree up or down).3. Middle button = SELECT ITEM, CONFIRM, MOVE DOWN INTO SUB-LEVEL (to scroll the menu tree left to right).Press and hold 'MENU' to exit.NOTE: if no button is pressed for 3 seconds, the radio quits the 'MENU' mode automatically.AudioTo change AUDIO settings, apply a short pressure on the volume knob. It is a shortcut key to enter the software menu. In this way, the user can change the settings BAL-ANCE, FADER, BASS and TREBLE:- Apply a short pressure on the volume knob. - Use in the same way as MENU. KnobvolumeAccess to ‘MENU’ and ‘AUDIO’ menus is described as "browsing the menu tree". The middle button is used to move to a lower level in the tree, while the MENU button has the opposite function, i.e. to move from a lower to a higher level (right to left) in the menu tree.Other buttons:•to move to a higher level (right toleft)•to select an item, to move to a lower level(left to right)Fig. 3-44

Page 92

3-34Controls - CabP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55BluetoothGeneral operation (Fig. 3-45)The buttons in the front panel of the Bluetooth version of this radio there are the following additional symbols “answer” (1) and “hang-up” (2). Press and hold the “An-swer” button (1) to call the last dialled number.PairingTo use the speakerphone function in Bluetooth, a Blue-tooth mobile phone must be connected by “pairing”. To pair the mobile phone to the radio, check that the radio is turned on. On your mobile, search for an available Bluetooth connection. Pair to “6515700M91” by the code “1234”. The mobile should confirm the successful pairing. After the pairing, many mobiles can automatically restore the Bluetooth connection when the radio is turned on again (e.g., when next using the tractor), therefore no pairing is needed on such phones.Once the mobile is paired to the radio device, the mobile can be used in speakerphone mode. When the mobile is used for outgoing or incoming calls, the speakers in the cab and the microphone (1 - Fig. 3-46) in front of the operator can be used for voice com-munication with the cell phone connected to the radio via Bluetooth device.If the radio is on, when the phone is paired to the radio, the audio signal automatically is turned down to allow the phone communication.Bluetooth profilesThe Bluetooth version of this radio can be connected in wireless mode to Bluetooth devices, such as cell phones.The Bluetooth connection modes are named “profiles”. This radio supports the following profiles:(1) A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile – Music playing in streaming of music by means of Bluetooth. Bluetooth devices with A2DP function can play music from the radio through the sound system of the tractor. Further, if the device supports the Bluetooth profile AVRCP (Remote Control Profile), the radio can be used to operate func-tions such as ‘next track’ and ‘previous track’.(2) HFP: Hands Free Profile – Call or receive calls through Bluetooth (see the previous sections “General operation” and “Pairing”). To ensure an optimal sound quality of the connected Bluetooth HFP, the user can select the speakers to use for sound reproduction. The menu path of the software MENU->SYSTEM->ALT_VOL->HFP_SPKR has three options:HFP_ALL: sound is output from all four speaker channels (default option).HFP_FRNT: sound is output only from the front speaker channels; the rear channels are off during phone conver-sations.HFP_REAR: sound is output only from the rear speaker channels; the front channels are off during phone conver-sations.The default setting is HFP_ALL.NOTE: for tractors provided of 2 speakers only, the default setting HFP_ALL is recommended.Fig. 3-4512Fig. 3-46

Page 93

Controls - Cab3-353P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55SymbolsSymbols on the front panel:BAND FM/AM/WB frequency band.This radio has 3 bands FM, 2 AM and 1WB.(The WB mode is only available if “USA” is selected)Forward/next (FF): radio frequency / sound trackSRC Source: radio/supports(SD,USB)/auxiliary inlet)rewind/previous (REW): radio frequency /sound trackMENU Menu of software functionsPlay / pause.A short pressure to switch between play / pause.F+ / F- Browsing through foldersStop.Press and hold to stop playing the multime-dia fileRDM Random: track play order Repetition: “RPT OFF”,”RPT ONE”,”RPT DIR”,”RPT ALL” (Repeat off, Repeat one, Repeat directory, Repeat all)Switch-off timerThis radio has an off function controlled by a timer. This option can be accessed through the path MENU->SYSTEM->ADVANCED->TIMER and includes the settings OFF, 30 min, 60 min and 90 min. ”OFF” is the default factory setting and it means the radio is immediately off as soon as the ignition key is taken out. It operates in the same way as a conventional radio. For instance, if the "30 min" option is selected, you may easily turn the radio off and on while the countdown is active. As this countdown will not be displayed, the user cannot view it. When the expected 30 minutes are expired, the radio will go off. To turn it on again, the ignition key should be inserted again. This function increases the listening time and the ignition key may de removed for safety. It further prevents the battery from discharging when the radio is left on for a long time. This function is not available on all vehicles, as the radio must be connected with a “IGN” cable and a permanent connection cable to the battery “BATT”.

Page 94

3-36ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55FAQ / TroubleshootingThis model of radio is designed to meet two important conditions: a reliable operation and advanced technical features. Here are listed a few of the possible most frequently asked questions (FAQ) from a user. While reading this section, it could be useful to identify other related sections to be read for a better understanding of this topic.Q: The radio does not go off after removing the ignition key.R: The radio has an off function controlled by a timer. Please refer to the section “Switch-off timer” in this manual.Q: The radio does not remain on the set frequency / The radio starts searching the frequency and interrupts the audio.R: If you are listening to a FM station in a zone with a weak reception (e.g. in the country), deactivate the automatic frequency selection by deactivating the "AF" function. The AF button on the front panel allows for this setting to be alternated between "ON2 and "OFF". The same setting may also be accessed through the menu function.Q: The radio finds no stations as usual for RDS radios.R: If you are listening to a FM station in a zone with a strong enough reception (e.g. in the city), you may activate the automatic frequency selection by activating the "AF" function. The AF button on the front panel allows for this setting to be alternated between "ON2 and "OFF". The same setting may also be accessed through the software menu on the display. The default setting is "OFF".Q: Though the radio is switched on normally, I do not know whether my settings where changed.R: Try and reset the factory settings through the path MENU->SYSTEM->ADVANCED->RESET->CONFIRM. After re-setting, the factory settings will replace the existing ones AND all preset values will be set at the default values. For instance, the user could change country (also refer to Questions and Answers), search for radio stations and save them in the 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 preselection for quick access in a second time.Q: While searching for stations, the radio seems to be receiving no signal. It finds less stations than expected or even no stations at all (search interrupted).R: Make sure that the antenna is connected and the broadcasting is available, then check that the options MENU->SYSTEM->ADVANCED¬>WORLD are corresponding to the own country/area. For instance, select “EUROPE” if you are in the United Kingdom or "USA" if you are in the United States.Q: I cannot find the WB (Weatherband) mode.R: The options MENU->SYSTEM->ADVANCED->WORLD must be set on “USA” (the default value is “EUROPE”). After the setting, close the displayed software menu and use the button BAND on the front panel to select FM1, FM2, FM3, AM1, AM2 or WB. Weather reports are only broadcast in the United States and Canada.Q: The radio broadcasts traffic information on a different channel and, after a short time, returns to the original one.R: Make sure the TA function is enabled. To disable it, follow the path MENU->TUNER->RDS_TA->TA_OFF.Q: Bluetooth audio is not broadcast well, or not at all, by the speakers.R: Check the settings of the HFP (Hands Free Profile). During a Bluetooth phone call, turn the volume knob to improve audio. Further, check the BT VOL and HFP SPKR menus in the software menu to make sure they match the ones of the settings in the cab. Also check the settings in the connected Bluetooth cell phone.

Page 95

Page 96

3-38ControlsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Adjustment of rear view mirror sup-portsNOTE: it is important that the rear view mirrors are cor-rectly adjusted to have the best view both in the front and at the rear.NOTE: this adjustment must only be carried out with the engine not running and machine at standstill.Adjusting the extensionThe rear view mirror supports can be extended to have a better rear view according to implement size.1. Loosen the knob (1) and change the extension in the required direction.2. Tighten the knob (1) again to fix the support extension in the required position.Fore/aft adjustment controlThe arm of the rear-view mirrors can be adjusted by mov-ing the articulation to and fro to avoid any hindrances.CAUTION: Hot parts of the machine are suitably guarded, wherever possible. This does not exclude, however, that great care should be used when work-ing on the machine, to avoid burns or scalding. [2.n]CAUTION: Very hot surfaces. The hands and fingers could be scorched. Warning: keep well clear of hot parts. Keep at a safe distance. Keep all guards mounted when the engine is running. [2.n]

Page 97

Page 98

Page 99

Instruments4-34P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Ignition key OFF/ON When the key is on the OFF position, the panel goes into alarm mode and the operator is warned in the following cases:- Side lights, driving beams on.- Park brake not engaged.Therefore the panel has 3 different operation modes:- Enabled: ignition key ON- Stand by: ignition key OFF, panel off except for the warnings above specified.- OFF: Key OFF, when the battery is not connected.WARNING: If after turning the ignition key to ON, the instrument panel does not light up within 1 second, the instrument panel itself may be faulty. Ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for a check.NOTE: When the battery disconnector switch is on (unconnected battery), the instrument panel remains off.If one of the following images is displayed, the instrument panel found errors that cannot be corrected by the operator. In this case, the tractor should not be used. Contact your Argo Tractors Dealer instead.NOTE:this image is displayed perma-nently, regardless of any operator's action.NOTE:this image is displayed perma-nently, regardless of any operator's action.NOTE: this image is displayed at the start on the instrument cluster in pop-up mode, with high priority.Acronyms IC Instrument Cluster ECU Electronic Control Module TC Transmission Controller HC Hitch Controller FNR Forward Neutral Reverse PTO Power Take Off DL Differential Lock MFD Mechanical Front Drive 4WD 4 Wheel Drive DI Digital Input AI Analog Input FI Frequency Input DO Digital Output HSD High Side LSD Low Side IVS Idle Validation Switch ICH Instrument Cluster DOC Diesel Oxidation Catalyst DEF Diesel Emission Fluid EAT Exhaust After Treatment SCR Selective Catalyst Reduction

Page 100

4-4InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Indicator lightsIndicator lights1 Left turn indicator, green2 Marker lights on, green3 1st trailer indicator, green4 2nd trailer indicator, green 5 High beams on, blue6 Braking system fault (level, pressure), red.7 Parking brake engaged, red.8 Trailer braking system fault (hydraulic/air system), red. 9 Low AdBlue™ or DEF level, yellow10 Standstill procedure request indicator, yellow 11 Faulty anti-pollution system indicator, yellow12 Derating enabled, yellow 13 Empty14 Right turn indicator, green15 Front PTO engaged, yellow 16 Rear PTO engaged, yellow17 Not used18 Empty19 Empty20 Differential lock engaged, yellow.21 4WD engaged, yellow.22 Major warning, red Turn the engine off and please contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.23 General warning, yellow. Faulty tractor operation. An error has been detected by the vehicle's diagnostic system and an error code has been generated.24 Empty25 Empty26 Transmission hydraulic oil filter clogging, yellow.27 Warning light for low pressure in transmission hydraulic system, red.28 Not available29 Low fuel level, yellow 30 Battery charging, red31 High coolant temperature, red32 Low engine oil pressure, red 33 Engine fault warning, yellow. Contact your Argo Trac-tors Dealer. 34 Engine air filter clogging, red

Page 101

Page 102

4-6InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Key1. Right button pressed down: menu or next submenu2. Left button pressed down: menu or previous submenu3. Press Enter: access to submenu4. No activity for 10": exit from submenu and return to original menu5. Long pressure on Esc-Home: exit from submenu and return to original menuMinor errorMinor errorMajor errorMajor errorEsc-Home pressed / After 5” on displayEsc-Home pressed / After 5” on displayEsc-Home pressed / error is no longer presentLong pressure on Esc-HomeEsc-Home pressed / error is no longer presentBrief pressure on Esc-HomeIgnition key OFF(engine off)Last displayed menuSubmenu(if available)Pop-upThe display goes off by pressing Esc or when the error is no longer presentPop-up 5 secondsThe display goes off after 5 secondsIgnition key OFFIgnition key OFFIgnition key ONIgnition key OFF11224 35Operating menuCAUTION: mind wanderings can cause accidents! NEVER open menus on the instrument panel while driving.If the ignition key is ON, the display goes back to the last menu displayed before previously turning the tractor off.Some messages are only displayed in alarm conditions and are not visible in normal operation conditions.

Page 103

Instruments4-74P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Changing parametersParameters are of two types:1. Numbers or values to be set after selecting among preset values. Number parameters change one digit at a time.2. Parameters to be scrolled change while depressing the right or left buttons. The value increases or decreases in a cyclical way while scrolling the available values. Example: 1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 1Digital numbers change as follows:if you enter write mode, the whole number flashes, e.g.:Right buttonButton Enterdepressed(short)Enter button depressed(long)By depressing the left/right button, the value is increased/decreased by one unit. By holding the left/right button de-pressed, the value is increased/decreased progressively.When the maximum/minimum value is reached, the parameter goes back to the maximum/minimum value.The main digital display DMD Dot Matrix Display is divided into work areas:1 - Transmission2 - Power take-off3 - Browsing menu4 - Operator menuAll arrows described in the following parameters are empty if the buttons left/right are not depressed, while they are full black when one of these buttons is depressed.White arrow: button not depressed.Black arrow: button depressed.No button depressed Left button depressed Right button depressed

Page 104

4-8InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Alarm management priority displayThere are 2 priority levels.- Major fault: alarm/message with high priority- Minor fault: alarm/message with low priority- An alarm/message with low priority is displayed for 5 seconds, then the display goes back to the previous state. If during these 5 seconds the operator changes menu manually by the buttons Up/Down or Esc/Home, the display goes back to normal status.Esc/Home: return to previous menu.Up/Down changes actual display from the actual operating menu.If more than one alarm/message is enabled, the display shows each one in sequence.Example:1) 1 Major fault plus 1 Minor faultThe display shows Major fault, if Esc is depressed Minor fault is displayed. If you depress Esc before 5", you go back to the menu previously shown by the display, otherwise after 5" it goes back to the previous menu.2) Several Major faults and several Minor faultsA pop-up shows the first Major fault then, if no button is touched, the program cycles through the following Major faults. If Esc is depressed, the Minor faults are displayed. If Esc is depressed again, the display goes back to the previous menu.For Major faults, when the last fault of the cycle is displayed, the cycle starts from the first one again.For Minor faults, when the last fault is reached, the display shows again the menu shown before the faults were displayed.WARNINGIf you ignore indicator lights and information messages, you run the risk of a breakdown and/or causing or being involved in accidents, with unforeseen consequences.If alarm codes are displayed on the instrument cluster, stop the tractor in a safe position and contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.Main display Clock/Work timerclockwork hours

Page 105

Instruments4-94P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Rear electronic hitchInformation concerning the hitch are updated in real time on the main screen.The under displayed indications refer to the a machine with the most complete equipment.Position in percent of rear hitchValue of the relative position of the implement in that moment.0% = minimum position100% = maximum positionPosition of the rear hitchHitch not movingHitch raisingHitch loweringNot allowedHitch position indicationIndication of engagement/disengagement threshold of auto PTO (if the software version calls for it)Engagement/disengagement threshold of auto PTO(if the software version calls for it)Information on PTO engagement/disengagement threshold are displayed on the instrument cluster, as indicated below.A. This icon indicates the PTO functionB. It indicates the hitch position under which the PTO engages in AUTOC. It indicates the hitch position over which the PTO disengages in AUTONOTE: if the engagement/disengagement thresholds of the Auto PTO are set at percentages greater than 90%, the PTO could be activated/deactivated when the “antidumping” function of the hitch is active. It is therefore advised to choose these percentages accurately, according to your work requirements. In transport mode, with antidumping active, it is advised not to set thresholds greater than 90%.

Page 106

Page 107

Instruments4-114P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Air brakes pressureThis function is operating only if air brakes are present.Refer to "Pressure in air brake system" in this section.AdBlue™ or DEF levelThe AdBlue™ or DEF level in the reservoir is displayed as in the following image, where:• the size of the black rectangle (A) depend on the present amount of AdBlue™ or DEF• the percentage (B) refers to the amount of AdBlue™ or DEF in the reservoirThe images besides are displayed when the relative alarm occurs.In case of contemporary messages of “Tec. Failure” and/or “Bad Quality” and/or “Low Level” the highest priority pop-up will be displayed.If 2 or 3 indications have the same level, “Tec. Failure” is displayed first, followed by “Bad Quality” and then “Low Level”.If during the use of the tractor the instrument cluster no longer receives information on AdBlue™ or DEF level or received an error message, the above pop-up window is shown with the flashing “- - -%” symbol and the bar (A) replaced by flash-ing dashes. At the same time the following indicators may come up: Refer to your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer.ABTec. FailureSystem malfunctionPoor QualityPoor quality of AdB-lue™ or DEFLow LevelLow AdBlue™ or DEF level

Page 108

4-12InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Engine operating modes See below the description of the indications of the instrument cluster and of the limitations to engine operation imposed by the control unit.ECU - Control unit that detects the errorSPN and FMI are the values that must be communicated to your Argo Tractors Dealer to identify the problem.2/4 indicates: number of displayed alarm/total number of displayed alarms.NOTE: Refer immediately to your Argo Tractors Dealer if alarms are present or if the engine is losing power.If the machine is used for a long time in such conditions, the engine system will be damaged.AdBlueTM or DEF liquid levelBuzzer European marketsCanada marketand United Stateslevelswitched offonfixedonflashing (Hz)switched offonfixedonflashingon reaction of the system reaction of the system > 15% YES YES OFF -- --< 15% YES YES OFF -- --< 10% YES (0.5 Hz) YES OFF -- --< 5% YES (0.5 Hz)YES(yellow)ON No reduction of engine power No reduction of engine power< 5%(10 min)YES (1 Hz)YES(yellow)ONLevel 1 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 25%, reduction rate by 10% every minute)No reduction of engine power< 5%(15 min)YES (2 Hz)YES(red)ONLevel 1 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 25%, reduction rate by 10% every minute)No reduction of engine power< 5%(20 min)YES (2 Hz)YES(red)ONLevel 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduc-tion rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm).Level 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduc-tion rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm).

Page 109

Instruments4-134P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55AdBlueTM or DEF liquid qualityBuzzer European marketsCanada marketand United Statesqualityswitched offfixed ononflashing (Hz)switched offfixed ononflashingon reaction of the system reaction of the system too low YESYES (yel-low)ON No reduction of engine power No reduction of engine powertoo low YESYES (yel-low)ONNo reduction of engine power, it activates 9h 50min after de-tectionNo reduction of engine power, it activates 1h 50min after de-tectiontoo low YESYES (yel-low)ONLevel 1 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 25%, reduc-tion rate by 10% every minute). It activates 10h after detectionNo reduction of engine power, it activates 2h after detectiontoo low YES YES (red) ONLevel 1 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 25%, reduction rate by 10% every minute). It ac-tivates 19h 50min after detectionNo reduction of engine power, it activates 3h 45min after de-tectiontoo low YES YES (red) ONLevel 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduc-tion rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm). It activates 20h after detectionLevel 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduction rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm). It activates 3h 55min after detection

Page 110

4-14InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Technical fault in the AdBlueTM or DEF systemBuzzer European marketsCanada marketand United Statestechnical faultswitched offfixed ononflashing (Hz)switched offfixed ononflashingon reaction of the system reaction of the system error detectedYESYES(yellow)ON No reduction of engine power No reduction of engine powererror detectedYESYES(yellow)ONNo reduction of engine power, it activates 35h 50min after detectionNo reduction of engine power, it activates 1h 50min after de-tectionerror detectedYESYES(yellow)ONLevel 1 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 25%, reduc-tion rate by 10% every minute). It activates 36h after detectionNo reduction of engine power, it activates 2h after detectionerror detectedYESYES(red)ONLevel 1 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 25%, reduction rate by 10% every minute). It ac-tivates 99h 50min after detectionNo reduction of engine power, it activates 3h 45min after de-tectionerror detectedYESYES(red)ONLevel 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduction rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm). It activates 100h after detectionLevel 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduction rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm). It activates 3h 55min after detectionTechnical fault in the AdBlueTM or DEF systemBuzzer European marketsCanada marketand United Statestechnical faultswitched offfixed ononflashing (Hz)switched offfixed ononflashingon reaction of the system reaction of the system hardware error detectedYES YES (red) ON No reduction of engine power No reduction of engine powerhardware error detectedYES YES (red) ONLevel 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduction rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm). It activates 10min after detectionLevel 2 reduction (reduction of engine torque by 50%, reduction rate by 10% every minute, engine speed reduction activates at 360 rpm). It activates 10min after detection(for European markets)NOTE: the hour counters for the passage to the reduction levels 1 and 2 are reset to zero after resolution of an error. If general error due to quality or technical fault are present, if the error comes up again within 40 operation hours, the hour counter will go on counting from the previous value.(valid for Canadian and US markets)NOTE: If general error due to quality or technical fault are present, if the error comes up again within 40 operation hours, the system will activate the hour counter for the passage to a level 2 power reduction.

Page 111

Instruments4-154P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Override function (valid for European markets)With this function the operator can move the machine in an emergency situation when an inducement situation is active as described in the previous pages.This function can be activated for max. 3 times within 30 minutes for each starting up. If the engine is put off, the remain-ing time is memorized and can be used at the next engine start up.During the override, the engine can operate at full power. Override function (valid for Canadian and US markets)This function is not allowed during a level 2 engine power reduction.Service intervalThe service timer warns the operator that service is needed.When the timer reaches 0, the operator is warned by the menu displayed for 5" and the hour meter flashing. The same display is repeated every time the key is ON in pop-up mode, up to the reset of counter for service.When the menu is displayed, to avoid a recurrence of the pop-up, just set a new value in the AC9 menu (see further in this section).If the operator, in the future:• no longer wants to see this pop-up, a 0 value must be set in the AC9 menu.• wants to see this pop-up again, a value different from 0 must be set in the AC9 menu.The service counter carries out a countdown of the hours to the next service any time the engine is started.If the service interval in the accessory menu AC9 is set on 0, the count for the service interval is disabled. The factory set value is 0.

Page 112

Page 113

Instruments4-174P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55CountersBy this menu it is possible to see parameters of the worked area. It is possible to monitor 4 different parameters of the worked area.The start page of this menu is the following:Distance coveredArea workedLitres of fuel usedWork hoursThe number “1” shows that the first counter is selected, the number “4” shows that 4 counter are available within the menu. If the “Worked area” counter had been selected, the indication “1/4” would change to “2/4”.At the highest level of this menu (see image at page beginning), push Enter to go at a submenu (see image below). These menus only differ for the word Esc. To scroll the 4 counters, press the right or left button. It the counter is operating, the sequence number at the bottom of the page (1/4 in the image above) flashes to indicate this. The counter used in the main page is the last used.In the following example, the third timer is selected.At this level it is possible to switch from one counter to another. If you press Enter (short pressure) while a counter is displayed, the counter starts or stops.Press Enter a few seconds (long pressure) to reset the counter to zero.If you press the Esc button, the control goes back to the higher level.The displayed measurement units are compliant with the setting as described in "AC5: Euro/NAO sales market".The information are not lost when the tractor is off.Calibrations (if the software version calls for them) Calibrations are used to calibrate the parameters in electronic controllers. Calibrations are to be carried out by specialised personnel at your official Argo Tractors Dealer. IMPORTANT: this menu is not an operator menu. Please ask your authorised Argo Tractors dealer.

Page 114

Page 115

Instruments4-194P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Standstill operation of the exhaust gas post-treatment systemWhen the indicator comes up on the instrument cluster, the Standstill operation must be carried out. The standstill procedure may be started if the following conditions are complied with:• Tractor at standstill• Parking brake applied• Rear PTO not active• Front PTO not active• The AdBlueTM or DEF must not be frozen• The engine coolant must have a minimum operating temperature of 70 °C approximately. If the above conditions are complied with, the standstill operation may be started by pressing the button (1) on the right side of the instrument turret.NOTE: while the standstill operation is running, let the engine idle (about 800 rpm).NOTE: the duration of the standstill operation depends on a few factors due to the use conditions. The duration may even be of about one hour. During the whole length of time the above mentioned conditions must be kept up and access to the tractor is forbidden to any not author-ized persons. During the whole standstill operation, on the display in the middle of the instrument cluster the indicator shown here at the side will be lit to indicate the operation is running. The indicator lamp will go out as soon as the operation is completed.WARNING: if no standstill operation is carried out when requested, the functionality of the exhaust gas post-treatment system will be impaired. If such request is still ignored, besides having a a strong reduction in engine power, the system can be damaged so much that an intervention of the Argo Tractors authorised Dealer will be required.WARNING: during the standstill operation in-candescent gases are expelled that can cause harm to persons and damage things. The operation must always be carried out: • outdoor • far from potentially flammable materials, such as hay, straw, dry leaves, etc. • clear of persons or animals• preventing access of non authorized persons to the tractorNOTE: with the light on with a steady yellow light, and in the presence of one or both of the following SPN 7FFA1 and 7FFA2, FMI 8 alarm codes on the display, you must contact your Argo Tractors official dealer to perform the engine oil reset procedure.NOTE: Every time the engine oil must be changed, we advise a forced standstill with the old oil, and only after-ward to change it.

Page 116

4-20InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Left button de-pressedRight button de-pressedEnterdepressedAdjustment of screen, lamps and indicators brightnessBy this menu the brightness of the screen can be adjusted at night with sidelights on. The start page will be the following:Ent at the bottom left of the start page indicates that a submenu can be reached (calibration level).To change the brightness, press the button Enter, then the right button to increase the brightness by 1 level, or the left button to decrease of 1 level. When the right or left button is pressed, the square of - or + turns black while the sign turns white. Press the Enter button 2 seconds long to save the new level; the control goes to the start page. If during brightness adjustment the button Esc is pressed, the previous brightness level remains unchanged. In the brightness adjustment page, Ent means that the value can be saved, while Esc means exit from the brightness adjustment.During brightness adjustment, whether sidelights are on or not, the instrument cluster adjusts its brightness to the changes being made. Once the new setting is saved, if the sidelight are on, the new setting is immediately applied, otherwise the setting is remembered and the instrument cluster uses the maximum brightness.If a general error (minor or major) occurs during the input of values, the instrument cluster will display it only after the end of the adjustment.

Page 117

Instruments4-214P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Constant engine rate (if the software version calls for it)Press the button (1) on the right console to enter a con-stant engine rpm rate.NOTE: for a complete description of how to use this func-tion, see the paragraph "Operation" further in this manual.After pressing the button (1) (long pressure), a low priority pop-up like the one underneath is displayed to inform the operator that the constant engine rpm rate has been saved. When the “Constant engine rpm rate” is enabled, in the Transmission display area the engine symbol will be displayed with an “M” inside as shown here at the side.When the function "constant engine rpm rate" is disabled, the symbol is replaced by the symbol .The value in the figure is only an example.The engine symbol and the indication “n/min” are always displayed.The symbol means the engine rpm rate value is stored. This symbol is only displayed in the saving phase, but not in the activation/deactivation phase of the function.NOTE: as soon as the engine rpm rate is saved, the function will remain active.To disable the constant engine revolutions function, press the button (1) (brief pressure) on the right console.When the constant engine rpm rate is disabled, no pop-up is displayed. Instead, on top right of the transmission area the symbol is replaced by the symbol .For detailed information about the function “Constant engine rate”, refer to Operation chapter in the section 5 in this manual.

Page 118

Page 119

Page 120

4-24InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55AlarmsIf no alarm is displayed or the system detects a new one at least, the high priority pop-up as shown under will open to indicate the total number of alarms. Number of present/detected alarmsIndicates 4 alarms present/number of pagesThe first page shows the amount of present alarms, while the following pages show the specific codes that are to be communicated to the authorised Argo Tractors dealer.The main display shows all errors in the system (errors of the instrument cluster + other errors of the electronic controllers).If there are no errors in the system, the menu is disabled.Press Enter to go to the pages that show the enabled alarms.Active alarms are displayed in the following format:ECU - Control unit that detects the errorSPN and FMI are the values to be communicated to the authorised Argo Tractors dealer.2/4 indicates: number of displayed alarm/total number of displayed alarms. Press Esc to leave alarm display and return to the main page.If the alarm lists change during these displays, the system updates the list, but the screen shows the same alarm.

Page 121

Page 122

Page 123

Page 124

Page 125

Instruments4-294P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Front axle suspension (if equipped)All information about the front axle suspension is displayed on the instrument cluster, as described here.Automatic - SOFT• Suspension activated and kept in middle position;• Two operation pressure phases;• Interlocking logics at end of travel by means of the lock valves;• Operating speed range: 0 kph to max. speed• Indicator light on in the button (1)Automatic - MID• Suspension activated and kept in middle position;• Two operation pressure phases;• Lock valves partially closed to increase rigidity;• Interlocking logics at end of travel by means of the lock valves;• Operation range: 0 kph to max. speed• Indicator light on in the button (1)Automatic - HARD• Suspension activated and kept in middle position;• Two operation pressure phases;• Lock valves almost completely closed to increase rigidity;• Interlocking logics at end of travel by means of the lock valves;• Speed range: 0 kph to max. speed• Indicator light on in the button (1)LOCKED• Suspension locked and kept in middle position;• Two operation pressure phases;• Lock valves completely closed;• Speed range: 0 kph to 15 kph goes automatically in auto-matic mode.• Indicator flashing in the button (1)Premendo il pulsante (1) sulla torretta centrale portastru-mento è possibile selezionare tre livelli di rigidità della sospensione e attivare/disattivare la modalità di sospen-sione bloccata. E' inoltre possibile accedere alla modalità manuale (Manual mode) con menù dedicato.NOTA: per la descrizione completa sull’utilizzo di que-sta funzione, vedere più avanti in questo manuale nella sezione “Norme d’uso”.

Page 126

4-30InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Manual mode• The position can be adjusted by means of a dedicated menu.• Check for the operating pressure so that is it neither too high nor too low;• Lock valves completely closed;• Operating speed range: 0 kph to 2 kph switches automatically to the last used mode.• Indicator on the button (1) is off.Front axle suspension adjustment in Manual mode (if equipped)The following mask is displayed if a problem occurs. It is then necessary to refer to your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer.By this menu you can set the suspension height of the front axle. CAUTION: with the tractor at standstill, the raising and lowering movements are dangerous for anyone standing by the front axle. CAUTION: do not carry out any adjustments of the front axle height if there are persons near the tractor’s forecar- riage.From the above mask, press Enter to change the suspension height: • press down the right arrow key to select the up arrow and press Enter to increase the height.• press down the left arrow key to select the down arrow and press Enter to reduce the height. Esc pressed down Esc pressed down Enter pressed down Enter pressed down

Page 127

Page 128

4-32InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Changing parametersParameters are of 2 types:• Numbers or values to set after selecting among preset values.• Number parameters change one digit at a time.Parameters to be scrolled change while depressing the right or left buttons. The value increases or decreases in a cyclical way while scrolling the available values. Example: 1->2->3->4->1.If you enter the write mode, the whole number flashes (each flash 0.5 seconds if not otherwise specified). The value in-creases or decreases one unit at a time by pressing the buttons left/right. When the maximum/minimum value is reached, the parameter goes back to the maximum/minimum value. All arrows described in the following parameters are empty if the buttons left/right are not depressed, while they are full black when one of these buttons is depressed.White arrow: button not depressed.Black arrow: button depressed.AC 0: Display of component parametersThe display shows the information contained in the instrument panel.0: 0 Accessories MenuSoftware/Loader: name and version of software.Par: versions of parameters. The displayed name indicates tractor model and parameters.HW: HW versionSN: production number.No button depressed Left button depressed Right button depressed

Page 129

Page 130

Page 131

Page 132

Page 133

Instruments4-374P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55FunctionalityWARNING:NEVER ignore signals from indicator lights and messages.Stop the tractor in a safe position.Indicator lights/Indicators/LCD screen activationIndicator lampRed colourIgnition key ONParking brake not engaged - Indicator light OFFParking brake engaged and stationary tractor - Indicator light ONParking brake engaged and tractor on the go - Indicator light on and flashing (these two conditions will stay active as long as one of the indicated conditions remains present)Ignition key OFFIf the parking brake is disengagedThe indicator light flashes for 10 seconds (or until engagement of the parking brake)Buzzer ON for 10 seconds (or until engagement of the parking brake)Transition from key ON to key OFF:Parking brake not engagedIndicator light ON 5"Buzzer ON 5"Insufficient pressure in the trailer brake circuit (hydraulic/air circuit)Indicator lampRed colourIgnition key ONPressure OK - System OK - Indicator light OFFLow pressure in the circuit - Indicator light ONIgnition key OFFFunction not active.Pressure in the trailer air brake circuitThis function is active if a trailer air brake is present.In case of low pressure or if an alarm condition is detected in the air braking system, the instrument cluster display will show the following images as a high priority pop-up."Low" is flashing to show a low pressure in the systemThe graphic bar range is 0 to 8 bars. The graphic bar is at travel end if the pressure is over 8 bars.The activation of an alarm involves the indicator light and gives a warning sound only if the engine is run-ning. (0.25" sound, 0.25" off etc. until the alarm condition is present).If the system detects an electric error for longer than 2", an error message is displayed without operation of indicator light and buzzer.

Page 134

4-38InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Battery chargingIndicator lampRed colourIgnition key: indicator light onIgnition key ON - Engine started: Indicator light OFF. If the indicator light lights up, this means that the battery is not being charged (fault).Driving beamsIndicator lampBlue colourIgnition key ONDriving beams off - Light OFFDriving beams on - Light ONIgnition key OFFIf the beams are litIndicator light ON 5"Buzzer ON 5"Transition from key ON to key OFF:Driving beams ONIndicator light ON 5"Buzzer ON 5"Parking lightsIndicator lampColour greenIgnition key ONSide lights off - Light OFFSide lights on - Light ONIgnition key OFFIf the side light are litIndicator light ON 5"Buzzer ON 5"Transition from key ON to key OFF:Side lights onIndicator light ON 5"Buzzer ON 5" Turn Left IndicatorIndicator lampColour greenIgnition key ONTurn indicator off - Light OFFTurn indicator on - Light ONIgnition key OFFTurn indicator off - Light OFFTurn indicator on - Light ONTurn right IndicatorIndicator lampColour greenIgnition key ONTurn indicator off - Light OFFTurn indicator on - Light ONIgnition key OFFTurn indicator off - Light OFFTurn indicator on - Light ONTurn indicator of the first trailerIndicator lampColour greenIgnition key ONTurn indicators off - Light OFFTurn indicators on - Light ONIgnition key OFFTurn indicators off - Light OFFTurn indicators on - Light ONTurn indicator of the second trailerIndicator lampColour greenIgnition key ONTurn indicators off - Light OFFTurn indicators on - Light ONIgnition key OFFTurn indicators off - Light OFFTurn indicators on - Light ONDiff lock engagedIndicator lampColour yellowIgnition key ONLock engaged - Light ONLock disengaged - Light OFFIgnition key OFF - Not enabled4-wheel drive engagedIndicator lampColour yellowIgnition key ON4WD engaged - Light ON4WD disengaged - Light OFFIgnition key OFF - Not enabled

Page 135

Instruments4-394P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Hydraulic filter cloggedIndicator lampColour yellowIgnition key ON - Engine ONClogged filter - Light ONIgnition key ON - Engine OFF Clogged filter - Light ONIgnition key OFF - Not enabledLow pressure in the hydraulic circuitIndicator lampRed colourIgnition key ON - Engine ONLow pressure and engine temperature over 60° (*) - Light ONIgnition key ON - Engine OFF Low pressure - Light ONIgnition key OFF - Not enabled * If the engine temperature was not correctly detected, it will be ignored (light on independently).Rear PTO engagedIndicator lampColour yellowIgnition key ON Rear PTO engaged - Light ONIgnition key OFF - Not enabledFront PTO engaged(if equipped).Indicator lampColour yellowIgnition key ON Front PTO engaged - Light ONIgnition key OFF - Not enabledThe RPM of the front PTO are calculated directly by the engine RPM: refer to paragraph “Power take-off menu” on page 4-27 for display of the front PTO speed rate.Problem in the tractor brake system (oil level/pressure)Indicator lampRed colourIgnition key ON Problem of oil level/pressure - Light ONIgnition key OFF - Not enabledWater in the fuel circuitIndication on LCD displayNo indicator light, alarm displayed on LCD in engine ECU menu.Ignition key ON Water present - Alarm displayed on LCDIgnition key OFF - Not enabledLow engine oil pressureIndicator lampRed colourMalfunction - Indicator light steadily onClogged engine air filterIndicator lampRed colourIgnition key ON Clogged filter - Light ON, service requiredIgnition key OFF - Not enabledGlow plugsNo indicator light. Indication on LCDThe indication lights up on LCDIgnition key ON Glow plugs activated - Indication on LCDGlow plugs not activated - Indication on LCDIgnition key OFF - Not enabled

Page 136

4-40InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Engine ErrorIndicator light Colour yellowIgnition key ON See "Alarms generated by the instrument cluster" in this section 4.Ignition key OFF - Not enabledStopIndicator light Red colourIgnition key ON See "Alarms generated by the instrument cluster" in this section 4.Ignition key OFF - Not enabledMaster warningIndicator light Colour yellowIgnition key ON See "Alarms generated by the instrument cluster" in this section 4.Ignition key OFF - Not enabledFault in the anti-polluting systemIndicator light Colour yellowIgnition key ON The indicator light comes on if a fault in the anti-polluting system occurs or if the AdBlue™ or DEF is of poor quality.The indicator light will come on in one of the two follow-ing conditions:• fixed to indicate a major problem• flashing to indicate a problem that could become seri-ous if ignoredNOTE: in case of fixed light, contact your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer.Ignition key OFF - Not enabledLow AdBlue™ or DEF levelIndicator light Colour yellowIgnition key ON The indicator light will come on in case of a fault in the AdBlueTM or DEF level control system, or when the level in the reservoir is low.The indicator light will come on in one of the two follow-ing conditions:• fixed: indicates a low AdBlue™ or DEF level in the reservoir• flashing: the AdBlue™ or DEF reservoir needs filling up. The light will become fixed if the reservoir is not filled up. Also refer to section “AdBlue™ or DEF level” in this section 4.Ignition key OFF - Not enabled

Page 137

Page 138

4-42InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fuel indicator light and gaugeIndicator light Colour yellow1 - EmptyLamp ON - Indicator light comes on when the gauge enters the yellow sector.2-3-4 Normal level5 - FullWhen the fuel reaches the reserve level, the indicator light comes on and stays lit.NOTE: If an error is detected in the sensor, the gauge pointer goes to position 1 with the indicator light off. Refer to your Argo Tractor Dealer and communicate which alarm is displayed on the instrument cluster.Engine RPM rateIf the engine starts racing (> 2600 RPM) the pointer re-mains at full scale. NOTE: If the pointer is blocked at full scale, please refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.Engine coolant temperatureIndicator light Red colourThe indicator light comes on:• with fixed light to warn that a critical temperature is being reached. Stop the engine as soon as possible.• with blinking light to warn that a critical temperature has been reached. STOP THE TRACTOR IMMEDIATELY.WARNING: Before beginning any inspections make sure that the engine has cooled down. Beware of hot parts in the engine and in the coolant radiator.Before attempting any service, please refer to the proce-dures in Section 7 of this manual.- Blue area A to B: low temperature.- White area B to F: normal operating temperature.- Red area F-G: overheating. Refer immediately to your Argo Tractors Dealer.NOTE: in case of flashing light, contact your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer.

Page 139

Page 140

4-44InstrumentsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Alarms of instrument clusterErrors can be displayed in two ways:1. Directly, the display shows actual errors.2. Through instruments available to personnel of the Argo Tractors Dealer.Each alarm is identified by the electronic module that gen-erated it, by the SPN code plus FMI code. The electronic module that generated the alarm and the codes SPN and FMI displayed by the instrument cluster should be com-municated to the service personnel of your Argo Tractors Dealer for a quick solution to the problem.General alarms (yellow)The indicator light may be in one of the following condi-tions:- Off- Steady on- Blinking (0.5” on / 0.5” off)Engine alarms (yellow)The indicator light may be in one of the following condi-tions:- Off- Steady on- Blinking (0.5” on / 0.5” off)- Fast flashing (0.25” on / 0.25” off)General alarms (red)The indicator light may be in one of the following condi-tions:- Off- Steady on- Blinking (0.5” on / 0.5” off) Error displayingEach error is displayed for minimum 5".To view the errors, see the paragraph “Alarms” in this section 4.CAUTIONIf signals of indicator lights and messages are ignored, the tractor is exposed to serious damages.WARNING: always warn your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer of any alarms. Also communicate the SPN and FMI codes displayed on the instrument cluster.Work hours managementclockactual hours worked by the tractorThe display shows the actual hours worked by the tractor.The value on the hour counter cannot be changed or deleted.The value displayed ranges from 0.0 to 999999.9. When the value 999999.9 is reached, the hour counter stops.

Page 141

Instruments4-454P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Management of operator present controlWARNING: Use of the tractor is allowed only if the operator is correctly seated in the driver's seat. An auto-matic alarm buzzer advises the operator of each improper operation. This buzzer warns that the operator is non seated in the driver's seat, therefore the tractor cannot be operated safely.WARNING: Do not tamper with this component in any way.Contact your Argo Tractors Dealer immediately if the system is not operating correctly.The instrument cluster includes the operator present alarm logic, that warns the operator if he/she should leave his/her seat without engaging the parking brake and shifting the gearshift lever to neutral.The instrument cluster will activate the buzzer according to the following logic:Case 1: Ignition key OFFIf the parking brake is disengaged, the indicator light "parking brake" flashes and at the same time the buzzer is activate for 10 seconds until the parking brake is engaged.Case 2: Engine ONIf the sensor detects the absence of the operator and the gearshift is not in neutral or the parking brake is not engaged, the buzzer is activated. The indicator light "parking brake" flashes only if the parking brake is not engaged. Alarms are active until the causing conditions are not satisfied (gearshift in neutral, parking brake engaged or seated operator).Case 3: Ignition key ON - Engine OFFIf the sensor detects that the operator is not present and the parking brake is not engaged, the buzzer activates and the indicator light "parking brake" flashes for 5 seconds.When the operator present switch on the seat activates the buzzer, the following icon is displayed in pop-up mode and low priority:

Page 142

Page 143

Page 144

5-2OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55GENERAL OPERATIONBefore starting the engineWARNING: An OPERATOR PRESENCE SAFETY SWITCH is fitted on this tractor. ONLY oper-ate the tractor when sitting on the seat. DO NOT try to bypass the OPERATOR PRESENCE SAFETY SWITCH, for example, by putting heavy objects on the seat. This can result in serious injury or death.WARNING: Before starting the engine, be sure all operating controls are in neutral and the park brake is engaged. This will eliminate ac-cidental movement of the machine or start up of power driven equipment.WARNING: Never start the engine in a closed place. Always make sure that there is adequate ventilation.Do the following checks before starting the tractor for the first time.1. Check all fluid levels; i.e. engine crankcase, transmis-sion, coolant (in the recovery bottle) and fuel tank etc. When checking the fuel level, make sure the tank is filled with clean fuel. Make sure all persons that oper-ate or do maintenance on the tractor understand that clean fuel is important. Clean around the fuel tank cap before you remove the cap.2. Check all lubrication fittings.3. Check all around the tractor for leaks.4. Check that all drive belts are adjusted correctly.5. Remove any water or sediment from the fuel primary filter.6. Check the air pressure of the tyres.7. Make sure that the safety protection is installed in the PTO, that must be in optimal conditions.WARNING: Carefully read the starting instruc-tions before starting the tractor. WARNING: Always take into account the use of the machine and the work place. Take every precaution, specially if there is a high risk of fire.WARNING: DO NOT start the tractor from the ground. Only start the tractor when you are sitting in the driving seat.WARNING: DO NOT start the tractor if the bonnet is open or the guards are removed.WARNING: The operator must always seat in his/her place when driving the tractor both in the field and on roads. DO NOT stand up from your seat when the tractor is moving.Recommendations for running in − For a correct running in, it is necessary to observe all precautions called for in the Maintenance section. − Continuous use of light loads when the engine is still new may cause lubrication oil to enter the discharge system. − You should begin using heavy loads as soon as the engine is put into service and the coolant reaches a minimum temperature of 60°C. − The engine will benefit if heavy loads are applied im-mediately after the first start. − DO NOT run the engine for long periods at maximum load. − Do NOT let the engine run for a long period at high RPM without any draft applied. If the engine is used without any drafts, be careful to keep the right operat-ing temperature.

Page 145

Operation5-35P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Starting procedure [2.c]CAUTION: The engine may be started only in the conditions given here under. Otherwise, please contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.1. Make sure the Master Disconnect Switch is in the ON position (turned clockwise).2. Check that the reverse shuttle and gearshift levers are in neutral. Turn the rear PTO control switch off. For tractors with front PTO, disengage the control (switch).3. Check that the levers of the auxiliary control valves are in neutral and that the hitch control position matches the implement position, that is completely lowered.4. Fully depress and hold the clutch pedal until the engine ignites.5. Turn the ignition key on the ON position, wait a few seconds, then turn the key on the start position. Thus the electronic control systems are activated and are able to communicate with each other. The system will perform a Lamp Check. All the lamps in the cab will light for a few seconds. After a few seconds, only the lamps involved in the starting phase will stay on.NOTE: when starting the engine in particularly cold weather, refer to the procedure further described in this section, in “Cold weather starting (cold engine)”.6. Shift the FNR lever to release the Park Lock (if provided). TURBO ENGINE: let the engine run for a few seconds with the starter motor to allow the turbo compressor to be lubricated.OPERATIONCAUTION: Carefully read the starting instruc-tions before starting the tractor. CAUTION: Always take into account the use of the machine and the work place. Take every precaution, specially if there is a high risk of fire.CAUTION: DO NOT start the tractor from the ground. Only start the tractor when you are sitting in the driving seat.CAUTION: DO NOT start the tractor if the bon-net is open or the guards are removed.CAUTION: The operator must always seat in his/her place when driving the tractor both in the field and on roads. DO NOT stand up from your seat when the tractor is moving.

Page 146

5-4OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Starting the tractor [2.c]WARNING: Before moving off, make sure you are perfectly familiar with the brakes, trans-mission, PTO, diff lock and engine shut off.After starting the engine:1. Fully depress the clutch pedal, select the gear required and then select the required speed range.WARNING: Make sure that the reverse shuttle lever is set for the direction required.2. Disengage the Park Lock (if equipped) and the hand brake.WARNING: Take care of bystanders, especially when backing up.3. Accelerate the engine slightly and gradually release the gearshift clutch pedal.4. Move your foot completely off the clutch pedal and slowly accelerate until you have reached the speed you need.WARNING: Do NOT keep your foot on the gearshift clutch pedal when driving and remember to check and adjust the clutch to prolong its life and avoid sudden damage to it.WARNING: If your tractor is equipped with a mechani-cal reverse shuttle, always bring the tractor to a com-plete standstill before changing direction.WARNING: To keep the operator, persons and things safe, the operator MUST be correctly seated before starting the tractor in forward or reverse run.WARNING: before leaving the tractor while the engine is running:- put the gearbox in neutral by means of the reverse shuttle, gearbox and range lever- shift to neutral the transmission control to both front and rear PTO- lower to the ground any implements that is connected to the front or rear part [3.c]- check that the auxiliary control valves levers are in neutral position- engage the parking brake- engage the Park Lock (if mounted). NEVER leave the tractor unattended as long as the engine is still running. Stopping the tractor [2.c]• Reduce the engine speed.• Depress the gearshift clutch pedal to disengage drive.• Once the tractor has come to a stop, move the gear lever and speed range lever to neutral before releasing the gearshift clutch pedal.• Use both pedal brakes to stop the tractor and then apply the parking brake.• Engage the Park Lock (if mounted).Turning off the engine [2.c]• Turn the hand throttle lever to the “Idling” position. Engage the first gear, then apply the parking brake. Lower to the ground any implements that is connected to the front or rear part.•Stop the engine by turning the ignition key to the 0 posi-tion to disconnect all electrical circuits. Remove the key. Put the key away in a safe place, not accessible to children and not authorised persons.TURBO ENGINE: Take care when stopping the engine after a period of operation at full load. It is advisable to allow it to idle for 3 or 4 minutes before stopping it. This allows the overheated compressor to cool down to an acceptable temperature.WARNING: any time the tractor is not used, the ignition key must be removed and put away in a safe place, not accessible to children and not authorised persons.Running inFor a correct running in, it is necessary to observe all precautions called for in the Maintenance section.

Page 147

Operation5-55P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55COLD TEMPERATURE OPERATIONBefore you start the engine and operate your tractor during cold ambient temperatures, check the following items:- BATTERIES: Must have a full charge.- FUEL: Must be clean and contain no water.- ENGINE OIL - Must have the correct viscosity for the am-bient temperature range. DO NOT mix oils different for type, characteristics and viscosity from the prescribed ones.- TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC FLUID - Must be filled up with correct oil.NOTE: For indications about the most suitable oil type relative to ambient conditions, refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.- COOLING SYSTEM - Must have a minimum of 33% and a maximum of 50% ethylene glycol solution for protection. This ratio will vary with different market requirements. DO NOT mix protective fluids different for colour and characteristics to preserve their quality.- TYRES - If there is liquid ballast in the tyres, the tyres must have protection against freezing temperatures below 0°C. Ask your dealer for help.- STOPPING THE ENGINE - Be sure that the engine tem-perature has decreases before turning the engine off.- CONDENSATION IN FUEL TANK - To prevent condensa-tion in the fuel tank and water entering the fuel system, fill the fuel tank after each operating day.- FUEL FILTER - During cold weather, make sure you remove water from the fuel filter each day or damage will occur to the injection system. Loosen the drain plug each day before starting the engine. Tighten the drain plug after the water has drained.IMPORTANT: When operating at cold ambient tem-peratures in the open field, never run the engine at low idle speed for long periods of time. Never run the engine for long periods of time when the coolant temperature is below normal.WARNING: To assist cold weather starting DO NOT spray ether or gasoline into the air induction manifold. To do so could cause an explosion and injury.During cold ambient temperatures, the engine and transmission will not heat to or keep the rated operating temperature at slow engine speeds. Low engine speeds in cold temperatures can cause damage to the engine and transmission. Use the following procedures to warm the engine oil and transmission oil and to keep the correct operating temperatures.1. WARMING THE ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION. A. To heat the transmission oil, run the engine at 1500 rpm for approximately five minutes.2. KEEP ENGINE AT CORRECT OPERATING TEMPERA-TURE.A. When the engine is operating in cold ambient tem-peratures without a load, keep the engine warm as described below.B. Run the engine at approximately 1500 rpm.C. Put a cover in front of the grille to control the amount of air going through the radiator.3. STOPPING THE ENGINE.A. Run the engine at slow speed for a short period of time. This will permit the engine temperature to de-crease gradually before stopping the engine.

Page 148

5-6OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Engine block coolant heater (if equipped)This heater is installed in the engine block and keeps the engine coolant worm to make starting the engine easier in cold weather. NOTE: If required, use a three-wire extension of proper capacity.North American Tractors (120 Volts)Other markets (220/240 Volts)Engine oil sump heater (option at your Dealer's)Depending on the market, your Dealer could offer a heater for the engine oil sump. This heater keeps oil warm and makes start at low temperatures easier. See your Argo Tractors Dealer for more information.Fuel heater (option at your Dealer's)Depending on the market, your Dealer could offer a heater for the fuel. This heater keeps fuel warm and makes start at low temperatures easierSee your Argo Tractors Dealer for more information.Cold weather starting (cold engine)WARNING: when outdoor temperatures drop to around or below 0°C (32°F), check the cooling circuit and add the recommended antifreeze if required.WARNING: do not inject fluids (ether) to make the engine easier to start in cold weather. The tractor is equipped with a cold weather starting system.Proceed in the following way:- Perform operations 2, 3, 4 as instructed above in "Start-ing procedure".- Open the hand throttle by half and turn the ignition key clockwise to the middle position "ACCESSORIES". - In this position the indicator light on the LCD dis-play of the instrument cluster will come on. This means that the flow plug heater is active. Hold the key in this position until the light indicator goes off. - When the light goes off, turn the ignition key fully clockwise to the "START" position to ignite the engine. Release the key as soon as the engine fires and set the accelerator lever to the idling speed. Make sure that all the indicator lights involved in the starting procedure are off and that the instrument cluster displays normal values.NOTE:if the engine is not ignited within about 15 seconds after the light has gone off, turn the key once more anticlock-wise to the OFF position, wait a few seconds, then repeat the ignition procedure. Please take care of the following: - Do not keep the key turned to the start position for more than 10 seconds at a time.- Wait at least 1 minute between one attempt at starting and another.- If the engine cannot be started after 2-3 tries, let the bat-tery rest for 5 minutes and repeat the procedure. If the engine does not start regularly and easily, do not continue as for you may run down the battery. Try and bleed any air that may have accumulated in the fuel sys-tem and, if the problem persists, check that: - The fuel filters are not blocked. - The efficiency of the battery and of the charger. - The fuses in the ignition circuit are in a good condition.Always contact your authorised Argo Tractors dealer in case of any doubts and system faults.

Page 149

Operation5-75P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 1Park the tractor and engage the parking brake. Shift the forward/reverse shuttle lever to the central position of NEUTRAL.STEP 2Disengage the PTO if in operation.STEP 3Move the throttle lever to the low idle position and let the engine run for three to five minutes to decrease the temperature of the engine before turning it off.IMPORTANT: This step is very important if the engine has been operating under heavy loads for a while. In this way, the engine temperature will decrease gradually.STEP 4 Engage the parking brake of the tractor and any towed equipment (eg trailer).STEP 5Turn the key switch to the OFF position and remove the key.IMPORTANT: NEVER turn the ignition key on the OFF position while the tractor is moving. Serious damage to the transmission could result.STEP 6Turn the master battery disconnector switch anticlockwise to deactivate it.WARNING: Whenever the tractor is left unattended, the ignition key must be removed.PARKING THE TRACTOR [2.c]Folding wheel wedges(if equipped)Use the wheel wedge in front of or behind a rear wheel, (depending on the driving direction of the tractor), when parking the tractor on a slope.IMPORTANT: To prevent accidents do not park the tractor with equipment raised.

Page 150

5-8OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-1Master disconnect switch [2.aa](1-Fig. 5-1)The master disconnect switch disconnects the battery from the tractor electric system.The master disconnect switch (1) can only be activated with the ignition key in the OFF position.The master disconnect switch is placed in the control turret, on the dashboard at the left of the driver's seat.CAUTION: Before any maintenance opera-tions, always disconnect the battery by means of the master disconnect switch and remove the terminals from the battery. [2.l]If the tractor is not used for a long time, it is advisable to disconnect the battery. WARNING: When the engine is running, the battery cannot be disconnected in any way.This switch has two positions: ● Position A (knob turned clockwise): battery connected, all systems are powered. The icon is lit up. ● Position B (knob turned anti-clockwise): battery discon-nected. Only the following items are powered: instru-ment cluster (clock inner memories), courtesy light in cab, radio inner memories, transmission diagnostic sockets, electronic master disconnect switch circuit. The icon is off.Disconnect procedure ● Put key switch in the OFF position. ● Put the switch (1) in the (B) position to disconnect the battery. The LCD shows the following icon:Position B: battery disconnectedNOTE: the battery is really disconnected only when the symbol disappears from LCD.Restart procedure1. Put the switch (1) in the (A) position to connect the battery. The LCD shows the following icon when the key is on ON:Position A: battery connectedError displayAny errors concerning the master disconnect switch circuit may be shown on the LCD display by the icon hereunder after turning the ignition key to OFF.When this icon is displayed, the master disconnect switch could not be in the required position due to a malfunction.Contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.

Page 151

Page 152

5-10OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55USE OF THE GEARBOXFunctions with electro-hydraulic re-verse shuttle and 3 Powershift ranges on load Reverse shuttle under load: allows the driving direction to be reversed by simply moving FNR lever on the left hand near the steering wheel. The electronic control unit guarantees smooth and gradual reversing. For safety reasons, the direction can only be reversed at speeds of less than 10 Kph. The Declutch system disengages the main hydraulic clutch by means of the button on the actual gearshift lever. This button allows the driver to shift the mechani-cal gears without depressing the clutch pedal. The clutch pedal is only used for very small movements of the tractor, e.g. for hitching or unhitching an imple-ment, and for greater safety when sudden stops are made or obstacles are encountered. Use of the electro-hydraulic gearbox in the 3 Powershift operating ranges: HML (High-Medium-Low). The operator shifts from one range to another on load without using the clutch pedal and while the tractor is on the move, by simply depressing the button on the gearshift lever: press (+) to increase speed, press (-) to slow down.1. Gearshift lever.2. Declutch disengaging button (orange)3. Electro-hydraulic gearbox Powershift buttons (green)4. Range selector lever: Creeper (on request), Low, Normal, High.

Page 153

Page 154

5-12OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Speed tablesNOTE: The speed below are detected at 2200 RPM rated speed.NOTE: According to the laws in force in the Country where the tractor will be used, the maximum speed the tractor will reach is limited according to engine RPM.WARNING: To drive the tractor on public roads, it is mandatory to abide by the laws in force in the country where the tractor is being used, including the dictated speed limit and the correct use of lights, hazard light and slow moving vehicle signs.When driving on public roads, it is also mandatory to use the tractor with the brake pedals coupled with the relative latch.Gears speed (kph)OptiOn ranGe GearRi = 800 mm Ri = 775 mm Ri = 750 mmUnderdriVeCreeper1 0.33 0.32 0.312 0.51 0.50 0.483 0.73 0.70 0.684 1.13 1.10 1.06slOw1 1.55 1.50 1.462 2.44 2.37 2.293 3.46 3.35 3.254 5.41 5.24 5.07standard1 3.71 3.59 3.482 5.83 5.65 5.473 8.27 8.01 7.764 12.92 12.52 12.11Fast1 9.15 8.87 8.582 14.39 13.94 13.493 20.41 19.77 19.134 31.87 30.87 29.88Gears speed (kph)OptiOn ranGe GearRi = 800 mm Ri = 775 mm Ri = 750 mmFOrwardCreeper1 0.39 0.38 0.372 0.62 0.60 0.583 0.88 0.85 0.824 1.37 1.32 1.28slOw1 1.87 1.82 1.762 2.95 2.85 2.763 4.18 4.05 3.924 6.53 6.32 6.12standard1 4.48 4.34 4.202 7.04 6.82 6.603 9.98 9.67 9.364 15.59 15.10 14.61Fast1 11.04 10.70 10.352 17.36 16.82 16.283 24.62 23.85 23.084 38.45 37.25 36.05* speeds valid for transmissions with HML setup

Page 155

Page 156

5-14OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Gearshift clutchThe clutch pedal is used to temporarily stop sending mo-tion to the gearbox. Use the clutch pedal when moving the tractor over short distances. Use the clutch pedal to start the tractor moving from stationary. Gradually and completely releasing the clutch pedal for a controlled smooth start. • Position 1 up = clutch engaged• Position 2 down = clutch disengaged.Make your gear changes gradually. When the engine is under load, do not slip the clutch to accelerate, but change to a lower gear.CAUTION: Never keep your foot resting on the gearshift clutch pedal when driving.Never coast down slopes with the gear lever in neutral.WARNING: DO NOT ride the clutch pedal when the transmission is under load. Release the clutch pedal completely within 5 seconds for improved clutch service life. While the tractor is moving the transmis-sion must always be in drive. Never allow the tractor to coast downhill with the transmission in neutral or with the clutch pedal depressed. To do so could result in the operator not having full control of the tractor and may result in personal injury.Fig. 5-2 - Clutch pedal

Page 157

Page 158

Page 159

Operation5-175P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-6aPower Shuttle gearboxOperationThe operator shifts from one range to another on load without using the clutch pedal and while the tractor is on the move, by simply depressing the Declutch button on the gearshift lever: WARNING: When outside temperatures are very cold, it is advisable to let the engine run ad idling speed for a few minutes, to warm up the transmission oil until it reaches a temperature of about 20 °C, ensur-ing proper operation of the Power Shuttle. During the first few minutes when driving only change sense of driving if strictly required, until the correct operation temperature is reached.STEP 1Start the tractor (see the correct start procedure in the previous pages).STEP 2Select the required range (Creeper - if equipped, Slow, Standard and Fast) according to work type.STEP 3Engage the required speed.STEP 4Disengage the Park Lock (if equipped) and the hand brake. STEP 5With the operator seated in the driver's seat, select a forward or reverse speed by moving the lever (1) of the FNR shuttle. The tractor will start moving.Fig.5-6

Page 160

5-18OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Starting the tractor with the clutch pedal(Fig.5-7)Use the clutch pedal if you want carry out extremely precise manoeuvres.1. Fully depress the clutch pedal (1).2. Move the reverse shuttle lever FNR (2) forward or back-ward. 3. Release the pedal gradually to control the starting and drive of the tractor.The starting is usually in the direct drive. It is also possible to start with Hi-Lo engaged by pressing the relative button on the control knob.Clutch pedalPress the clutch pedal to end of travel (or the declutch button) to select the gear. The range does not change.NOTE: The use of the clutch pedal is recommended in the following cases only: – safety, a sudden obstacle, an emergency stop etc. – very precise movements, e.g. hitching of implements.Changing gear with the declutch but-ton (Fig.5-8)By means of the Declutch system , you can shift gears simply depressing the orange button (1) on the gearshift lever knob.Depress the button (1) to disengage the hydraulic clutch and keep it depressed while the required gear is engaged. Release the button.Changing gear with the clutch pedal (Fig.5-9)Depress the clutch pedal (1) and engage the required gear by the gearshift lever.The engaged range will not be changed.To change the range, depress the clutch pedal (1) and wait for the tractor to stop. Engage the required range and release the clutch pedal.Fig.5-7Fig.5-8Fig.5-9

Page 161

Operation5-195P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-9aDisplay of HML on the instrument clusterWhen the HML function is used, the matching number will be displayed beside the engaged reverse shuttle function. Symbols N/P/D/RSee following figuresNumber values:1 = L underdrive2 = D direct3 = OverdriveN - NeutralP - Park Lock engaged (if fitted)D - Forward speedsR - ReverseNOTE: if the instrument cluster shows a series of dashes, contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.Engagement of Powershift ranges under load (setup with HML trans-mission)The gearbox provides 3 HML ranges (High-Medium-Low) that can be engaged under load in forward gears. For each engaged gear, 3 speeds are available: HML (High-Medium-Low) Use the Powershift switches (1) and (2) on the gearstick to select: changes from one range to the next are automatic and under load. To shift the range up, press the green top switch (1), sign .To shift the range down, press the green bottom switch (2), sign .The instrument cluster on the central display shows which gear is selected. For more information on the instrument cluster, refer to section 4 in this manual.Reaction to control settingsThe monitoring system automatically analyses the condi-tions in which the tractor is used and chooses reaction times most suitable to any condition.NOTE: to ensure that the ranges are shifted in the correct sequence, without slowing down too much, press the buttons (1) and (2) considering the response times of the transmission. IMPORTANT: To prevent excessive deceleration of the tractor ALWAYS downshift one range at a time in sequence 3, 2, 1.

Page 162

5-20OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55USE OF REVERSE SHUTTLE UNDER LOAD(Fig.5-10)The tractor's driving direction is automatically reversed by pushing the orange FNR lever (1) at the left of the steering wheel forwards or backwards.The reverse shuttle is automatically controlled through the following phases.· DECELERATION· STOPPING· CHANGE OF DIRECTION · ACCELERATION· The speed at which these phases take place are control-led by software.WARNING: Reversing can be obtained at any speed. However, to protect mechanical parts from damage and for operator's safety, this operation should be made ONLY at speeds UNDER 10 Kph. A buzzer sounds to warn from reversing at speeds over 10 Kph. To correctly engage the reverse shuttle, reduce your speed to under 10 Kph.USE OF REVERSE SHUTTLE WITH CLUTCH PEDAL (Fig.5-10) The clutch pedal is used to obtain small and precise move-ments for certain work requirements.• Fully depress the clutch pedal (2).• Move the FNR lever (1) forward or backward.• Wait until the driving direction symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster: the forward driving direction was required (arrow up is lit). the reverse driving direction was required (arrow down is lit).• Use your foot on the pedal to engage the clutch gradu-ally and let the tractor move forward or backward as required.Fig.5-10

Page 163

Operation5-215P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Stopping and parking the tractor [2.c] (Fig.5-11)When leaving the tractor while the engine is running, ALWAYS MAKE SURE that the FNR shuttle lever (1) is in the central position of NEUTRAL.1. Bring the tractor to a complete stop. Put the FNR shut-tle lever in the NEUTRAL position at centre and apply the Park Brake.2. Engage the Park Lock (if equipped).NOTE: Before leaving the driver's seat, make sure that:1. the transmission is shifted to NEUTRAL2. the implement is completely lowered to the ground3. the ignition key has been removedPark Lock (if equipped).(Fig.5-12)The Park Lock unit will mechanically lock the transmission. Therefore the Park Lock should be engaged every time you want to stop the tractor with the engine stopped, particularly when the tractor is on a slope.The engagement of the Park Lock unit is obtained by shifting the FNR lever (1).To disengage the Park Lock 1 - Engage the parking brake (2).2 - Engage the Park Lock: from the middle position of the FNR lever (1), shift it in a sequence down and forward, as shown in the decal in the figure at the side.NOTE: the Park Lock will be correctly engaged as soon as the letter “P” on the instrument cluster is steadily lit up. The letter “P” will be shown on the display for about 3 seconds. The letter “P” will be flashing while the Park Lock is being engaged. The letter “P” will flash until the engagement is successfully carried out. If the engagement of the Park Lock unit should fail, bring the FNR lever in central position again on “N” and repeat this step. WARNING: before leaving the tractor stationary, always check that the Park Lock is really engaged.To disengage the Park Lock 1 - Lift the FNR lever (1) slightly and shift it again to its central position on Neutral N.2 - Disengage the parking brake (2)Disengage the Park Lock before starting the tractor.To move the tractor, the driving direction must be selected again by moving the shuttle lever.WARNING: To prevent the Park Lock system from be-ing damaged, always engage the parking brake first, then the Park Lock. Always disengage the Park-Lock first, then the parking brake.Fig.5-11Fig.5-12

Page 164

Page 165

Operation5-235P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Power take-offThe PTO is engaged by means of the switch (1 Fig.5-13 and Fig.5-14) installaed on the right side of the driver's seat..An indicator light on the instrument panel comes on when the PTO is engaged. Use: engagement/disengagement Operate the ON/OFF button to engage/disengage the PTO (1 Fig.5-13 and Fig.5-14) with the engine at idling rate.Depressed button switch: disengaged PTOReleased button switch: engaged PTOTo engage the Park-Lock, release the switch (1) by pulling up the locking collar (2) (Fig.5-14).Always shift the switch in the OFF disengaged position (Fig.5-13) after using the front PTO and/or before starting the engine.Engage the PTO at a low engine rate to protect the clutch and driveline.Select the operating mode and the required speed before engaging the PTO.IMPORTANT: For high-inertia implements (e.g. stone crusher, mill etc.) the universal joint for cardan shaft is to be used.WARNING: When using the PTO with the trac-tor at a standstill, always make sure that the gearshift lever is in neutral position and that the parking brake is engaged.WARNING: High-inertia implements do not become stationary immediately when PTO is disengaged. Allow sufficient time for imple-ment to “run down” to a halt before cleaning or adjusting.IMPORTANT: When using implements that cause shock loads, always use a safety coupler between the implement and the PTO drive shaft. Before using the implement, check the correct operation both of the safety coupler and of the implement.IMPORTANT: When using implements with quickly moving parts (such as mowers, reapers, snowploughs) ALWAYS fit an overrun device on the implement drive shaft, as a protection against possible PTO faults.Fig. 5-13Fully depress the ON/OFF pedal (1). The PTO indicatoron the instrument panel goes off .Fig. 5-14EngagementPull up the locking collar (2) of the ON/OFF button, then pull the button (1) to the ON position. Now the button will remain on the ON position, while the PTO indicator light on the instrument panel lights up

Page 166

5-24OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Power take-off engagement [3.d](Fig. 5-15)1. Select the required speed with the lever (1);2. Select the PTO type (normal-eco) with the lever (2) (only valid for 4-speed setup);3. Operate the PTO engagement button (1 - Fig.5-14).4. Engage/disengage the PTO with the engaging control (1 - Fig.5-14) during work.PTO type selector lever (3)Interpretation of symbols on the decal beside the control lever.A - Independent PTO (3) engaged. PTO driven directly from the engine.IMPORTANT: Always keep the lever in position A during work. Shift the lever to position B only if the synchronized PTO has to be used. Return the lever to Pos. A after using the synchronised PTO.B - Synchronised PTO proportional to ground speed engaged. (On request) PTO driven by the gearboxNOTE: the PTO operation selector lever (3) has no neutral position. The mechanical neutral position is obtained by bringing the speed range selector lever (1) in the middle position "O".IMPORTANT: The PTO mode selector lever, independent or synchronised (optional), controls a mechanical coupler that ensures the maximum safety in both operation modes. The passage from a mode to another, however, is only possible when the teeth are aligned. The procedure is described under the headings "Direct power take-off" and "Synchronised power take-off" hereunder.Independent PTO engagementIt is driven directly by the engine, and its operation is fully independent of the tractor's ground speed.PTO version2 speeds 4 speedsPTO type Engine rate PTO type Engine rate540 1944 540 1944540E 1377 540E 15801000 1917 1000 19521000E 1586The direct PTO must be engaged with the engine at idling speed and without hesitation. Do not heed any noises due to tooth meshing. Always keep the lever (3) in position A for independent PTO engaged.The synchro PTO must only be engaged when actually required (see the section Synchronised Poser Take-Off).Engine - Power take-off RPM meterNOTE: For information about operation of the PTO, refer to the description of the instrument cluster in the chapter 4 of this manual.Hydraulic PTO control levers [3.d]Fig. 5-151 - PTO speed range selector lever2 - PTO type selector lever (setup with 4-speed PTO) - Normal - Eco3 - PTO operation selector lever A - Independent power take-off B - Synchronised power take-off

Page 167

Operation5-255P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-16Synchronised Power take-off(If equipped) (Fig. 5-16)Use of the rear PTO synchronised with the gearbox merely serves to operate self-propelled trailers and, more generally, all farm implements that need to be synchro-nised with the tractor's ground speed and whose power input must not exceed 40-45% of the engine's maximum power. Engage the synchronised PTO with the machine at a standstill: disengage the main clutch by depressing the disengaging pedal and engage the lever (1) in the position "B".Synchronised PTO engagementThe synchronised PTO must be engaged with the engine at low idle, without forcing and with the tractor at stand-still: drive the tractor a little forward for an easier engage-ment. In some cases it may be required to engage the PTO clutch for a few seconds to allow for teeth aligning and make engagement easier. When the synchronised PTO is not used, the lever is to be shifted to the independent position (lever 1, position A ).Synchronised PTO rpmWhatever speed gear is engaged, the PTO splined shaft spins, for each turn of the rear wheels:IMPORTANT: If you are forced to reverse when using the synchronised PTO, remember that the driveline will be spinning in the opposite direction. Thus, with certain implements, it is necessary to disengage the PTO when reversing in order to avoid serious damage (lever 1, position O).with 2-speed PTO9,800 rpm with Power take-off at 540 rpm13,835 rpm with Power take-off at 540E rpm18,407 rpm with Power take-off at 1000 rpmwith 4-speed PTO9,800 rpm with Power take-off at 540 rpm12,057 rpm with Power take-off at 540E rpm18,078 rpm with Power take-off at 1000 rpm22,242 rpm with Power take-off at 1000E rpm

Page 168

5-26OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55External PTO controls(Fig. 5-17)WARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.WARNING: Danger of entanglement. Keep well away from spinning shafts. Take care NOT to remain caught up by the PTO driveline. Keep all the guards mounted at any time on the transmission shafts of the tractor or imple-ments.WARNING: High-inertia implements do not become stationary immediately when PTO is disengaged. Allow sufficient time for imple-ment to “run down” to a halt before cleaning or adjusting.The external control are located both on the right and left fenders.The external controls may be used to start the PTO only with stationary tractor.The button (2) STOP stops the PTO regardless of the fact that the PTO had been started by the cab control or by the button (1) START.The START button (1) starts the PTO in the following modes:- if the stationary function was enabled by pressing the button (3) in the cab, the PTO shaft will start in “spin” mode for 5”, then it will start permanently. It is not required that the PTO is activated by means of the mushroom button in the cab.“Spin” function- the “spin” function lets the PTO shaft rotate at a reduced speed for maximum 5” in order to make meshing with the rear implements easier. Each time the button (1) is pressed, a slow turning of PTO shaft is obtained.NOTE: The PTO can be stopped either with the external button (2) STOP or in the cab by moving the relative control to the OFF position (see "Rear PTO engagement").DANGER: External controls must be operated at a safe distance, standing on one side out-side the tractor and out of the overall width of fenders or tyres. It is expressly forbidden to operate the controls from the rear of the tractor or standing on the inner side of wheels.DANGER: Danger for bystanders! Before us-ing the outer switches of the power take-off (PTO), make sure that there are no persons or objects in the reach of the implement or of the three-point linkage.Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.DANGER: Never reach with arms, legs or any part of your body in the area near the three-point linkage or the implement when operat-ing the outer switch. Never let another person operate the other control group. Walk around the tractor or the implement to go from a control group the other. NEVER pass between implement and tractor.NEVER service the implement while the PTO IS RUNNING, but shift the PTO into neutral, turn off the engine and remove the key.Fig.5-1721

Page 169

Operation5-275P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-17aRear Auto PTO (if equipped)By the Auto PTO feature the PTO can be automatically started or turned off according to hitch position. The positions of the hitch that activate (ON) or deactivate (OFF) the PTO are already set at the factory. The operator may change these positions according to the following operations.Auto PTO activationNOTE: if an attempt is made to activate the PTO without starting the engine first, the lamps in the PTO control but-ton will flash.NOTE: before enabling the Auto PTO function, it is re-quired to save the ON and OFF positions that were chosen accord to your work requirements. (see the following description) To activate the Auto PTO feature, proceed in the follow-ing way:1. turn on the engine2. press the button (1)3. activate the PTO by pressing the button (2) (PTO mushroom button).NOTE: the activation of the Auto PTO function is also signalled by the AUTO indication on the display of the instrument cluster.CAUTION: when the auto PTO is activated with the tractor at standstill, the PTO will be engaged if the hitch is lowered up to the PTO activation threshold as was set on the instru-ment cluster! If the system detects no tractor's movementin 30 seconds, the PTO will be disengaged and all lamps in the PTO controls will flash. The auto PTO button must be turned off and on again.This limitation will not apply after the sys-tem detects a movement of the tractor and therefore the auto PTO was engaged. Until the main PTO switch (1) is on, the PTO remains engaged even if the tractor is stopped and the hitch lowered beyond the activation threshold of PTO engagement.At this point the Auto PTO is activated and the PTO shaftcan:a. Stop turning because the hitch is over the OFF position.b. Go on turning because the hitch is under the ON posi-tion.Auto PTO deactivationTo deactivate the Auto PTO feature, proceedin the following way:1. move the button (2) (PTO mushroom button) to the OFF position2. press the button (2) NOTE: the deactivation of the Auto PTO function is signalled by the AUTO indication disappearing from the display of the instrument cluster.NOTE: When Auto PTO is being deactivated, the PTO will go on running if it was already running (hitch beyond the ON position).NOTE: If the Auto PTO is being deactivated while the PTO is not running (hitch beyond the OFF position), to start manually the PTO it is necessary first to move the control (2) to off, then pull and lock it in the ON position.NOTE: For safety purposes, when at least one of the two external controls of the rear hitch is pressed, the “Auto PTO” function, if active, is automatically deactivated.NOTE: If the Stationary function is activated, the Auto PTO function will be automatically disabled by the systemMemorisation of the ON and OFF positions To store the two hitch positions that either turn on or off the PTO, see the procedure described in the section 4 of this manual. The ON and OFF positions can only be stored by means of the instrument cluster.NOTE: The PTO OFF set-point should be set at the point where the implement has just cleared the ground, when raised by the hitch.NOTE: The PTO ON set-point should be set at a position which ensures that the PTO is ON and fully engaged before the implement enters the ground.NOTE: if the engagement/disengagement thresholds of the Auto PTO are set at percentages greater than 90%, the PTO could be activated/deactivated when the “antidump-ing” function of the hitch is active. It is therefore advised to choose these percentages accurately, according to your work requirements. In transport mode, with antidumping active, it is advised not to set thresholds greater than 90%.

Page 170

5-28OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Selecting PTO speed(Fig.5-18)PTO speed can be selected by means of lever (1) in the cab on the left of the driver's seat.0- Power take-off in neutralA- 540 rpm power take-offB- 1000 rpm power take-offWARNING: When the power take-off is not used, shift the speed selector lever to neutral (lever 1, position O)WARNING: Changes from one speed to the nextmust be made after disengaging the PTO clutch: switch (3) for hydraulic power take-off “OFF”.CAUTION: Only use the 540 RPM (or 540ECO rpm) PTO to control implements designed to be operated at this speed rate. Use 1000 rpm for implements designed to be operated at 1000 rpm. Never exceed a speed rate of the PTO shaft of 630 rpm for implements designed to be operated at 540 rpmEconomy Power take-off(setup with 4-speed PTO)The 540 or 1000 RPM rate can be obtained (for imple-ments that do not require maximum engine power, e.g.: fertiliser spreaders, mist blowers, etc.) by selecting the 540ECO or 1000ECO RPM speed and lowering the engine rate. The PTO economy mode has a number of advantages, including a reduction in fuel consumption, noise and vibrations.PTO speed (normal - eco) can be selected by means of lever (2) in the cab on the left of the driver's seat.Shift the lever (2) to select the PTO mode: • Down for Normal mode • Up for Economy mode IMPORTANT: Always disengage the PTO (if running) before changing speed.CAUTION: 540 ECO power take-off is obtained at 1377 RPM. Never exceed a 1890 RPM engine rated speed (corresponding to 630 RPM of the PTO shaft) or the PTO shaft and the connected implement could be seriously damaged or persons seriously injured.Fig.5-18

Page 171

Operation5-295P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Interchangeable PTO shaft.Fig.5-19 - Replacing an interchangeable PTO shaft1 - PTO shaft.2 - Spring ring.Different PTO output shafts are available:• 1 3/8" (34.9 mm) diameter shaft with 21 splines for 1000 RPM PTO.• 1 3/8" (34.9 mm) diameter shaft with 6 splines for 540 RPM PTO. NOTE: before replacing the PTO output shaft, the speed selection lever (1 Fig. 5-18) must be shifted to the neutral position. Never forcethe engagement of a new PTO shaft. The substitution must be smooth and gradual.To change the output shaft (1), first remove the snap ring (2) using suitable pliers.Remove the shaft. Thoroughly grease the new shaft and install it. Make sure that it has been completely seated.Fit the spring ring back in place and make sure that it is po-sitioned correctly: replace it if it is damaged or deformed.After the shaft has been assembled, select the correct speed with the relative lever in the cab.WARNING: Never use the 540 RPM shaft if the power required by the implement is greater than 56 kW (75 HP). The damage caused to the shaft and to the con-nected implement could be such as to injury bystand-ers. Implements that require more than 56 kW (75 HP) must only be attached to 1000 RPM PTO drivelines.For North American markets1000RPM PTO with 540RPM shaft, 6 splines.1000 RPM PTO only allowed with 1000 RPM shaft, 21 splines.PTO overspeedIf the maximum allowed speed rate of the PTO is ex-ceeded, on the display an exclamation mark comes on (Fig.5-19) and the present PTO speed indication flashes. Reduce the engine rated speed to reduce the PTO speed.NOTE: For further information, refer to the chapter "Instru-ments" in Section 4 of this manual.OverspeedRear PTOFlashFig.5-19PTO overspeed for NAO marketIn the machines in NAO version, when the maximum allowed engine RPM is exceeded, the instrument cluster will show an exclamation point as soon as the values below are reached:540 and 540ECO, 630 rpm1000 and 1000ECO, 1170 rpmIMPORTANT: When using the PTO, to avoid damage to the driveline, implement or injury to bystanders make sure the implement input shaft rpm never exceeds the recom-mended rpm for the implement. When using the 540 or 540E rpm PTO driveline, do not attach implements that require more than 56 kW (75 hp) to operate. Implements that require more than 56 kW (75 hp) should only be at-tached to the 1000 or 1000E rpm PTO driveline.

Page 172

5-30OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Precautions when using the PTOPTO shafts and implements operated by means of the PTO can be extremely dangerous. It is therefore advisable to comply with the following important instructions: WARNING: if the guards were removed from the PTO shaft, it is mandatory to install a suitable cover and guard to protect bystand-ers and connected implements. Do not use the PTO without installing suitable guards to protect the safety of operators. DANGER: before connecting, adjusting or working on implements operated by the PTO, disengage the PTO, stop the engine and remove the key from the dashboard. Put it away in a safe place, not accessible to children and not authorised persons. Engage the parking brake. Do not work under raised implements. DANGER: Check to make sure that all imple-ments operated by the PTO are fitted with the correct protections, are in a good condition and comply with the provisions established by law. DANGER: Before driving an implement through the PTO, ALWAYS make sure that all bystanders are well away from the tractor. WARNING: Fix the drawbar in the central position when using implements that are driven by the PTO of the tractor. WARNING: When using the PTO drive with a stationary tractor, ALWAYS make sure that the gears are in neutral and that the parking brake is applied. WARNING: Before starting up any PTO-driven implement hitched to the three-point linkage, lift the implement to its full height using posi-tion control and check that at least 1/4th of the total length of the telescopic section of the drive shaft is engaged. Adjust the height limiter on the electronic hitch control panel (if fitted) to limit the maximum height of the stroke.Note to the use in paddy fieldsUse in paddy fields: When using the tractor in water-logged soil or in paddy fields where the water level could rise above the height of the PTO shaft, ask you Argo Tractors Dealer for instructions on all necessary waterproofing and sealing measures. If such measures are not taken, the guarantee could be rendered invalid.Fig.5-21 - PTO shaft guardsWARNING: 540 ECO power take-off is obtained at 1377 RPM. Never exceed a 1890 RPM engine rated speed (corresponding to 630 RPM of the PTO shaft) or the PTO shaft and the connected implement could be seriously damaged.WARNING: Attach the implement to the drawbar of the tractor before connecting the implement trans-missionto the power take-off. When connecting the implement driveline to the tractor, check the driveline for correct length, allowed slant and free telescopic movement. The correct length is important to prevent the drive-line from hitting bottom or from separating in any tractor or implement operating position. An excessive slant could damage also the power take-off guards.

Page 173

Operation5-315P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55The front power take-off has a 6 spline output shaft which rotates at 1000 rpm (fixed gear). The engagement is electro-hydraulic and is operated by the button (1). The PTO shaft turns in one direction only, i.e. clockwise.IMPORTANT: When using implements that cause shock loads, always use a safety coupler between the implement and the PTO drive shaft.Before using the implement, check the correct operation both of the safety coupler and of the implement.IMPORTANT: When using implements with quickly moving parts (such as mowers, reapers, snowploughs) ALWAYS fit an overrun device on the implement drive shaft, as a protection against possible PTO faults.IMPORTANT: Ensure that the implement PTO shaft is not too long or the PTO is not damaged when the front mounted implement must be lifted fully up.WARNING: Before connecting or using imple-ments and trailers, ALWAYS read thoroughly and follow the instructions of the operator's manual provided by the manufacturer. Front power take-off engagementWARNING: if the guards were removed from the PTO shaft, it is mandatory to install a suit-able cover and guard to protect bystanders and connected implements. Do not use the PTO without installing suitable guards to protect the safety of operators.NOTE: Sit down in your seat: the PTO CANNOT be started if you are not seated.To engage the PTO, release the switch (1) by pushing the orange switch lock (2) down and at the same time press the switch down (ON).The lamps in the control (1) and the front PTO icon on the instrument cluster will light up (see chapter "Power take-off menu" in section 4 of this manual for further information on the indications). The PTO shaft starts turning. FRONT POWER TAKEOFF (if equipped)IMPORTANT:PTO will not engage if engine is started with the switch in the engage position. Move switch to disengage and then engage.IMPORTANT: Never try to release dead-locked imple-ments by repeated clutch engagement and disengage-ment. The front power take-off clutch will slip and become damaged.Proceed as follows to disengage the PTO:STEP 1Reduce the engine speed.STEP 2Push the bottom of the switch (1) down to the off position. The indicator lamp on the instrument cluster will go out when the front power take-off is disengaged.STEP 3When the engine is switched off the front power take-off is automatically disengaged. The indicator lamp in the switch will go out to indicate the front PTO is disengaged.STEP 4Always install the PTO shaft guard when the PTO is not being used.IMPORTANT:High-inertia implements do not become stationary immediately when PTO is disengaged. Wait for the implement to slow down and stop completely.IMPORTANT: If the operator leaves his/her seat for longer than 5 seconds, the controller will deactivate the PTO as safety measure. In this case, to start the PTO again, first push down the control (1) to the OFF position, then to the ON position again.NOTE: If the control (1) is in the ON position at engine ignition, the lamp in the control (1) will start flashing to

Page 174

Page 175

Operation5-335P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Hitch SystemThe front hitch is operated via the tractors remote hydrau-lic valve circuit and is double acting (the linkage is hitched and power lowered).The hitch is designed for Category II implements.The top link has a ball end.Lift capacity: – tractor in ride attitude ......................................2300 KgNOTE: the above mentioned lifting capacity refers to a max. tractor ground speed of 40 kph and 2000 kg at the rear hitch (610 mm, OECD position).IMPORTANT: do not exceed the maximum permitted front axle operating weight when using the front hitch, see the Technical specifications section for more information. Comply with tyre load capacities and any possible legal limitations.The front hitch links are controlled by the joystick (1) on the right side of the cab.The joystick (1) is matched with two auxiliary control valves. If shifted forward, it controls the first valve, and laterally the second one.FRONT HITCH (if equipped)Multi ValveABP1The valve is mounted in the front of the tractor, in lateral position.The multi valve has two operation modes. NOTE: to move the levers, raise it slightly and select the required position.Valve Positions:1st mode - Single acting

Page 176

Page 177

Page 178

5-36OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55BrakesThe front and rear brakes are the mechanically control-led type with oil-cooled discs. Brake action is hydraulic, controlled by pumps operated by the pedals.CAUTION: all service operations on the trac-tor’s braking system MUST BE carried out by the specialized personnel of your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer.Main brakes(Fig.5-22)The main brakes are operated by means of two pedals (1) one for each rear wheel. Braking with only one pedal assists steering in tight manoeuvres. By locking the rear wheel on the inside of a curve, you can virtually turn the tractor around on its own axis. For simultaneous braking during normal use and for on-road use, simply lock the two pedals together with the special brake coupling (2). This latter rule becomes very stringent if the tractor is also provided with front brakes, as a device on the hydraulic control circuit lets the front brakes be activated only if both pedals are operated at the same time.CAUTION: always keep the brake pedals coupled for on-road driving to ensure simul-taneous braking on all four wheels. Never use the brakes independently when driving on public roads.CAUTION: If you ever notice the brakes becoming less effective, identify the cause immediately and repair. Always contact your Argo Tractors Dealer. When working on slopes, avoid using the brakes as much as possible and select a lower gear in order to use engine braking.NOTE: If the brakes are operated with latched pedals, or by means of the parking brake lever, the electronic man-agement system will engage the four-wheel drive while braking. At the end of the braking, the four-wheel drive will disengage automatically.Front brakesFront brakes are operated only when both brake pedals are used together. When driving on roads, both brake pedals must be coupled by a latch.Front brakes are not used when only one pedal of the independent brakes is using during field work or turning in tight places.NOTE: always keep the brake pedals coupled for on-road driving to ensure simultaneous braking on all four wheels. Never use the brakes independently when driving on public roads.When working on slopes, avoid using the front brakes as much as possible and select a lower gear in order to use engine braking.Fig.5-22 -(1) Brake pedals. (2) Brake coupling.

Page 179

Operation5-375P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Parking brake(Fig.5-23)The parking brake can be engaged or disengaged by means of the lever (1).Parking brake engagement- Fully depress the brake pedals.- Pull the lever completely to operate the parking brake (1).- Release the brake pedals and make sure that the tractor is stopped.- If this is not the case, pull the parking brake lever with higher force, if necessary depressing the pedal brakes at the same time.When the parking brake is engaged, the warning lamp on the instrument cluster will illuminate when the key switch is turned to ON. NOTE:The indicator light in the instrument panel lights up when the parking brake is engaged, independ-ently of the force used for the engagement.Before starting the tractor, release the parking brake.Parking brake disengagement – Fully depress the brake pedals. – Pull the lever lightly (1), push down the button (2), let the lever down and release the button.IMPORTANT: Driving the tractor with the parking brake partially engaged will cause damage to internal transmis-sion components. Make sure brake is fully off.NOTE: If the brakes are operated with latched pedals, or by means of the parking brake lever, the electronic man-agement system will engage the four-wheel drive while braking. At the end of the braking, the four-wheel drive will disengage automatically.Fig.5-23

Page 180

5-38OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Hydraulic trailer brakes (type for Italy “Cuna”) - (if equipped) [3.j]Fig.5-24NOTE: according to the laws in force in the country, the configuration of trailer braking setup could be different. Always abide by the laws in force in the country where the tractor should be operated. Please refer to your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer for more information.NOTE: For driving on public roads, always conform to the laws in force in your country.The tractor braking system can be equipped with a hydrau-lic valve (1) with tap which, if connected to the hydraulic circuit of the trailer brakes, allows the trailer itself to be braked along with the tractor. Couple and uncouple the lines of the trailer hydraulic brake from and to the hydraulic tap (2) on the rear of the tractor. These operations must be carried out with the utmost care. Your safety and that of others is concerned.To operate the hydraulic trailer brakes, connect the hose of the trailer brakes to the coupling behind the tractor and couple the brake pedals with the latch.When driving on public roads, the trailer brakes will thus operate together to the tractor’s brake.WARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.To connect the hydraulic system of the trailer: − Slide the sleeve back on the trailer brake coupler and push it into the coupler (2). − Release the sleeve. To disconnect the hydraulic system of the trailer: − Slide the sleeve back on the trailer brake coupler, then pull it toward yourself.CAUTION: When the engine is on, it is abso-lutely essential to engage the parking brake to connect the tube that links the tube of the trailer braking system to the quick coupling (2).There is a indicator light (3) on the instrument cluster appositely for the operating conditions of the oil tap for the trailer brake.Indicator light off: the oil tap is not connected to the trailer; oil pressure in the system is normal with con-nected trailer.Indicator light on: the engine is stopped and the igni-tion key turned to the first position; the parking brake is engaged and the engine is running.CAUTION: If the indicator should come on in different conditions, it would mean there is a fault and it is therefore required that the sys-tem is checked by your Argo Tractors Dealer.NOTE: when the trailer brake coupler is not used, always protect it with its dust guard.Fig.5-24 - Oil tap for hydraulic trailer brakes.1 - Valve unit2 - Oil tap union3 - Indicator light on the dashboard

Page 181

Operation5-395P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Hydraulically controlled trailer brake (approved for CEE markets) [3.j](if equipped)Fig.5-25NOTE: according to the laws in force in the country, the configuration of trailer braking setup could be different. Always abide by the laws in force in the country where the tractor should be operated. Please refer to your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer for more information.NOTE: For driving on public roads, always conform to the laws in force in your country. The tractor braking system can be equipped with a hydrau-lic valve (1) with tap which, if connected to the hydraulic circuit of the trailer brakes, allows the trailer itself to be braked along with the tractor. Couple and uncouple the lines of the trailer hydraulic brake from and to the hydraulic tap (2) on the rear of the tractor. These operations must be carried out with the utmost care. Your safety and that of others is concerned.To operate the hydraulic trailer brakes, connect the hose of the trailer brakes to the coupling behind the tractor and couple the brake pedals with the latch.When driving on public roads, the trailer brakes will thus operate together to the tractor’s brake.The trailer brake lines can be coupled and uncoupled while the engine is running.WARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.To connect the hydraulic system of the trailer: − Slide the sleeve back on the trailer brake coupler and push it into the coupler (2). − Release the sleeve. To disconnect the hydraulic system of the trailer: − Slide the sleeve back on the trailer brake coupler, then pull it toward yourself.NOTE: when the trailer brake coupler is not used, always protect it with its dust guard.Fig.5-25 - Oil tap for hydraulic trailer brakes.1 - Valve block with hydraulic tap2 - Hydraulic tap

Page 182

5-40OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Hydraulic trailer brake (according to REGULATION (EU) n. 167/2013)NOTE: according to the laws in force in the country of destination, the trailer braking setup could be different. Always abide by the laws in force in the country where the tractor should be operated. Please refer to your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer for more information.NOTE: For driving on public roads, always conform to the laws in force in your country.In the rear part of the tractor, a “trailer brake” valve (1) according to Regulation (EU) n. 167/2013 can be fitted.To operate the hydraulic trailer brakes, connect the hosesof the trailer brakes to both couplings (2) and (3) in the valve behind the tractor.Couple the brake pedals in the cab with the latch.The trailer brakes will thus operate together with the tractor's brakes.NOTE: to connect the tubes that link the trailer braking system to the quick couplings (2) and (3) with the engine running, it is necessary to engage the parking brake.WARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor.WARNING: Always use the specific DPIs for the opera-tion to be carried out.If the trailer only complies with EEC specifications, the linking tube of the trailer braking system can be connected to the quick coupling (2).There is a specific indicator light (4) on the instrument cluster appositely for the operating conditions of the oil tap for the trailer brake.Indicator light off: the oil tap is not connected to the trailer; oil pressure in the system is normal with con-nected trailer.Indicator light on: the engine is stopped and the igni-tion key turned to the first position; the parking brake is engaged and the engine is running.CAUTION: If the indicator light should come on in other conditions than those mentioned above, this means that there is a fault and that the breaking system must immediately be checked for obvious safety reasons by your Argo Tractors Dealer.NOTE: when the trailer brake coupler is not used, always protect it with its dust guard.

Page 183

Operation5-415P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Trailer air brakes [3.j](Fig. 5-25B) 1. Yellow coupling - brake service line (dual line system)2. Red coupling - brake emergency line (dual line system)3. Black coupling - feed and return (single line system) - (optional)WARNING: Connect the yellow service cou-pling first.WARNING: Take great care while splitting the trailer from the couplings. The couplings could be expelled with great force. Always use specific personal safety devices.WARNING: Make sure the system is at working pressure before operating the brakes with a trailer(s) fitted. Failure to do this can result in injury or death.WARNING: DO NOT park an unattended trac-tor/trailer(s) combination using air pressure to apply the brakes (Dual Line Pneumatic Braking System). The mechanical park brake on both the tractor and trailer(s) MUST be applied.NOTE: the coupling (1 - Fig. 5-25C) in the right side of the reservoir can be used to inflate a tyre: if so then a regulator and air pressure gauge MUST be fitted.NOTE: The couplers on the tractor and trailer must be kept perfectly clean to prevent dirt and dust from entering the brake system.Also refer to "Shock absorber function in the transport position" as described in this section of the operator's manual.The air reservoirs store air under pressure to operate the trailer brakes.Maximum Permitted Pressure 8 barWorking pressureDual Line System 8 barSingle Line System ...........................5.0 bar (72.5 lb in2)The indicator light that comes on in the instru-ment cluster and a warning sound (with the engine run-ning) signal a problem in the air brake system of the trailer. Refer immediately to your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer.2 reservoirs (one each side)Reservoir capacity (each) ..............................7.5 litresDrain reservoirs ...........................................PeriodicalThe reservoirs are provided with a manual drain (2) of condense water.Fig. 5-25BFig. 5-25C12

Page 184

Page 185

Operation5-435P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Control position for parking brakeThe button (1) to control the stationary position of the tractor+trailer assembly is located in the console, on the left side, near the storage space.By the button (1) the operator can temporarily disable the braking system only of the trailer, to make sure that the braking system of the tractor is able to keep the tractor+trailer assembly stationary.To press the button (1), operate the safety lock (2) in this button.NOTE: this test must be carried out under the following conditions:- engine on- main brakes not activated- parking brake activated WARNING: before carrying out this test and operat-ing the button (1), make sure the are no persons and hindrances in the surrounding area. The main priority is always your own safety and that of other persons!If the tractor+trailer assembly should move during this test, the braking system of the tractor only is not able to effectively brake the whole assembly. This could be due to soil conditions (e.g. ice, gravel, etc.) or to a malfunction of the braking system. Before leaving the tractor, always make sure it is parked in conditions of utmost safety, in such a way that it cannot harm or damage any persons or objects nearby.For any doubts, always refer to your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer.

Page 186

5-44OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55StationaryNOTE: To activate the Stationary function, the tractor must be stationary and the operator correctly seated.The Stationary feature lets the operator leave his/her seat without disabling the following features: − Front PTO (if equipped) and rear − Front hitch (if equipped) − Rear remote valves (Avc valves)When the Stationary feature is activated, the operator present sensor, contacting the seat, is disabled.When the Stationary feature is activated, the outer buttons on the rear fenders are enabled.For the Stationary function:1. Operator correctly seated in his/her seat2. Stop the driving direction of the tractor3. Hold the button (1) on the right side depressed for about 2 secondsThe engagement of the Stationary function is signalled to the operator by: – a buzzer – the display for about 5 seconds of the following pop-up:When the Stationary feature is enabled, the PTO area in the display is refreshed as follows:When the Stationary feature is active, the cab can be left without the features being switched off.To disable this control, just seat yourself in the driver's seat and press the button (1). The switch light will go out. The icon on the display is replaced by the tractor's icon.NOTE: The Stationary feature is automatically disabled if the tractor is driven at a higher speed than the speed set in the factory for safety.NOTE: The Stationary function is deactivated by turning off the engine.

Page 187

Operation5-455P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Use of the differential lockThe tractor is equipped with a differential lock that latches both rear wheels together.The differential lock prevents wheels from slipping when they are spinning at different speeds.When the traction of one rear wheel decreases, or any time more traction is needed, the differential lock should be engaged.Diff lock also helps keeping the tractor horizontal position during the first field run, and also controlling implement position.The differential lock can be engaged manually or can be set to engage automatically (if equipped).CAUTION: Do not drive on roads, or at high speed anywhere, with the differential lock engaged. Difficult steering will occur, and can result in an accident.In field operation, use the differential lock for traction improvement, but release for turning at row ends. NOTE: for better operation, the differential should be locked before wheels are slipping too much. Do not engage the lock while one of the wheels is actually slip-ping. Always depress the clutch pedal before locking the differential.The differential must remain locked as long as the drive wheels regain a uniform grip. Disengagement is achieved by simply pressing one or both brake pedals.CAUTION: disengage the diff lock when you need to turn the tractor. Disengage the lock when driving on a road.Diff lock engagement/disengagement in manual modeTo engage the diff lock by hand, proceed as follows:1. Turn on the engine.2. The brake pedals must be released3. Press the switch (1) (short pressure) to the position (A). The switch springs back to the central position (0).The lamp (2) in the instrument cluster and the one in the button itself will come on when the differential is engaged.To disengage the differential lock, one of the fol-lowing operations must be carried out:• Press the switch (1) (short pressure) to the position (A). The switch springs back to the central position (0). • Key in OFF position (engine off).• Fully depress one or both the brake pedals.In all these cases, the lamp on the instrument cluster will go off.Fig. 5-26

Page 188

5-46OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Diff lock engagement/disengagement in automatic mode (if equipped)To engage the differential automatically, proceed as follows:1. Turn on the engine.2. Move the switch (1) to the position (B), thus enabling the AUTO function. The switch will remain in the posi-tion (B). The diff lock is not yet engaged.The lamp (2) in the instrument cluster will light up as soon as the differential is actually engaged by the electronic management system. After this function is enabled, the differential is automatically engaged by the system if the following operation conditions of the tractor, relating to a few values preset at the factory to ensure optimal opera-tion in each moment, are met in the same time:• Position of the hitch• Tractor speed• Released brake pedals (system not braked)If even one of these conditions is not met, the differential will not be engaged, but the AUTOMATIC mode will remain engaged. The differential will be engaged as soon as all the required conditions are met.Differential lock engagement is signalled by the lamp (2) on the instrument cluster.To disengage the AUTO mode of the diff lock, move the switch (1) to the central position of Neutral (0).If the diff lock was already engaged, therefore the lamp (2) in the instrument cluster was on, it will go out when the switch is shifted to the Neutral position. CAUTION: Steering is difficult when the dif-ferential lock is engaged. This could cause an accident.During field operation, the diff lock may be used to improve traction, but it will be re-quired to disengage it any time you need to steer to go back or to manoeuvre. Do not drive on roads, or at high speed anywhere, with the differential lock engaged.Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.Fig. 5-26a

Page 189

Operation5-475P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig. 5-27AOperating the four-wheel driveThe four-wheel drive (4WD) can be engaged while the tractor is moving or stopped. The 4WD provides additional traction and pulling power when engaged.The switch (1) on the right-hand side, is used to engage/disengage the four-wheel drive.The 4WD engagement is indicated on the instrument cluster by the lighting of a yellow indicator: Both manoeuvres can be carried out when the tractor is on the move, when driving on the straight and never on load.NOTE: Front drive should only be engaged when strictly necessary. If maximum is not required, specially on hard-bottomed roads, it is advisable to disengage the front drive to avoid unnecessary tyre wear.4WD engagement/disengagement in manual modeTo engage the 4WD by hand, proceed as follows:1. Turn on the engine.2. Move the switch (1) to the position (A) The lamp (2) in the instrument cluster and the one in the switch itself will come on when 4WD is engaged.To disengage the 4WD, move the switch (1) to the central position of Neutral (0).The indicators in the instrument panel and in the switch will go off.IMPORTANT: DO NOT leave the 4WD engaged when travelling faster than 16 Kph (10 mph) (except when in the field), as this can cause damage to the 4WD and other transmission components as well as premature tyre wear.NOTE: the switch (1) is differentiated according whether the AUTO mode for 4WD engagement is present.The switch that is mounted in the setups with Auto 4WD includes a specific decal with “Auto” on it.

Page 190

5-48OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.554WD engagement/disengagement in au-tomatic 4WD mode (if equipped)To engage the 4WD automatically, proceed as fol-lows:1. Turn on the engine.2. Move the switch (1) to the position (B), thus enabling the AUTO function.After this function is enabled, the 4WD is automatically engaged by the system if the following operation condi-tions of the tractor, relating to a few values preset at the factory to ensure optimal operation in each moment, are met in the same time:• Position of the hitch• Tractor speed• Steering angleIf even one of these conditions is not met, the 4WD will not be engaged, but the AUTOMATIC mode will remain engaged. The 4WD will be engaged as soon as all the required conditions are met.4WD engagement is signalled by the lamp (2) on the instrument cluster.To disengage the AUTO mode in 4WD, move the switch (1) to the central position of Neutral (0).If the 4WD was already engaged, therefore the lamp (2) in the instrument cluster was on, it will go out when the switch is shifted to the Neutral position.Automatic 4WD engagement at brakingThe 4WD is engaged by the electronic management system each time that:• both brake pedals are operated together• and/or the park brake is engagedCAUTION: Danger! Danger of losing control.The machines provided with the 4WD func-tion, either engaged or not, must not exceed 50 Kph (31 mph) if allowed.An excessive speed when towing a trailer or driving downhill with a depressed clutch or the transmission in neutral can cause loss of control, personal injuries to the driver or bystanders or mechanical problems.Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.NOTE: front tyres must not be inflated to a higher pres-sure than recommended. In theory, the pressure in the rear tyres should be al least 0.4 bar (6 lbf/in 2) higher than in the front tyres, provided the values recommended by the tyre maker are not exceeded.CAUTION: Risk of overturning! The 4WD func-tion greatly increases the tractor draft. Pay great care when driving on slopes.The 4WD machines maintain the draft on steeper slopes that the 2WD machines, thus increasing the danger of overturning.Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.NOTE: to avoid an excessive wear of tyres, it is advisable to disengage 4WD whenever driving on roads or hard sur-faces in general. Always mount front and rear tyres in the prescribed combinations to ensure an acceptable wear.

Page 191

Operation5-495P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Engine set point (if equipped)By the Engine Set Point function it is possible to set and keep a constant engine RPM rate, regardless of load variations.When this function is active, also the RPM rate of the independent rear PTO remains constant. NOTE: This function lets not maintain a constant ground speed (e.g. as with cruise control), but keeps a constant engine RPM rate depending on the work load, while the ground speed will depend on the range/gear ratio then engaged. The activation of the Engine Set Point function is con-firmed by the display of the icon in the instrument cluster:To memorise the required RPM:• Use the throttle pedal and/or the hand throttle to reach the required RPM rate of the engine.• Press the button (1) and hold for at least 3 seconds (long pressure) to memorise the actual RPM rate. The successful memorisation is confirmed by: − the display of a pop-up that reports the memorised engine RPM rate, the icon that signals the memorisation, and the icon in the place or the gear in the “Transmission” area of the display (see chapter "Constant engine RPM rate" in section 4 of this manual for further details on the screen masks and indications). NOTE: as soon as the engine rpm rate is saved as de-scribed above, the function is already active.Activation/deactivation of Engine Set PointAfter memorising the engine RPM rate, the Engine Set Point function can be activated or deactivated by a brief pressure on the button (1).If the engine is not stopped, the sequence of deactiva-tion/activation of the Engine Set Point function does not deletes the RPM rate previously memorised. If the function is active - lamp lit in the button (1) - to memorise a new engine RPM rate proceed as follows: − Deactivate the function. − Bring the engine RPM rate to the new required level. − Press the button (1) and hold for at least 3 seconds (long pressure) to memorise the new RPM rate.NOTE: When the tractor engine is stopped (Key Off), the value memorised in the Engine Set Point function is deleted. The next time the tractor engine is started, the required RPM rate must be memorised over again.NOTE: When the Engine Set Point function is active, the engine RPM rate can be increased using the throttle pedal or the manual throttle. If the function is kept active, the RPM rate cannot decrease lower than the set value using the throttle pedal or the manual throttle; to decrease, the Engine Set Point must be deactivated with a brief pressure on the button (1).Engine set point button (1):• Longer pressure: memorisation of the set RPM rate• short pressure: function activated/deactivated

Page 192

Page 193

Operation5-515P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55HOW TO TRANSPORT THE TRACTORTowing the tractor [2.j]WARNING: Make sure that the weight of a trailed vehicle that is not equipped with brakes NEVER EXCEEDS the weight of the trac-tor that is towing the vehicle or any national weight limitations which may apply. Stopping distance increases with increasing speed as the weight of the towed load increases, espe-cially on slopes.NOTE: Affix the slow moving vehicle card (SMV-Slow Moving Vehicle) if required by your country. NOTE: Use the revolving beacon and, the hazard lights, if required by law in your Country. NOTE: Strictly comply with the laws in force in the country where the tractor is used.NOTE: For the tow hooks fixed on the machine, see the Towing Attachments chapter in this manual.WARNING: Use only the appropriate tow hooks to tow the tractor.Due the complexity of the transmission and pressure lubrication requirements, special rules apply when the tractor engine is running or not running. Use the following procedures as applicable.A. Engine NOT runningIf you need to tow or push the tractor for a brief distance, remember that the power steering system will allow you to drive and steer it for a short way with the engine off, but with a greater draft. WARNING: Slow down and stop the tractor with the brake pedals latched together Tow or push the tractor at moderate speed.B. Engine running (at a idle speed of 1200 rpm)The tractor may be towed for max. 10 Km at a max. speed of 10 Kph.If the tractor must be towed (Fig.5-28):1. Reverse shuttle lever (1) in central neutral position 2. Gear shift lever (2) in neutral position 3. Range shift lever (3) in neutral position 4. Disengage the Park Lock (if equipped).5. Release the parking brake (4).6. Make sure that the electro-hydraulic PTO engagement switch (5) is disengaged.7. Make sure that the PTO engagement lever is disen-gaged (6).8. Make sure four wheel-drive (4WD) and the Differential Lock are NOT engaged.9. Use a rigid tow bar and safety chains to pull the trac-tor. Attach the tow bar and safety chains to the front support.Check brake operation before starting to tow.NOTE: for further information about how to tow the tractor in complete safety, always ask your Argo Tractors Dealer.Fig.5-28

Page 194

5-52OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Limp home operationTowing the tractor is not recommended, but if it should be absolutely necessary, the procedure is different depending on the fact that the engine is on or off, and that the low pressure hydraulic circuit is operating or not operating.Use the following procedures as applicable, at the fol-lowing conditions:CAUTION: To tow the tractor, connect firmly one of the tow hooks and the towing vehicle by means of a stiff drawbar. Different towing means are allowed, as long as they are approved for this purpose and have a size suitable for the weight of the vehicle plus even-tual mounted implement. Never use ropes or other elastic elements. – In the middle of the linking means a red flag is to be hanged so that it is visible to other drivers on the road. – The towing vehicle must keep the revolving beacon op-erating. The towed tractor must keep the flashing hazard lights operating (turn indicators flashing contemporarily). – Make sure that the brakes of the machine are operating. – It is recommended that the machine is escorted by two cars, one in front of it and one at the rear, at a distance of 75÷150 m from the machine. These cars must carry danger signals according to the rules and laws of the country.WARNING: Use only the appropriate tow hooks to tow the tractor.Towing the tractor with the engine off or low pres-sure hydraulic circuit not operating.WARNING: If the machine is towed with the engine off (or with the low pressure hydraulic circuit not operating), the brakes and steering will not be power assisted if this depends on the low pressure hydraulic circuit. The park-ing brake must be disengaged. – The machine can be towed for max. 10 Km at a max. speed of 8 Kph.WARNING: Make sure that the weight of a trailed vehicle that is not equipped with brakes NEVER EXCEEDS the weight of the trac-tor that is towing the vehicle or any national weight limitations which may apply. Stopping distance increases with increasing speed as the weight of the towed load increases, especially on slopes.Towing the tractor with the engine on or low pres-sure hydraulic circuit operating – Check that all controls are in neutral. – Check that the parking brake is disengaged. – Do not exceed a speed of 20 Kph when towing the tractor and check that the rear differential lock is disengaged. – Run the engine at 1200 RPM at least, if possible.In the unlikely event of a major failure rendering the tractor immobile, your dealer has provisions to provide a means of moving the tractor. If the tractor is damaged and cannot be moved, refer to you Argo Tractors Dealer.Limp home mode is only a temporary device which will allow you to get the tractor home or back to the Argo Trac-tors Dealer and is NOT to be used as a means of continuing tractor operation.

Page 195

Operation5-535P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Transport by truck or rail [2.y]WARNING: The tractor can slip and fall from a trailer or ramp and cause serious injury or death. Make sure the trailer or ramp is not slippery.Remove all oil, grease, mud, ice etc. When moving the tractor take extra care, be vigilant, make sure the tractor is in the centre of the trailer and does not overhang.STEP 4 If equipped with front tie down brackets (as shown by the figure) tie the front of the tractor down putting the safety chains through the loop of each bracket rather than using the front axle. IMPORTANT:DO NOT use the tie down brackets (if equipped) to lift or pull the tractor. The tie down brackets are only to be used to secure the tractor to the trailer.STEP 5Install blocks/wedges to prevent the wheels rolling.WARNING: DO NOT raise the tractor using the tow hook.When you transport the tractor by truck or rail, specific rules or laws will be applicable depending in which country you are in. Make sure you are familiar with these rules or laws before transporting the tractor. All safety measures and rules for this operation must be complied with.STEP 1Make sure the transmission is in the NEUTRAL position, as per correct procedure quoted on previous page.STEP 2Engage the parking BRAKE and the Park Lock (if equipped).STEP 3 Secure the tractor to the trailer. Tie the tractor down around the front and rear axles with safety chains having a rating greater than the gross load of the tractor (refer to tractor identification plate).Before the transport, always make sure the tractor is fas-tened to the trailer in a correct and efficient way.IMPORTANT: DO NOT tie chains around the front ballast weight support bracket to hold the tractor down.NOTE: The trailer must be provided with the warning signs and lights required by the local laws in force.

Page 196

Page 197

Operation5-555P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Left/right offset positionWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. 33Remove the split pins (3) depending on the required side (right or left) to which the bar should be moved and move the bar accordingly. Install the retaining pin.When using the offset positions raise the lower links to full height. With the lower links in this position the hitch will not interfere with the side movement of the swing-ing drawbar.The drawbar must not be offset in the fully forward posi-tion.The drawbar must be locked in the centre position when doing any of the following operations:A. Towing implements at transport speed (15 Kph (10 mph) or more) in the field.B. Towing an implement or trailer on the highway at all speeds.C. Operating a drawbar pulled, PTO driven implement.D. Moving the tractor in reverse with an implement at-tached.Fore/aft positionWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. 12Remove the fixing bolt (1) of the pin and draw out the pin (2).Slide the drawbar backward or forward to the required drawbar position as indicated on the implement or in the implement operator's manual.When the correct position of the drawbar has been set, fit the pin (2) and the retainer bolt (1) back again.DRAWBARWARNING: Rear upset can result if pulling from wrong location on tractor. The three point hitch must only be used with the implements designed for its use, not as a drawbar.WARNING: Try to balance the load primarily on the implement wheels as in loading a machine with harvest crops. Avoid overloading the drawbar. Add front end weights for improved stability. Engage the clutch smoothly, avoid jerking and use the brakes cautiously to avoid jack- knifing.In certain markets pulling trailers on public roads is not permitted unless a special approval note has been supplied with the machine documents. Always make sure you have the relevant approval before pulling trailers on public roads.The drawbar can be set in various positions, see following pages for greater details on preparation and operation.WARNING: Use exclusively the provided hooks to tow the machine.WARNING: Refer to licensing documents issued by the Ministry of Transport to know data relating to max. verti-cal and horizontal loads on tow hooks and max. trailer weights.

Page 198

5-56OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Connecting an implementWARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. STEP 1Mechanical hitchSet hitch controls in position control mode.1. Position control lever2. Draft control leverLift links control lever unit .• Move the selector lever (2) fully back on the unit to the position control mode.• Move the control lever (1) to the max. height position to raise the hitch to the max. height.WARNING: For tractors equipped with Pick Up Hitch (PUH). For the correct operation of the PUH hitch/unhitch system on machines provided with a mechanical hitch, the hitch/unhitch operations must be carried out with the hitch in position control.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]PICK UP HITCH (if fitted, on request on certain markets)NOTE: The following images are purely indicative and not comprehensive of all possible cases.Electronic hitchTurn the upper limit control knob (4) to the maximum height setting (clockwise rotation).- Raise the three-point linkage by turning the switch (1) to Pos. C.- Set the selector (6) to position control mode (Pos. 1) by turning it in an anti-clockwise direction.- Set the down-speed selector (2) to position (0) (lock) to prevent any accidental lowering movement should the controls be accidentally operated.WARNING: if the control switch (1) is moved to the links down position (A) and the work height control knob (8) is moved, the arms can be lowered. Set the lowering speed control (2) to Pos. 0 (padlock) to prevent any accidental movement. Pick-Up Hitch - Automatic hitchingPurely indicative image, not comprehensive of all pos-sible cases.

Page 199

Page 200

Page 201

Page 202

5-60OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE TRAILER HITCHES (if equipped)Adjustable trailer hitches can be adjusted up or down to match the implement hitch height and for PTO operation. These hitches are equipped with either an automatic or a manual clevis.Hitches with automatic clevisThis hitch connects automatically when the implement towing eye contacts the release mechanism inside the hitch coupling.Hitches with automatic clevisThe operator must manually inset the hitch pin to secure the implement to the tractor.NOTE: Make sure local regulations are followed when towing implements/trailers. Only use trailers with a towing eye that matches the flat-head pin diameter that does not have excessive clearance. For further information, see Implement/trailer drawbar dimensions chapter in this section of the manual.IMPORTANT:Maximum vertical load capacity depends upon the capacity of the rear tyres fitted.IMPORTANT: Keep the hitch clean and protect all moving parts of the hitch from corrosion (including the inner slide rails), by cleaning and greasing at regular intervals. All moving parts should be checked for free movement and correct operation.

Page 203

Operation5-615P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Automatic Clevis(if equipped).WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.This hitch connects automatically when the implement towing eye contacts the release mechanism (3) inside the hitch coupling. Before connecting an implement make sure the operating lever (2) is in the vertical position, as shown.NOTE: Before adjusting the drawbar height, be sure that the partition (4) that protects the PTO is raised.To raise the partition, unscrew both knobs (5).To adjust the height, support the weight of the hitch cou-pling assembly with one hand and with the other hand pull the quick release lever (1) in anticlockwise direction.Move the hitch coupling assembly to the required position. Push the quick release lever (1) in clockwise direction to lock the coupling assembly in position.WARNING: DO NOT touch the inside of the hitch coupling assembly when the release mechanism is under tension, (operating le-ver in the vertical position). Serious injury can result.IMPORTANT: Check that the locking pins have fully en-gaged in the holes in the side support (locking pins level with the outer surface).Before connecting an implement make sure the operating lever (2) is in the vertical position. The connecting pin engages automatically as the imple-ment towing eye contacts the release mechanism inside the hitch coupling or it can be engaged manually by strik-ing the operating lever (2) downwards (away from the tractor). Before moving the tractor make sure:1. The operating lever (2) is in the horizontal position.2. The connecting pin (3) is fully in the hole of the pin guidance bushing (fully engaged). Do not tow or move the tractor if the pin is not fully engaged.NOTE: When the automatic hitch is not being used, make sure the hitch connecting pin (3) is down and the operating lever (2) is horizontal.

Page 204

Page 205

Page 206

Page 207

Operation5-655P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Max towable weights [3.m]Drawbar(kg)Stiff drawbar(kg)Central axle(kg)Trailers without brakes 3500 3500 3500Trailers with inertia brakes 8000 8000 8000Trailers with hydraulic brakes 32000 32000 32000Trailers with air braking 32000 32000 32800Type (according to appendix 1 to Appendix XXXIV to the Delegate Regulation (EU) 2015/208 of the Commission):Make: Type name given by the manufacturer:EU authorization mark or number:Max. allowed vertical load on hitch point (kg)Towable mass* (t)Hook positionHook ref. in next tablesHeight from ground Rear axle overhang**max(mm)min(mm)max(mm)min(mm)Piton fix CBMGTP008e11*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00310*002500 25 586 536 586 LGTP008De1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00587*00Non-Swivel CBM X314 SLe3*2015/208*2018/829NS*00013*031500 6 1017 494 654 KNon-Swivel CBM Y314 SLe3*2015/208*2018/829NS*00017*042000 14 1012 489 684 JNon-Swivel CBM Z314 SLe3*2015/208*2018/829NS*00012*032500 20 1007 484 699 HDrawbar CBM X003 BT/XXe3*2015/208*2018/829NS*00006*01-- 6 543 493 897 GBall ø80 CBMGTS80001e11*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00268*00300025 891 458 636FGTS80001De1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00554*004000 F1Manual CBMGTF30 015e11*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00267*012000 25 995 472 662 EGTF30 015De1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00544*00Automatic CBMGTF30 014e11*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00212*012000 25 995 472 666 DGTF30 014De1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00542*00Drawbar CBMGTB30 013e11*2015/208*2016/1788NS*00315*011600 17473 423897(a)775(b)CGTB30 032e1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00547*001825 13 C1Tow HookDROMONEB1e1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00270*063000 25 495 445 598 BDrawbarDROMONEB1e1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00269*05750 (a)1250 (b)17 482 432902(a)845(b)ANon-Swivel CBMX244 - 389SLe11*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00411*001500 12 1014 491 654 MX244 - 389SLDe1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00538*00Non-Swivel CBMY244 - 389SLe11*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00409*002000 32 1012 489 684 NY244 - 389SLDe1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00543*00Non-Swivel CBMZ244 - 389SLe11*2015/208*2016/1788ND*00325*003000 32 1007 484 699 OZ244 - 389SLDe1*2015/208*2018/829ND*00545*00* the values showN iN this table may vary accordiNg to the type oF the hitched trailer aNd to speciFic applicable provisioNs iN Force iN the couNtry where the tractor is used.** the values showN here are merely iNdicative.

Page 208

5-66OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Maximum vertical load depending on tyres and hook type [3.k]Set-up with wide axle (rigid and SuSpended) (Speed 40 kph)Axle N.*Tyre size, includ-ing the load capacity index and the speed class symbolRolling Radius (mm)Load class for each tyre [kg]Maxi-mum allowed weight per axle [kg]Maxi-mum al-lowed weight of the vehicle [kg]Max. allowed vertical load on hitch point [kg]Tread width[mm] K,ME, DJ, NL,HA B CF1B,F,OMinimumMaximuma-b a-b a-b1320/85-R24 112A8 550 1500 300071001640 21542340/85 R38 113A8 750 2060 41201500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201340/85 R34 125A8 575 1650 330081001627 21672420/85 R34 139A8 750 2430 48601500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201380/70-R24 125A8 575 1650 330083001627 21672480/70-R34 143A8 750 2725 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201380/70-R24 125A8 575 1650 330081001627 21672420/85-R34 139A8 750 2430 48601500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201440/65 R24 128A8 575 1800 360085001573 21992540/65 R34 140A8 750 2500 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001316 20261480/65 R24 133A8 600 2060 380085001573 21992600/65 R34 151A8 775 3450 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001625 20261480/65 R24 133A8 600 2060 380085001573 21992540/65 R38 147A8 800 3075 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001316 20281420/70-R24 130A8 600 1900 380085001627 21672480/70 R38 145A8 800 2900 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201380/85-R24 131A8 600 1950 380085001627 21672420/85 R38 141A8 800 2575 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 2020* 1 front axle, 2 rear axleSet-up with SuSpended axle (Speed 50 kph) Axle N.*Tyre size, includ-ing the load capacity index and the speed class symbolRolling Radius (mm)Load class for each tyre [kg]Maxi-mum allowed weight per axle [kg]Maxi-mum al-lowed weight of the vehicle [kg]Max. allowed vertical load on hitch point [kg]Tread width[mm] ME,D,NLA C1F1B,F,OMinimumMaximuma-b a-b1440/65 R24 128B 575 1800 360085001573 21992540/65 R34 140B 750 2500 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1825 4000 30001316 20261480/65 R24 133B 600 2060 380085001573 21992600/65 R34 151B 775 3450 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1825 4000 30001626 20261480/65 R24 133B 600 2060 380085001573 21992540/65 R38 147B 800 3075 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1825 4000 30001316 20281420/70-R24 130B 600 1900 380085001627 21672480/70 R38 145B 800 2900 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1825 4000 30001320 20201380/85-R24 128B 600 1950 380085001627 21672420/85 R38 141B800 2575 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1825 4000 30001320 2020* 1 front axle, 2 rear axle

Page 209

Operation5-675P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Maximum allowed operating weightsCAUTION: comply with the max. load capacity of the automatic hitch and of the drawbar. Do not work with loads greater than the maximum allowed ones. This could damage the automatic hitch and the rod. It also reduces stability of the front part. Maximum loads on axles also depend upon the capacity of the rear tyres fitted.Ask your Dealer for further information.Maximum vertical load depending on tyres and hook type [3.k]Set-up with narrow axle (rigid, Speed 40 kph)Axle N.*Tyre size, includ-ing the load capacity index and the speed class symbolRolling Radius (mm)Load class for each tyre [kg]Maxi-mum allowed weight per axle [kg]Maxi-mum al-lowed weight of the vehicle [kg]Max. allowed vertical load on hitch point [kg]Tread width[mm] K,ME, DJ, NL,HA C C1F1B,F,OMinimumMaximuma-b a-b a-b1320/85-R24 122A8 550 1500 300071001440 19542340/85 R38 133A8 750 2060 41201500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201340/85-R24 125A8 575 1650 330080001427 19672420/85 R34 139A8 750 2430 48601500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201380/70-R24 125A8 575 1650 330080001427 19672480/70-R34 143A8 750 2725 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201380/70-R24 125A8 575 1650 330080001427 19672420/85-R34 139A8 750 2430 48601500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201440/65 R24 128A8 575 1800 360080001373 19992540/65 R34 140A8 750 2500 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001316 20261480/65 R24 133A8 600 2060 380080001373 19992600/65 R34 151A8 775 3450 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001620 20261480/65 R24 133A8 600 2060 380080001373 19992540/65 R38 147A8 800 3075 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001316 20281420/70-R24 130A8 600 1900 380080001427 19672480/70 R38 145A8 800 2900 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 20201380/85-R24 131A8 600 1950 380080001427 19672420/85 R38 141A8 800 2575 50001500 2000 2500 1250 1600 1825 4000 30001320 2020* 1 front axle, 2 rear axle

Page 210

5-68OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Maximum vertical load on the tow hook depending on tyres and hook type [3.k]NOTE: the maximum vertical load on the tow hook must not be greater than the one stamped on the tow hook itself or than the capacity of the rear tyres. The maximum applied weight must be the lowest one between the two available weights.Calculation of the maximum allowed vertical load on the tow hook according to the load index (LI)The load index is usually stamped on the side of the tyre. If no such index is given please refer to the load capacity as indicated by the manufacturer of the tyre.The load index is given along with the speed index (SI) of the tyre.Normally, the load capacity (in kgs) can be calculated by means of the LI index using the table at the bottom of the page.As a general rule, a speed index SI = A8 allows for a maximum speed of 40 kp/h (25 mph), while with a SI = B allows for a maximum speed of 50 kp/h (31 mph).With a different speed index from the above ones, abide by the indication of the manufacturer of the tyre.To calculate the maximum load that can be applied to the tow hook, the following formula shall be used: S =(Hmax - LGH) * aa + bwhere:Hmax = the lesser value between the load capacity of the tyre at the rear axle multiplied by 2 and the maximum allowed load on the rear axle in kgsLGH = mass in kg displaced to the ground via the rear wheels (to be ascertained by weighing)a = wheelbase: horizontal distance between the front and rear axlesb = rear overhang: horizontal distance between the centre of the real axle and the centre of the tow hookLI (Load Index)Max. loadallowed (kg)90 60091 61592 63093 65094 67095 69096 71097 73098 75099 775100 800101 825102 850103 875104 900105 925106 950107 975108 1000109 1030110 1060111 1090112 1120113 1150114 1180115 1215116 1250117 1285LI (Load Index)Max. loadallowed (kg)118 1320119 1360120 1400121 1450122 1500123 1550124 1600125 1650126 1700127 1750128 1800129 1850130 1900131 1950132 2000133 2060134 2120135 2180136 2240137 2300138 2360139 2430140 2500141 2575142 2650143 2725144 2800145 2900LI (Load Index)Max. loadallowed (kg)146 3000147 3075148 3150149 3250150 3350151 3450152 3550153 3650154 3750155 3875156 4000157 4125158 4250159 4375160 4500161 4625162 4750163 4875164 5000165 5150166 5300167 5450168 5600169 5800170 6000171 6150172 6300173 6500Example of a calculationLet us suppose that:• empty mass of the rear axle LGH = 1900 kg• wheelbase a = 2200 mm• overhang b = 700 mm• mark on tyre = 135A8• allowed load at rear axle = 3800 kgHmax = 3800 kg –2180 kg * 2 = 4360 kg –allowed load on rear axle = 3800 kgS =(3800 kg - 1900 kg) * 2200 mm= 1441 kg2200 mm + 700 mmCAUTION: the load applied onto the tow hook must not be greater than the maximum capacity as specified by the manufacturer of the tow hook.In any case, the load displaced to the ground via the front axle must to be equal to at least 20% of the total mass of the tractor.

Page 211

Operation5-695P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Rear hitch (mechanical control)(Fig. 5-32)The two control levers enable the following operating conditions. – Position control – Draft control – Mixed position and draft control – Floating positionEach of these modes must be chosen according to the type of work in hand, the type of implement and the consistency of the soil.Position control (lever 1)Move the draft control lever (2) fully down. Set the position of the implement, either in or out of the soil, by moving the lever (1) up to raise it or down to lower it. The degree to which the implement is moved is proportional to the degree to which the position control lever (1) is shifted.Draft control (lever 2)Move the position control lever (1) against the lower stop, dig the implement down to the required depth in the soil by gradually moving the lever (2) towards the lower stop. The depth reached by the implement is proportional to the traction required by the consistency of the soil. The tractive force required from the tractor is automatically kept constant in these conditions by the hitch. Lock the lower stop in front of the lever (2) to bring it to the same position each time round. Raise the implement at the end of each furrow by using the position control lever (1) only. At the end of the stroke of the draft control lever (2), float mode is engaged and the hitch no longer controls the traction force.Mixed position and draft control modeWhen draft control is used in varied soil conditions in which the implement may be buried too deep into the soil, use of combined position and draft control is rec-ommended. Set the implement into the soil and find the correct work depth as indicated in the section on draft control. When the required depth has been reached, gradually move the control lever (1) upwards until the arms of the hitch begin to rise slightly. The hitch operates in the draft control mode but meanwhile prevents the implement from digging excessively into softer soil and producing an uneven job. To raise and dig the implement at the end and at the beginning of each furrow, use only the position control lever (1).Floating position (used with implements that rest on the ground).Bring the position control lever (1) down against the lower stop. Bring the draft control lever (2) down to obtain the float mode.Fig.5-32 Control levers.1. Position control2. Draft control command

Page 212

Page 213

Operation5-715P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Sensitivity adjustmentTo achieve the maximum draft control, it is necessary to obtain the maximum reaction sensitivity from the hitch. The sensitivity is adjusted by rotating the knob (1) in the cab, down at the right of the driver's seat.This control must be adjusted for maximum sensitivity with-out the implement being subjected to continuous jolting.Sensitivity control knob• Turn clockwise = to increase the sensitivity.• Turn anti-clockwise = to reduce the sensitivity.NOTE: to increase the sensitivity of the draft control, place the top link in the lowest hole of the swinging support. Set it in the top-most hole to obtain less sensitivity.Down speed controlThe drop speed of the hitch links is adjusted by rotating the knob (2) in the cab, down at the right of the driver's seat.Drop speed control knob• Turn clockwise to reduce lowering rate.• Turn anti-clockwise to increase descent rate.The knobs (1) and (2) are connected by cables to their ad-justment levers on the hitch's control valve, under che cab.levee (1), sensitivity controllever (2), drop speed controlFig.5-33bFig.5-33a

Page 214

Page 215

Page 216

5-74OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Rear hitch (electronic control)Electronic control of the hitch gives a number of major benefits. In particular, control and response signals can be processed and action taken to adjust for variations in ground conditions encountered by the implement in a fraction of the time possible with manual controls.To achieve such improvements, the operator needs to become familiar with the controls on the right side of the instrument cluster.NOTE: The following images are purely indicative and not comprehensive of all possible cases.Control panel(Fig.5-37)1. 3-position up/down switch.A: Hitch loweringB: Stop - The lift links are unable to move in any way in the stop position.C: Lifting - Transport: the fully raised position is established by the limiter (4).2. Down speed selector: 0 - Does not lower. Lock - Turned in anti-clockwise direction.3. "Check Control" indicator light for autodiagnosis of electronic hitch.4. Maximum height limiter: Minimum height, turned in anti-clockwise direction. Maximum height, turned in clockwise direction.Fig.5-37 - Control panel of electronic hitch.5. Lifting movement indicator light.6. Function selector: – Position Control, turned anti-clockwise. – Draft Control, turned clockwise. – Intermediate positions: mixed Draft and Position Control (INTERMIX).7. Lowering movement indicator light.8. Implement work depth/height control: 0 - Maximum depth. 10 - Max height from ground.9. Transport shock absorber engaged button and indica-tor light10. Quick soil engagement button.11. External hitch controls - Buttons on the fenders (Fig.5-39).

Page 217

Operation5-755P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Electronically controlled hitch - ac-tivation(Fig.5-38)The hitch incorporates a safety device which disables its controls when the engine is off or if the external controls have been used. This prevents accidental movement of the lift links and links in the case anyone should change the control settings while the tractor was stationary. When the engine has been started, or after the external controls have been used (Fig.5-39) the hitch is locked. To start again, simply turn the control switch (1) to position A or C.- If the switch is already in Pos. C, turn the switch (1) to Pos. A then back to Pos. C again.- If the switch (1) is not in Pos. C and the hitch is lowered, turn switch (1) to Pos. C.WARNING: The hitch links will raise as soon as the hitch is activated. Limit the max. lifting height with the control (4 - Fig.5-38) before re-activating the electronic hitch.- If you need to stop hitch movement imme-diately, simply turn the switch (1) to Pos. B.- Before you enable the hitch controls, check that the settings of controls (6 and 8) do not cause any dangerous movement of the imple-ment.NOTE: The electronic hitch control system also incorpo-rates safety devices which disable its functions if any of the following faults are detected:1 - Insufficient battery power.2 - Short circuit in the power line.3 - Faulty position-control circuit.If the electronic hitch fails to operate correctly after the controls have been enabled as instructed above, have the circuits checked by your local dealer.Check-control indicator lightWhen the engine is started, the check-control indicator (3) lights up. Once the electronic hitch is enabled as already described, the check-control indicator should go out. If the indicator lights up and flashes during work, consult your local Argo Tractors Dealer who will be able to locate the fault.Fig.5-38 Control panel - Enabling of electronic hitch.DANGER: External controls must be operated at a safe distance, standing on one side outside the tractor and out of the overall width of rear mudguards or tyres. It is expressly forbidden to operate the controls from the rear of the tractor or standing on the inner side of wheels.DANGER: Danger for bystanders! Before us-ing the outer switches of the power take-off (PTO), make sure that there are no persons or objects in the reach of the implement or of the three-point linkage.Failure to comply with these directions could cause injuries or death.DANGER: Never reach with arms, legs or any part of your body in the area near the three-point linkage or the implement when operat-ing the outer switch. Never let another person operate the other control group. Walk around the tractor or the implement to go from a control group the other. NEVER pass between implement and tractor.Fig.5-39 1 - Up 2 - Down

Page 218

5-76OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Hitching an implementWARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. From the internal control panel (Fig.5-40-57)- Turn the hitch control switch (1) to Pos. A or C to enable the hitch operation again.- Turn the function selector (6) anti-clockwise to select position control mode.- Turn the knob (8) anti-clockwise to lower the links. The links-down indicator (7) should light up.- Manoeuvre the tractor to the required position and hitch the implement's ball-ends on to the ends of the links. Fit safety pins to secure the hitch. Hitch up the top link.- Turn the knob (8) clockwise to raise the implement. The links-up indicator (5) should light up.With the external control buttons (Fig.5-41)There is no need to enable the hitch in order to use the external control buttons.To use the external controls, just press on the buttons to raise or lower the lift links. Now enable the hitch control panel by means of the switch (1).NOTE: – Movement of the links stops as soon as the buttons are released. – Descent speed is 30% slower than max. speed with the external controls. Down speed regulation remains disabled. – To enable the control panel controls again, release the safety device by setting the switch (1 - Fig.5-42) to Pos. C and then to working position A.DANGER: External controls must be operated at a safe distance, standing on one side outside the tractor and out of the overall width of rear mudguards or tyres. It is expressly forbidden to operate the controls from the rear of the tractor or standing on the inner side of wheels.Fig.5-41 1 - Up 2 - DownFig.5-40 Control panel - Hitching an implement from the driver's seatFig.5-42 Control panel - Hitching an implement from the external controls.

Page 219

Operation5-775P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Use during work- Select the hitch operating mode by means of the mode selector (6 - Fig.5-43).Selector position(Fig. 5-44)Action1Position control: When the implement should be kept in a fixed position. Turn the knob anti-clockwise.6Draft control: When the implement works under the soil, e.g. a plough. Knob turned clockwise.Intermediate(2 to 5)"Intermix" degrees.Combining position control and draft control; for use on variable soils or with subsoilers, etc.- Use the selector (2) to set a suitable drop speed for the type of implement being used (Fig.4-43)- Set the switch (1) to the working position (A).- Turn the control knob (8) to obtain the correct working depth/height.Working with tillage implements(Fig.5-44)- If the implement pitches (makes large lifting and lower-ing adjustments) in draft control mode, turn the mode selector knob (6) anti-clockwise to introduce an element of position control (Intermix). The sensitivity of the electronic hitch to variations in the traction force required in working conditions is automatically controlled and thus the operator need not intervene to make corrections.Adjustment of position / draft / intermix control(Fig.5-44)Function selector:Tillage work: position 3 or 4.Ploughing: positions (3 - 4 - 5).Light soil turning over: positions (2 - 3).Grubbing: position 3 or 4.Mounted implement: position 1 (position control).These settings are purely indicative and may vary depend-ing on the implement used and the soil.Headland manoeuvres(Fig.5-43)- Raise the implement at the end of the field by setting the switch (1) to Pos. C. The links lift to the height set on the lift height limiter (4). Adjust the hitch height limiter so that if a drive shaft is connected between the PTO and the implement, it is not twisted into acute angles. This will also avoid wasting time lifting the implement to transport height.- To re-engage the implement, simply turn the switch (1) to the working position (A). The implement will lower at the speed set with selector (2) until is reaches the position selected with knob (8).- To make the implement quickly re-engage the soil, press the orange-colored button (10).Fig.5-43 - Control panel - Use during workFig.5-44 - Intermix/draft/position control adjustment.

Page 220

5-78OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Floating mode.(Fig.5-45)Used for implements that rest on the ground and that follow its relief.- Switch (1) in position (A).- Knob (8) in position (10), turned fully in anti-clockwise direction.WARNING: Follow the maintenance and safety rules for the electrical system of the tractor to protect the electronic hitch circuit.Implement transport(Fig.5-45)- Select the maximum transport height with the selector (4).- Set the selector (6) to position control mode (Pos. 1) by turning it in an anti-clockwise direction.- Raise the three-point linkage by turning the switch (1) to Pos. C.- Set the down-speed selector (2) to position (0) (lock) to prevent any accidental lowering movement should the controls be accidentally operated. CAU-TION: If the control switch (1) is moved to the links down position (A), the links may be lowered according the control position (8) of the operation height. Set the lowering speed control (2) to Pos. 0 (lock) to prevent any ac-cidental movement.Shock absorber function in the trans-port position (Fig.5-46)This function is activated by pressing the button (9) when the transport position is reached with selector (1). Indica-tor light (9) will come on.Press the button (9) again to deactivate the shock-absorber function in the transport position.Fig.5-46 Control panels - Shock absorber function in the transport position.Fig.5-45 Control panel - Transporting implements.

Page 221

Operation5-795P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED HITCH - SYNOPSIS OF ITS USE(Refer to Fig.5-37)OPERATIONMAX. HEIGHT LIMITER(4)(1) UP/DOWN SWITCH(10) QUICK DIG-INIMPLEMENT WORK DEPTH/HEIGHT CONTROL(8)FUNCTION SELECTOR(6)DROP SPEED(2)NOTESRe-activation of operation Pos. 0 - MinimumPos. A to Pos. CorPos. C to Pos. A— —0 - MinimumAdjust (6) and (8) to prevent movement of the linksImplement hitching or unhitching by the controls on panelMax height Pos.Turn clockwisePos. A work Required heightPosition control Up: turned anti-clockwiseIntermediate position—Implement hitching or unhitching by the external controlsInactive Pos. B or A— — —After use. re-activate the inter-nal control panelImplement transportMax. heightTurn anti-clockwisePos. CMax height Pos.Turn clockwisePos. 1 Pos. 0Work in position controlAdjust the max. re-quired heightPos. A - Work Required height/deep Turned anti-clockwise As requiredUse switch number 1 for ma-noeuvres on headland.Work in draft control or IntermixAdjust the max. re-quired heightPos. A - Work Required depthsTurned clockwise. Interme-diate positions for IntermixAs requiredUse switch number 1 for ma-noeuvres on headland.Headland manoeuvresAdjust the max. re-quired heightPos. C— — —Do not change the set work valuesHeadland manoeuvres—Pos. A - Work over the soilButton 11 - Quick dig-in for tillage implements— — —Do not change the set work values

Page 222

5-80OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-47Auxiliary hydraulic control valves [3.f] (Fig. 5-47)The auxiliary control valves for the external cylinders are mounted on the rear part of the tractor. These auxiliary control valves can be driven by the hitch's hydraulic circuit and thus use the same oil.The maximum number of control valves that can be mounted depends on the tractor version. See your Argo Tractors Dealer for more information.The control levers of the auxiliary control valves are in-stalled on the right-hand side of the driving seat.The control levers (1) are matched each to its own auxiliary control valve connected to two «Push-Pull» quick couplings with a device (2) for locking the lever.The third lever optional) controls an auxiliary control valve connected to two «Push-Pull» quick couplings with a device (2) for locking the lever.NOTE: oil level in the transmission should be checked frequently for a regular operation of the hydraulic system. If the external circuits draw much oil, its level should be increased as described in the Maintenance chapter “Check oil level in the transmission”.WARNING: The hydraulic rams of the implements be-ing hitched to the tractor contain the same oil used in the transmission of the tractor. This excludes any oil contamination that could cause malfunction.Match of control lever and rear quick couplings colours.CAUTION: The tractor engine must only be started with the auxiliary control valve levers in neutral position.The colours applied to the control levers match the colour of the plugs of the rear quick couplings, namely: – Black lever (if equipped): quick couplings with black decal. – Blue lever: quick couplings with blue decal. – Green lever: quick couplings with green decal.The symbols (+ ) and (- in the rear area near the quick couplings identify the output direction of the pressurised oil flow.Pull the control lever to let oil out toward the quick cou-pling with the symbol (+). On the contrary, push the control lever to the outside to let oil out toward the quick coupling with the symbol (-). Control-valve operationDifferent types of control valves can be installed to suit specific working requirements (Fig.5-47):• Standard control valve to feed single or double acting cylinders. When released, the control valve's lever auto-matically returns to the hold position, thus locking the implement in the position it has reached.• Control valve with automatic release (kick-out) (optional on some models) convertible single/double acting. The control lever remains locked in the lifting and lowering position. Once the ram has reached end of stroke, the lever is automatically released by the pressure and returns to the neutral position, It is always possible to manually bring the lever back to the neutral position before the cylinder reaches the end of travel.• Control valve with float position (optional on some mod-els): for implements requiring a continuous automatic adjustment of the working position. The floating position is obtained by shifting the control lever fully forward to the position in which it remains locked at end of travel.

Page 223

Operation5-815P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55• Control valve for use with hydraulic motors and with float position (optional). To engage the hydraulic motor, start the engine and move the control lever forward from the float position until the lever locks. The hydraulic mo-tor will now operate. The knob (4) on the valves pack is used to govern the oil flow and therefore the hydraulic motor speed rate. To disengage the hydraulic motor, shift the lever fully forward until it is locked at the end of travel. This will allow the hydraulic motor to slow down before stopping. This last position will also allow the float position. • Specific control valve for use with hydraulic motors (optional): for use with equipment that require a continu-ous oil flow. The hydraulic motor position is obtained by shifting the control lever fully forward or backward until it locks. Shift the lever to the middle position to disengage the hydraulic motor.CAUTION: The tractor engine must only be started with the auxiliary control valve levers in neutral position.IMPORTANT: as the auxiliary control valves have differ-ent configurations according to specific requirements of the user, please ask your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer for details about the proper and safe use of hydraulic equipment.4

Page 224

5-82OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55REMOTE HYDRAULICS OPERATIONThere can be up to three remote control levers, each hav-ing three or four positions (according to the type of valve):POSITIONFLOATING RETRACT NEUTRAL EXTENDThe speed of movement of auxiliary equipment is deter-mined by the distance the lever is moved from neutral to the control position.If the lever is moved fully rearward from neutral, the equipment hydraulic cylinder will extend quickly. If the lever is moved rearward a short distance from neutral, the equipment hydraulic cylinder will extend slowly.If the lever is moved fully forward from neutral (when work position is locked out) the equipment hydraulic cylinder will retract quickly. If the lever is moved a short distance forward from neutral the equipment hydraulic cylinder will retract slowly.NOTE: if there is too much restriction in the implement cylinders or other attachments, the restriction can cause a back pressure in the remote valve which will cause the remote lever on the console to return to neutral before the cylinder has reached full stroke. If the condition occurs, it will be necessary to manually hold the lever in position until the cylinder has reached full stroke. Continual use of the remote valve in this condition will cause the hydrau-lic oil to over heat and possible damage to the hydraulic system. If this condition occurs at regular intervals the implement restriction should be corrected. It is normal for the control lever to return to neutral when the cylinders reach full stroke.Neutral LockThe remote hydraulic control levers can be locked in the neutral position (1) to prevent moving the remote valves. To this purpose, shift the control levers to the middle Neutral position and lock it by moving the retainer (2) to the right.2 - Retainer to lock the auxiliary control valves:A. lever not lockedB. lever locked in neutral position.When used with equipment in the raised position, the neutral lock provides a positive means of preventing the accidental movement of the valve control levers.

Page 225

Page 226

5-84OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Single/double action selection(Available only for some types of control valves)Some types of standard control valve can be adjusted to control single acting cylinders.To this purpose, just slacken the check nut (2) and turn the screw (1) anticlockwise until it stops; then lock the check nut.For double acting operation, the screw (1) must be turned again in a clockwise direction.Diverter valve (if equipped) [3.f]On request, a diverter valve (3) can be mounted that is cou-pled to the first auxiliary control valve, preset for this use.Flow adjustmentThe flow of oil to the first control valve can be regulated. This device is particularly useful for implements that require very small amounts of oil to ensure precise ad-justment or to regulate the speed of hydraulic motors. It also makes it possible to maintain a sufficient flow of oil for use of both the hitch and the external circuit from the first control valve. To adjust oil flow, turn the knob (4) mounted in the cab on the right side, just behind the driver’s seat. Turn the knob (4) clockwise to increase the flow, or anti-clockwise to reduce it.CAUTION: when using the auxiliary control valves, quick couplings may reach high temperatures. Therefore it is mandatory to use suitable safety gloves when hitching or unhitching implements connected to these couplings.

Page 227

Operation5-855P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Quick couplersThe tractor is equipped with female couplings according to laws in force. These couplings will fit standard male hose couplers made to current standards.Your dealer can give you all required information to con-nect different combinations of implements.WARNING: Hydraulic fluid escaping under pressure can have enough force to penetrate the skin. Hydraulic fluid may also infect a minor cut or opening in the skin. If injured by escaping fluid, see a doctor at once.Serious infection or reaction can result if medical treatment is not given immediately. Make sure all connections are tight and that hoses and lines are in good condition before applying pressure to the system. Release all pressure before disconnecting the lines or performing other work on the hydraulic sys-tem. To find a leak under pressure use a small piece of cardboard or wood. Never use hands.WARNING: When using the auxiliary con-trol valves, quick couplings may reach high temperatures. Therefore it is mandatory to use suitable safety gloves when hitching or unhitching implements connected to these couplings.WARNING: The hydraulic rams of the implements be-ing hitched to the tractor contain the same oil used in the transmission of the tractor. This excludes any oil contamination that could cause malfunction.Connecting Remote HosesThe implement couplers can be connected or discon-nected with the tractor or implement hydraulic system under pressure.To connect a coupler do the following:STEP 1Remove the dust cap. Clean the implement male coupler before connecting.STEP 2Push the implement coupler into the tractor coupler. The implement couplers can be connected or disconnected with the tractor or implement hydraulic system under pressure.IMPORTANT: All implements must be connected to suitable couplers, which are available at your dealer's. If an implement is not fitted with suitable couplers there will be restricted oil flow through the couplers resulting in inefficient machine operation, especially where high flow rates are required.STEP 3To equalize the pressure in the hydraulic lines move the control back and forth.IMPORTANT: When connecting the implement hose to the tractor, make sure the hose is long enough to permit the tractor to turn in both directions.IMPORTANT: Implements and other attachments can have several large remote cylinders that need as much as 15 litres of fluid to fill. Always check the transmission fluid level after charging cylinders of implements and attachments. Never operate the tractor under load if the fluid level is low. Check oil level as described in the Maintenance section: “Check oil level in the transmission”.

Page 228

Page 229

Page 230

Page 231

Operation5-895P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55REAR THREE-POINT HITCHThe three-point hitch system gives position control and load control of soil engaging implements.According to its tailored specifications, the tractor may be suited to Cat. II implements, compliant with SAE-ASAE stand-ard dimensions:All modelsIMPLEMENT Class IIDiameters of hitch balls 28.4 mmDiameters of hitch pins 37mmWARNING: Before connecting or using imple-ments and trailers, ALWAYS read thoroughly and follow the instructions of the operator’s manual provided by the manufacturer of the implement.WARNING: Never work under an implement that is kept raised only by the hydraulic hitch, but always secure it with a suitable support. Engage the first gear, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off and remove the ig-nition key from the instrument cluster. Put it away in a safe place, not accessible to children and not authorised persons.When using the three point hitch ensure there is sufficient clearance between the rear tyres and the lower links by adjusting the stabilizers and/or tread positions.The top and lower links must be adjusted correctly so that the implement can work at the required depth and that the lower links are free to move up and down with the shape of the ground.After making any adjustments, carefully raise the imple-ment to make sure there is clearance between the tractor and implement.WARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Make sure tyre pressures, wheel equipment and ballasting are correct before making hitch adjustments.WARNING: Extreme care must be exercised when adjusting and checking the hitch and control linkage when the engine is running and when linkage is under hydraulic or me-chanical load. Study the linkage and hitch travel, keep hands, arms, legs and feet out of the travel arc of the hitch and linkage.Make sure that no persons are in the danger area.

Page 232

5-90OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-50 Implement coupling dimensionsa = Horizontal distance between lower link pins of the three-point linkage and the implement's centre of gravity.As small as possible (the greater is the weight of the implement, the smaller it is).b = Third point backing: mm 0-80;c = Hitch triangle height mm 460;d = Drawbar length: mm 825±1,5.NOTE: the plough in the figure is purely an example, as the dimensions are valid for every implement type.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts.Implement hitching deviceThe three-point hitch connects the tractor to implements controlled by the hydraulic hitch.The articulated towing attachment with three-point linkage is suitable for connection to 2nd class implements accord-ing to the diagrams and data in Fig. 5-50.Implement attachmentsFor a correct operation of the hitch, check carefully the dimensions of the implements that are to be coupled to the tractor.These couplings must have the same standardisation of the tractor's three-point hitch to avoid that while working, the unit is submitted to irregular stresses due to incom-patible dimensions.Weight of the implementIn order not to affect the regular operation of the hitch system, implements should have a lower weight than the maximum lifting capacity of the hitch. This value (men-tioned in the technical specifications) is but a mere indica-tion, as a great influence is also due to the distance of the implement centre of gravity from the three-point hitch.In fact, if an implement, though it weighs less than indi-cated, is too far from the tractor, it will weigh down on the three-point hitch with a much greater force than the implement's own weight.Three-point linkageThe articulated device with three-point linkage is essen-tially composed of the following organs (Fig.5-51).Lower linksThe lower links (1) transmit to the implement the lugging and support power. Various types are available: - lower links with fixed ball ends;- lower links with quick couplings.Fig. 5-511. Top link with length adjustment sleeve2. Rh vertical rod with adjuster device.3. Adjustable fork of right-hand lift rod.4. Lateral stabilisers (2 pcs)5. Lower links6. Hitch couplings7. Adjustable fork of left-hand lift rod.8. Left-hand lift rod.Fig. Fig. 5-51 (indicative image, not comprehensive of all possible cases)

Page 233

Operation5-915P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.5-53Fig.5-54aLower links (Fig.5-52)The lower links (4) transmit to the implement the lugging and support power.The lower links ends are fitted with fixed ball-ends or quick couplings (on request).The tractor is equipped with interchangeable ball-ends to be mounted on the implement drawbar.Quick couplings (Fig.5-52)To connect the implement, open the latch (2) by pulling the cables (1) from the driver's seat.Reverse the tractor and back until the hooks are aligned with the ball-ends previously mounted on the implement drawbar.Slowly lift the hitch links until the ball-ends seat into the hooks (3). They will lock automatically.The hooks can be released directly from the cab by means of the control cables.Right-hand adjustable lift rod.The vertical links connect the lifting device to the lower links. It is thus possible to operate and control implements during work.Adjustment of the mechanical right-hand lift rod (Fig.5-53)The length of the right lift rod (2) can be adjusted by the crank (1). This adjustment is very useful, since it levels the implement to suit the type of work required.Turn the fork clockwise to reduce the length of the right-hand lift rod.Turn the fork anti-clockwise to increase the length of the right-hand lift rod.Adjustment of the hydraulic right-hand lift rod (if provided)On request, the right vertical rod is available with a hy-draulic ram (1-Fig.5-54) to adjust the cross slant of the implement from the driver's seat during work.To adjust the right link, according to the setup, operate:- the switch (2-Fig.5-54) in the cab in the switch panel on the right-hand side of the operator’s seat.- the lever (3-Fig.5-54a) in the cab in the switch panel on the right-hand side of the operator’s seat.- Fig.5-52 - Quick couplings:1 - Cable2 - Latch3 - Quick hook4 - RodFig.5-54 - Right vertical rod, with hydraulic adjustment (on request)12

Page 234

Page 235

Operation5-935P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Side stabilisersThe lateral stabilisers (1) can be set to reduce the side swing of the lower links of the three-point linkage.Actually, when working with implements like graders, roll-ers, hoes, seeders etc., the side swing of the lower links can be adjusted according to the type of work.On the contrary, when working with implements like ploughs, harrows etc., the lower links should swing freely.For transport on road with the hitch in the upper position, whichever the previous adjustment used during work, the side swing of the lower links should be limited.According to the mounted stabilizer:- Turn the knob (2) anti-clockwise: to increase free swing of the three-point linkage.- Turn the knob (2) clockwise: the three-point linkage swing is reduced or even blocked.- Remove the fixing pin (1) and adjust the stabilizer's travel. 1If the three-point linkage is adjusted for floating operation, it is necessary to check the side swing for symmetry on both sides, taking the rim edge of the rear wheel as a reference.Push the three-point linkage to the right-hand limit, meas-ure the distance from lower link to rim, then adjust the stabilisers to avoid any interferences.For special works, the length of the top links can be ad-justed so that the implement is off-centre with reference to the tractor axis. Always make sure that the implement is blocked when the top links are adjusted to different lengths.

Page 236

5-94OperationP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Length adjustment of the hydraulic top link (if equipped)To adjust the link, according to the setup, operate:- the switch (2) in the cab in the switch panel on the right-hand side of the operator’s seat.- the lever (3) in the cab in the switch panel on the right-hand side of the operator’s seat. 2Important notes on use and adjustment of the three-point linkageCAUTION: before any adjustments in the three-point linkage, the following operations are required: engage the first gear, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off and remove the ignition key.CAUTION: Always use the lift in position con-trol mode for transports with implements mounted on three-point linkage.DANGER: Always use the hitch in position control mode when hitching or unhitching an implement to the three-point linkage. Top link adjustmentsThe mounting holes inside the top link bracket make it possible to obtain various lifting angles of the implements. Use the hole most suited to match the implement to the tractor. To adjust the mounting position of the top link, remove the split pin (1) and the top link bearing pin (2). Move the top link to the required position. After mounting the top link in the required position, make sure that its length has been properly adjusted. For infor-mation about the length, refer to the Operator's manual provided with the implement.CAUTION: Only use the special swivel type top link supplied with the tractor when connect-ing to the top bracket. Serious damage and possible injury can result, if you use other types of top link.21Length adjustment of the mechanical top linkTo adjust the length of the top link (2), proceed in the following way.1. Move the adjustment handle (1) to the vertical position. 2. Turn the handle clockwise to shorten the link (2) or counter-clockwise to lengthen the link.12

Page 237

Page 238

Page 239

Page 240

Page 241

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-36P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55For maximum tractor performance, always adjust the tyre pressure within the minimum/maximum range, to conform with the actual load on the tyres. Under normal conditions use the minimum pressure rating for general drawbar work. Use the higher pressure rating, up to the maximum, for heavy three point hitch mounted equipment. MAXIMUM INFLA-TION PRESSURE MINIMUM LOADEXAMPLE "B"Example ‘A’ shows the cross section of a tyre inflated for maximum load but with a minimum load on the tyre. The tyre tread is not making full contact with the ground which will give poor performance. INFLATION PRESSURE ADJUSTED TO TRACTOR WEIGHTEXAMPLE "A"Example ‘B’ shows the cross section of a tyre with the inflated pressure correctly adjusted to the load on the tyre. The tyre tread is making full contact with the ground which will give maximum performance.Tyre pressure can also be adjusted as required to satisfy the following requirements.TYRE INFLATION SPECIFICATIONSA. Severe service. Tyre pressure can be increased 38 kPa, 0.27 bar, (4 psi) more than the maximum pressure shown in the charts, for tyres used in severe service. Se-vere service includes the furrow tyre in regular ploughing operations, and in hillside operations.B. Tyres with liquid ballast. Inflate the tyres 14 kPa, 0.14 bar, (2 psi) more than the normal operating pressure required for your operation. This will compensate for aera-tion that occurs when the tyres are in motion.WARNING: A tyre can explode during infla-tion and cause serious injury or death. Never increase air pressure beyond 241 kPa, 2.4 bar to seat the bead on the rim. Replace a tyre if it has a defect. Replace a wheel rim which has cracks, wear or severe rust. Make sure that all the air is removed from a tyre before removing the tyre from the rim. Never use force on an inflated or partially inflated tyre, make sure the tyre is correctly seated before inflating. Make sure the tyre is correctly positioned before inflating. [2.t]See Tyre and Wheel Service on page 169 for instructions on safe tyre inflation procedure, recommended tyre main-tenance and tyre/rim repair. See further in this section.IMPORTANT: During transportation, by rail or road, tractor tyres are inflated to higher than normal operating pressures. Before using your tractor check the air pressure in the tyres to make sure that the air pressures are correct.

Page 242

6-4Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55TYRE PRESSURES, LOAD CAPACITIES AND SERVICETyres can be marked in two ways, as shown in the examples below:CROSSPLY STRUCTURE: Example12.4-24 8PR12.4 = Nominal tyre width in inches- = Crossply structure24 = Internal diameter8PR = 8 ply ratingFor correct tyre pressures/load capacities for CROSSPLY tyres see your dealer or tyre manufacturer.RADIAL - Example 165B18.4R3818.4 = Nominal tyre width in inchesR = Radial structure38 = Internal diameter142 = Load index number, 142 =2.650 kg (see chart 1)A8 = Speed code for 40 Kph, (see chart 2)710/75R34710 = Nominal tyre width in mm75 = Nominal aspect ratio (ratio of sidewall height/sec-tion width)R = Radial structure34 = Rim diameter at the bead seat in inches168 = Load index number, 168 = 5,600 kg (see chart 1)A8 = Speed code for 40 Kph, (see chart 2)165 = Load index number, 165 = 5.150 kg (see chart 1)B = Speed code for 50 kph, (see chart 2)The performance of a radial tyre is determined by the load index and speed code which have replaced the ply rating found on crossply tyres.The maximum load which can be carried by a tyre is dependant upon the Load Index quoted on the tyre wall. Charts 1 and 2, on the following page, give a guide to the maximum load a tyre can carry and a percentage (%) variation depend-ing upon the speed code or travel speed.

Page 243

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-56P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55IMPORTANT: The charts below are only a guide. Loads may vary slightly with makes of tyres. For correct loads see your dealer or tyre manufacturer.Chart 1 - Load index codes and loads per tyreCONTENTS kg CONTENTS kg CONTENTS kg CONTENTS kg CONTENTS kg CONTENTS kg 90 600 105 925 120 1400 135 2180 150 3350 165 515091 615 106 950 121 1450 136 2240 151 3450 166 530092 630 107 975 122 1500 137 2300 152 3550 167 545093 650 108 1000 123 1550 138 2360 153 3650 168 560094 670 109 1030 124 1600 139 2430 154 3750 169 580095 690 110 1060 125 1650 140 2500 155 3875 170 600096 710 111 1090 126 1700 141 2575 156 4000 171 615097 730 112 1120 127 1750 142 2650 157 4125 172 630098 750 113 1150 128 1800 143 2725 158 4250 173 650099 775 114 1180 129 1850 144 2800 159 4375 174 6700100 800 115 1215 130 1900 145 2900 160 4500 175 6900101 825 116 1250 131 1950 146 3000 161 4625 176 7100102 850 117 1285 132 2000 147 3075 162 4750 177 7300103 875 118 1320 133 2060 148 3150 163 4875 178 7500104 900 119 1360 134 2120 149 3250 164 5000 179 7750Chart 2 - Speed codesSPEED CODE kph mph% VARIATION FACTOR (*) OF VARIOUS SPEEDSA2 10 6 + 67%A3 15 9 + 50%A4 20 12 + 39%A5 25 15 + 28%A6 30 19 + 11%A7 35 22 + 4%A8 40 25 0B 50 31 - 9%D 65 40

Page 244

6-6Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Tyre inflation procedureDO NOT inflate a tyre that has had a complete loss of air. If the tyre has lost all air pressure, have a qualified tyre mechanic service the tyre.WARNING: A tyre must always be inflated within a restraining device (tyre inflation cage). [2.t]WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the op-eration concerned. Proceed as follows to inflate a tyre:- Use a safety hose of suitable length, equipped with air nozzle, double-valve gauge and graduated scale to measure pressure.Keep at a safe distance from the tyre and warn all by-stander on the tyre side to keep away before inflating the tyre.- Inflate the tyre to the recommended air pressure. DO NOT INFLATE THE TYRE MORE THAN THE RECOM-MENDED PRESSURE.Air pressure checkNOTE: Tractors are supplied by the manufacturer with tyres inflated at higher pressures than recommended. The pres-sure should be adjusted afterwards by the user according to values given in the tables of tyre manufacturers and to the anticipated use for the tractor.Check the tyre inflation pressure every 50 hours of opera-tion or once per week.NOTE: For best tyre life check tyre pressures as regular intervals. Too low a pressure causes early wear of the tyre rubber wall. Too high a pressure causes higher tread wear or damage.Check the condition of the tyres and wheels for wear or damage. Keep the tyres inflated to the recommended pressures.NOTE: Cross ply tyres can have the pressure reduced to increase traction in field work.NOTE: Never use radial ply tyres below 1.2 bar (17 psi). It is not necessary to reduce the pressure in radial tyres to get better traction in the field.IMPORTANT: Before leaving the factory the tyre pres-sures are increased. Check and adjust the pressures before operating the tractor.For tyres equipped with liquid ballast, check the air pres-sure as follows:STEP 1Use an air-water gauge. The valve must be at the bottom of the tyre to get an accurate reading.STEP 2Use a standard air gauge as follows:A. The valve must be at the top of the tyre.B. Measure the wheel diameter.Add 0.04 bar (1/2 psi) for each 305 mm (12 inches) of rim diameter to the standard gauge reading.

Page 245

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-76P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Tyre and wheel serviceWARNING: Do not remove, install or make repairs to tyres or rims. Take the tyre and rim to a tyre specialist where persons with special training and special safety tools are available. If the tyre is not correctly positioned on the rim, or if over inflated, the tyre bead can loosen on one side and cause air to leak at high force and can thrust the tyre in any direction. Explosive separation of the tyre can cause serious injury. [2.t]WARNING: DO NOT weld to wheel or rim when a tyre is installed. Welding will cause an explosive air/gas mixture that will be ignited with high temperatures. This can happen to tyres inflated or deflated. Removing air or breaking bead is not adequate. The tyre MUST be completely removed from the rim prior to welding. [2.t]WARNING: Explosive separation of the tyre and/or rim parts can cause injury or death. When tyre service is necessary, have a quali-fied tyre mechanic service the tyre. [2.t]Always have a qualified tyre mechanic service the tyres and wheels on this machine.If the tyre has lost all air pressure, take the tyre and wheel to a tyre specialist for service. The use of correct equip-ment and correct service/repair procedures will prevent accidents.Tyre installationTo get the correct traction and cleaning action of the lugs, the tyres must be installed on the wheels so the tread pattern is turning as shown. DO NOT try to remove, repair or install a tractor tyre on a wheel.

Page 246

6-8Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Wheel removing procedure [2.k][2.t]WARNING: If a wheel has to be removed (e.g. to remove a punched tyre), this operation must be carried out by a suitably equipped workshop. If the suitable equipment or such a workshop are not available, take the tractor to a specialised workshop, where the tractor will be lifted with an equipment suited to its weight and dimensions.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.NOTE: before carrying out any operation that requires lifting the tractor, refer to the safety prescriptions in the section 2 of this manual, in particular to the specific para-graph “Lifting points”.Procedure- Turn off the engine, engage the parking brake and the first gear. Engage the Park Lock (if equipped).- To remove a front wheel apply a jack lift of suitable ca-pacity at the front axle next to the wheel to be removed (Fig.6-1).- To remove a rear wheel, use wooden wedges on the front axle to block completely any tractor swing. Use a jack lift of suitable capacity in the centre of the rear axle (Fig.6-2).- Loosen the nuts (bolts) fastening the wheel of about one turn by the provided wrench.- Before lifting the tractor, check there are no persons next to it and do not touch the tractor again until it is not again lowered to the ground.- Lift the tractor a few centimetres.- Unscrew all nuts (bolts) that fasten the wheel and remove the wheel - Inflate the tyre if required. See the inflating procedure in this chapter.- Mount the wheel taking to exactly match the locating pins. Screw the nuts (bolts) down again.- Lower the tractor to the ground. Remove the jack and fully tighten the nuts (bolts) alternating a nut (bolt) with the opposite one.- Take your tractor to the service workshop to tighten the wheel nuts (bolts) to the prescribed torque.NOTE: The following images are purely indicative and not comprehensive of all possible cases.Fig.6-1Fig.6-2

Page 247

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-96P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 1Park the machine on hard level ground, engage the park brake and stop the engine.STEP 2Raise the front of the tractor so that both front wheels are off the ground and the steering is free to turn through the full range LEFT AND RIGHT.STEP 3Mark the inside front of the rims at the tyre/rim interface and at the same height as the centre of the hub.STEP 4Measure the distance between the rim edges at the front (dimension A in the diagram).STEP 5Rotate each wheel 180 degrees so that the marks are at the rear, at the same height as the centre of the hub.STEP 6Measure the distance between the marks at the rear (dimension B in the diagram).STEP 7Subtract the front dimension (A) from the rear dimension (B), this is the toe -in measurement.SETTING THE FRONT WHEEL TOE-IN A = FRONT B = REAR Adjustment4WD ..................................................................... ±3 mm – Adjust the length of each tie rod, by the same amount, as required. – Make sure the tyres do not contact the steering cylinder when on full lock.

Page 248

6-10Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55The steering stops are used to give the required steering clearance between the front tyres and tractor frame.The stops are located on the rear of each swivel housing.The angles you can set the stops to depends upon:- The size of the front tyres installed.- The wheel tread width setting.- If front fenders are installed.- If the tractor is equipped with a front hitch.IMPORTANT: NEVER operate the tractor without the steering stops installed.IMPORTANT: When installing a front loader check the manufacturers recommendations for axle steering and oscillation stops.FRONT AXLE - STEERING STOPSAdjusting the steering stopsWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.STEP 1Park the tractor on hard, level ground and apply the park brake. Stop the engine and remove the key from the key switch.STEP 2Loosen the lock nuts (1). Adjust the steering stop bolts (2) in or out to achieve the correct steering angle.WARNING: Before carrying out any servicing on tractors equipped with Independent Front Suspension make sure the key switch is in the OFF position, the suspension ON/OFF switch is in the OFF position and the axle is fully low-ered to the bottom mechanical stop. Failure to do this may result in serious injury.IMPORTANT: After adjustment:1. Raise the front of the tractor so the axle can be moved into maximum oscillation.2. Start the engine and turn the steering wheel to full lock in both directions.3. Check to make sure the tyres or fenders (if equipped) DO NOT touch the tractor frame.

Page 249

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-116P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the op-eration concerned.WARNING: When servicing or making adjust-ments to the tractor with one set of wheels supported on a stand, NEVER attempt to ro-tate the wheel either by hand or by starting the engine. This could propel the tractor of the stands. Either support all wheels off the ground or disconnect the front axle drive shaft. [2.t]IMPORTANT: The steering stops on the axle must be installed in the correct position for the tread width and tyre size being used.WARNING: When you lift up the tractor to adjust the wheel tracks, follow the directions for lifting in the Safety Notes section. [2.k][2.t]WARNING: Maximum attention must be used when dismounting the front or rear wheels: because of their weight, a suitable hoist must be used to remove and handle the wheels. [2.t]IMPORTANT:After removing and fitting the wheels back again, it is important to check the torques of all bolts by means of a torque wrench at the following intervals:- First check after 10 work hours.- Second check after 50 work hours.- Third check and further checks every 500 work hours.See the following pages for the driving torques of the front and rear wheel bolts.ADJUSTMENT OF TRACK WIDTHSThis tractor is manufactured with rear lamps which meet all lighting regulations for travelling on the public road. According to the law in force, when travelling on public roads the distance between the outmost edge of the tractor and the lens of the rear stop lights must be not greater than 400 mm (dimension A).If the track width is set on values greater than the factory setting, it could be required that the rear lights are repo-sitioned or that additional lights are installed to comply with the law in force. - Overall widths above 3000 mm (118 in) WILL REQUIRE local authorization for use on the highway. An overall width of 2550 mm to 2550÷3000 mm (8 to 10 feet) MAY REQUIRE local authorization for use on the highway, check before operation.

Page 250

Page 251

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-136P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Tyres (unit 719) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1986 2317 1656 1620 1977 1262320/85 R24 (12.4 R24) 340/85 R38 (13.6 R38) 2A 1873 2204 1542 1420 1777 1062Rims 3A 1753 2084 1422 1520 1877 1162Front Rear 4A 1640 1970 1309 - - -W10 x 24 DWW12 x 38 1B 1808 2138 1477 1720 2077 1362Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1921 2252 1590 1920 2277 1562Front Rear 3B 2041 2372 1710 1820 2177 1462331 358 4B 2154 2485 1824 2020 2377 1662Tyres (unit 951) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1999 2357 1642 1620 2063 1176340/85 R24 (13.6 R24) 420/85 R34 (16.9 R34) 2A 1886 2243 1529 - - -Rims 3A 1740 2097 1383 1520 1963 1076Front Rear 4A 1627 1984 1269 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 34 1B 1795 2152 1437 1720 2163 1276Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1908 2265 1551 1920 2363 1476Front Rear 3B 2054 2411 1697 1820 2263 1376357 443 4B 2167 2525 1810 2020 2463 1576Tyres (unit 954) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1999 2394 1605 1620 2068 1171380/85 R24 (14.9 R24) 420/85 R38 (16.9 R38) 2A 1886 2281 1491 - - -Rims 3A 1740 2135 1345 1520 1968 1071Front Rear 4A 1627 2021 1232 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 38 1B 1795 2189 1400 1720 2168 1271Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1908 2303 1513 1920 2368 1471Front Rear 3B 2054 2449 1659 1820 2268 1371395 448 4B 2167 2562 1773 2020 2468 1571Tyres (unit 955) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1999 2386 1613 1620 2106 1133380/70 R24 480/70 R34 2A 1886 2273 1499 - - -Rims 3A 1740 2127 1353 1520 2006 1033Front Rear 4A 1627 2013 1240 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 34 1B 1795 2181 1408 1720 2206 1233Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1908 2295 1521 1920 2406 1433Front Rear 3B 2054 2441 1667 1820 2306 1333387 487 4B 2167 2554 1781 2020 2506 1533NOTE: Consult the “Key to the front and rear track width tables” on page 6-12 in order to interpret the table correctly and find out which track widths are available.SETUP WITH WIDE AXLE

Page 252

6-14Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55NOTE: Consult the “Key to the front and rear track width tables” on page 6-12 in order to interpret the table correctly and find out which track widths are available.SETUP WITH WIDE AXLETyres (unit 959) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1999 2428 1571 1620 2104 1135420/70 R24 480/70 R38 2A 1886 2314 1458 - - -Rims 3A 1740 2168 1312 1520 2004 1035Front Rear 4A 1627 2055 1198 - - -W13 x 24 DWW15L x 38 1B 1795 2223 1366 1720 2204 1235Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1908 2336 1480 1920 2404 1435Front Rear 3B 2054 2482 1626 1820 2304 1335428 484 4B 2167 2596 1739 2020 2504 1535Tyres (unit 993) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1999 2386 1613 1620 2063 1176380/70 R24 420/85 R34 (16.9 R34) 2A 1886 2273 1499 - - -Rims 3A 1740 2127 1353 1520 1963 1076Front Rear 4A 1627 2013 1240 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 34 1B 1795 2181 1408 1720 2163 1276Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1908 2295 1521 1920 2363 1476Front Rear 3B 2054 2441 1667 1820 2263 1376387 443 4B 2167 2554 1781 2020 2463 1576Tyres (unit B30) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1899 2380 1418 1628 2153 1102480/65 R24 540/65 R38 2A 1797 2278 1316 - - -Rims 3A 1795 2276 1314 - - -Front Rear 4A 1573 2054 1092 - - -W14L x 24 DWW18L x 38 1B 1893 2374 1412 1716 2241 1190Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1995 2476 1514 1824 2349 1298Front Rear 3B 2097 2578 1616 1920 2445 1394481 525 4B 2199 2680 1718 2028 2553 1502Tyres (unit B31) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1899 2342 1456 1626 2153 1098440/65 R24 540/65 R34 2A 1797 2240 1354 - - -Rims 3A 1795 2238 1352 - - -Front Rear 4A 1573 2016 1130 - - -W14L x 24 W18L x 34 1B 1893 2336 1450 1716 2243 1188Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1995 2438 1552 1822 2349 1294Front Rear 3B 2097 2540 1654 1920 2447 1392443 528 4B 2199 2642 1756 2026 2553 1498

Page 253

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-156P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55NOTE: Consult the “Key to the front and rear track width tables” on page 6-12 in order to interpret the table correctly and find out which track widths are available.SETUP WITH NARROW AXLETyres (unit 719) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1786 2117 1456 1600 1958 1242320/85 R24 (12.4 R24) 340/85 R38 (13.6 R38) 2A 1673 2004 1342 1400 1758 1042Rims 3A 1553 1884 1222 1500 1858 1142Front Rear 4A 1440 1770 1109 - - -W10 x 24 DWW12 x 38 1B 1608 1938 1277 1700 2058 1342Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1721 2052 1390 1900 2258 1542Front Rear 3B 1841 2172 1510 1800 2158 1442331 358 4B 1954 2285 1624 2000 2358 1642Tyres (unit 951) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1799 2157 1442 1600 2043 1157340/85 R24 (13.6 R24) 420/85 R34 (16.9 R34) 2A 1686 2043 1329 - - -Rims 3A 1540 1897 1183 1500 1943 1057Front Rear 4A 1427 1784 1069 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 34 1B 1595 1952 1237 1700 2143 1257Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1708 2065 1351 1900 2343 1457Front Rear 3B 1854 2211 1497 1800 2243 1357357 443 4B 1967 2325 1610 2000 2443 1557Tyres (unit 954) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1799 2194 1405 1600 2048 1152380/85 R24 (14.9 R24) 420/85 R38 (16.9 R38) 2A 1686 2081 1291 - - -Rims 3A 1540 1935 1145 1500 1948 1052Front Rear 4A 1427 1821 1032 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 38 1B 1595 1989 1200 1700 2148 1252Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1708 2103 1313 1900 2348 1452Front Rear 3B 1854 2249 1459 1800 2248 1352395 448 4B 1967 2362 1573 2000 2448 1552Tyres (unit 955) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1799 2186 1413 1600 2087 1113380/70 R24 480/70 R34 2A 1686 2073 1299 - - -Rims 3A 1540 1927 1153 1500 1987 1013Front Rear 4A 1427 1813 1040 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 34 1B 1595 1981 1208 1700 2187 1213Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1708 2095 1321 1900 2387 1413Front Rear 3B 1854 2241 1467 1800 2287 1313387 487 4B 1967 2354 1581 2000 2487 1513

Page 254

6-16Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55NOTE: Consult the “Key to the front and rear track width tables” on page 6-12 in order to interpret the table correctly and find out which track widths are available.SETUP WITH NARROW AXLETyres (unit 959) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1799 2228 1371 1600 2084 1116420/70 R24 480/70 R38 2A 1686 2114 1258 - - -Rims 3A 1540 1968 1112 1500 1984 1016Front Rear 4A 1427 1855 998 - - -W13 x 24 DWW15L x 38 1B 1595 2023 1166 1700 2184 1216Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1708 2136 1280 1900 2384 1416Front Rear 3B 1854 2282 1426 1800 2284 1316428 484 4B 1967 2396 1539 2000 2484 1516Tyres (unit 993) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1799 2186 1413 1600 2043 1157380/70 R24 420/85 R34 (16.9 R34) 2A 1686 2073 1299 - - -Rims 3A 1540 1927 1153 1500 1943 1057Front Rear 4A 1427 1813 1040 - - -W12 x 24 DWW15L x 34 1B 1595 1981 1208 1700 2143 1257Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1708 2095 1321 1900 2343 1457Front Rear 3B 1854 2241 1467 1800 2243 1357387 443 4B 1967 2354 1581 2000 2443 1557Tyres (unit B30) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1699 2180 1218 1608 2133 1083480/65 R24 540/65 R38 2A 1597 2078 1116 - - -Rims 3A 1595 2076 1114 - - -Front Rear 4A 1373 1854 892 - - -W14L x 24 DWW18L x 38 1B 1693 2174 1212 1696 2221 1171Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1795 2276 1314 1804 2329 1279Front Rear 3B 1897 2378 1416 1900 2425 1375481 525 4B 1999 2480 1518 2008 2533 1483Tyres (unit B31) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1699 2142 1256 1606 2134 1078440/65 R24 540/65 R34 2A 1597 2040 1154 - - -Rims 3A 1595 2038 1152 - - -Front Rear 4A 1373 1816 930 - - -W14L x 24 W18L x 34 1B 1693 2136 1250 1696 2224 1168Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1795 2238 1352 1802 2330 1274Front Rear 3B 1897 2340 1454 1900 2428 1372443 528 4B 1999 2442 1556 2006 2534 1478

Page 255

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-176P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55SET-UP WITH SUSPENDED AXLETyres (unit B30) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A - - - 1628 2152 1103480/65 R24 540/65 R38 2A - - - - - -Rims 3A - - - - - -Front Rear 4A - - - - - -W15L [W14L - W16L] W16L [W18L] 1B 1893 2372 1414 1716 2240 1191Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1995 2474 1516 1824 2348 1299Front Rear 3B 2097 2576 1618 1920 2444 1395479 524 4B 2199 2678 1720 2028 2552 1503Tyres (unit B32) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A - - - 1626 2224 1028480/65 R24 600/65 R34 2A - - - - - -Rims 3A - - - - - -Front Rear 4A - - - - - -W15L [W14L - W16L] DW20B [W18L] 1B 1893 2372 1414 1716 2314 1118Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1995 2474 1516 1822 2420 1224Front Rear 3B 2097 2576 1618 1920 2518 1322479 598 4B 2199 2678 1720 2026 2624 1428Tyres (unit D87) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1899 2329 1469 1628 2113 1142420/70 R24 480/70 R38 2A - - - 1520 2005 1034Rims 3A - - - - - -Front Rear 4A - - - - - -W13 [DW14L - W12L - W14L]W15L [W16L - W14L] 1B 1893 2323 1463 1716 2201 1230Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1995 2425 1565 1824 2309 1338Front Rear 3B 2097 2527 1667 1920 2405 1434430 485 4B 2199 2629 1769 2028 2513 1542Tyres (unit D79) P C.A. L.F.T.A. L.I.A. C.P. L.F.T.P. L.I.P.Front Rear 1A 1899 2294 1504 1628 2076 1179380/85 R24 (14.9 R24) 420/85 R38 (16.9 R38) 2A - - - 1520 1968 1071Rims 3A - - - - - -Front Rear 4A - - - - -W12 [W13 - W11]DW15L [W14L - W15L - DW14L]1B 1893 2288 1498 1716 2164 1267Tyre section width (middle value) in mm 2B 1995 2390 1600 1824 2272 1375Front Rear 3B 2097 2492 1702 1920 2368 1471395 449 4B 2199 2594 1804 2028 2476 1579NOTE: Consult the “Key to the front and rear track width tables” on page 6-12 in order to interpret the table correctly and find out which track widths are available.

Page 256

Page 257

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-196P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55TyresThe following is a list of possible tyre types and front/rear combinations: Please refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer for more information about tyre combinations. NOTE: only in countries where a 50 kph speed is allowed, in case of non suspended axle, when driving on road it is advis-able to reduce the tyre pressure for greater comfort. Contact your Argo Tractors Dealer for any information.Front to rear tyre size combinations WARNING: Use bolted rims only for speeds under 50 Kph.NOTE: Some of the tyre combinations considered here as acceptable MIGHT not be suited to all tractor models. To know the tyre combinations not listed here or for further information, see your Argo Tractors Dealer.Front Rear Type of axleTyre Rim Tyre Rim Wide Narrow 440/65 R24 W13 - 24 WAFFLE 540/65 R34 DWW15x34 WAFFLE• •13.6 R24 W12 - 24 C.V. 16.9 R34 DWW 15 X 34 D. L.• •14.9 R24 W12 - 24 C.V. 16.9 R38 DWW15L - 38 D.L.•380/70 R24 W12 - 24 C.V. 480/70 R34 DWW15 X 34 D.L.• •420/70 R24 W13 - 24 480/70 R38 DWW15L - 38•12.4 R24 W10 - 24 C.V. 13.6 R38 DWW12 - 38 D.L.• •*380/70 R24 W12 - 24 C.V. 16.9 R38 DWW15L - 38 D.L.• •WHEEL COMBINATIONS ON TRACTOR WITH FRONT RIGID AXLEFOR TRACTORS 36 AND 40 ECO KPH, NEVER 50 KPH* tyre combination only available for Germany** With narrow axle, the wheel rims must be mount in inverted position. Front Rear Type of axleTyre Rim Tyre Rim Wide Narrow480/65 R24 W14LX24 WAFFLE 540/65 R38 DWW18LX38 WAFFLE•480/65 R24 W14LX24 WAFFLE 600/65 R34 DWW18L x 34 WAFFLE•420/70 R24 W13 - 24 WAFFLE 480/70 R38 DWW15L - 38 WAFFLE• •14.9 R24 W13 - 24 WAFFLE 16.9 R38 DWW15L - 38 WAFFLE• •WHEEL COMBINATIONS ON TRACTOR WITH FRONT SUSPENDED AXLE FOR 50 KPH TRACTORS **

Page 258

6-20Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55The front fenders provide greater safety and keep the trac-tor cleaner, therefore improving operation and durability.To provide the necessary clearance between the fender and other tractor components, the fender mounting posi-tion and the total amount of swivel must be adjusted for the tread width and tyre size being used.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.Vertical adjustmentLoosen the support brace mounting bolts (1) and slide the support brace (2) up or down to the correct position. Tighten the mounting bolts to a torque of about 50 Nm (37 Ib ft).NOTE: The distance between tyre and support brace must be 50-100 mm (2 to 4 in).FRONT FENDERS (if equipped)Horizontal adjustmentLoosen the 2 fender bracket mounting bolts (3) on the end of the mudguard bracket and slide the fender bracket left or right until the fender is central over the tyre. Tighten the mounting bolts.Swivel limit adjustment (if equipped)Loosen the nut (1) and adjust the retainer rod (2) to have the right amount of fender rotation. Then tighten the lock nut (1).

Page 259

Page 260

6-22Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Loads matched to tractorThe life of the tractor will be increased by operating in the highest possible gear without labouring the engine. Match the implement to the tractor to get the best forward speed. Operating at 8 Kph (5 mph) or above is best for long life of main components. Too much ballast and excessive loads decrease tyre life, wastes fuel and often reduces output.• The best traction occurs when wheel slip is between 12 - 16%.• Remove the ballast when not needed for lighter loads.• Pull lighter loads at a faster speed to do more work and increase efficiency. Do not overweight the tractor to pull very heavy loads.Operating a tractor with too much weight can cause:A. A decrease in horsepower available at the implement and then, a decrease in amount of field worked.B. An increase in amount of fuel used.C. A decrease in tyre life.D. The soil to be compacted.E. Too much force on the power train which will decrease the life of the power train and cause high operating cost.The most important item in field operations is the amount of horsepower available at the hitch or drawbar. Power needed to move a tractor that has too much weight will decrease the power that is available to pull the implement.TRACTOR BALLAST [3.h] [3.i]Tractor weight distributionThe optimum static weight distribution for this size trac-tor is:4WD% FORECARRIAGE % REARCARRIAGE40% 60%The weight distribution ratios are based upon the trac-tor (including ballast) with mounted equipment in the lowered position.The correct static weight distribution and the correct amount of wheel slip will give maximum tractive efficiency, maximum productivity and extended service life for the tractor components.The amount and type of front and rear mounted equipment being used will affect the weight distribution to the front and rear tyres. Add or remove ballast as necessary, to your fully equipped tractor, to achieve the recommended static weight distribution.IMPORTANT: The total tractor weight with full equipment and ballast weight must never be more than the maximum allowed operating weight. See Maximum permitted operating weights in the Technical specifications section of this manual. Observe tyre capacities and any possible legal limitations.IMPORTANT: Whatever the state of loading of the tractor, the weight transmitted to the road by the wheels of the front axle must not be less than 20 percent of the unladen weight of the tractor.

Page 261

Page 262

6-24Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Measuring Wheel Slip Without a True Ground Speed SensorIf your tractor is not equipped with a True Ground Speed Sensor, measure the amount of wheel slip you will need the assistance of a second person:STEP 1Put a reference mark on the side of the tractor rear tyre.STEP 2Operate the tractor with the implement IN THE GROUND.STEP 3While the tractor is moving put a marker on the ground, outside the implement width, where the reference mark on the tyre comes down to the ground.STEP 4Continue to walk along with the tractor and count ten wheel revolutions. Put a second marker on the ground outside the implement width, where the reference mark on the tyre comes down to the ground for the TENTH time.STEP 5Lift the implement out of the ground. Put the tractor in position with the rear tyre next to the first ground marker and put a new reference mark on the rear tyre aligned with the first ground marker.STEP 6Operate the tractor, with the implement RAISED, from the first ground marker to the second ground marker. Count the number of wheel revolutions between the two ground markers.STEP 7Find the percent of slip as follows:Revolutions of wheel with implement raised. Slip (%)9-1/2 ........................................................................... 59 ............................................................................... 108-1/2 ......................................................................... 158 ............................................................................... 207-1/2 ......................................................................... 257 ............................................................................... 30NOTE: When you have too much ballast installed on the tractor, you will see the clear shape of the tyre tread in the ground which is an indication of no slippage. With too little ballast, the tyre tread marks will not show because of the tyre slippage.1231 - WITHOUT SLIPPAGE: TOO MUCH BALLAST 2 - SLIP: CORRECT BALLAST3 - TOO MUCH SLIP: TOO LITTLE BALLAST

Page 263

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-256P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Front ballast [3.i] (Fig. 6-5) (if equipped)Front end weights can be mounted on the front of the tractor with a weight frame. The weights and their frames can be purchased at your Argo Tractors Dealer's. FRONT BALLASTN.of weights (single plates)Weight of a single plate (kg)Total weight of plates (kg)6 36 21610 36 360Use front end weights as needed to provide effective steering control and front end stability and to achieve maximum operating efficiency and tractor field perform-ance.IMPORTANT: The total tractor weight with full equipment and ballast weight must never be more than the maximum allowed operating weight. See Maximum permitted operating weights in the Technical specifications section of this manual. Observe tyre capacities and any possible legal limitations.CAUTION: Due to the great weight of each ballast, manual lifting of front and rear ballast weights could be dangerous for your safety.Always lift the front and rear ballast by means of a hook or similar device.Always use suitable personal safety devices (safety gloves and shoes) when applying or removing ballast.Front Ballast WeightsNOTE: these images are only shown as an example. They do not represent all possible cases.Fig.6-5

Page 264

6-26Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Assembly of front ballast [3.i]WARNING: Due to the great weight of each ballast, manual lifting of front and rear ballast weights could be dangerous for your safety.Always lift the front and rear ballast by means of a hook or similar device.Always use suitable personal safety devices (safety gloves and shoes) when applying or removing ballast.STEP 1Park the tractor on hard level ground. STOP the engine and apply the park brake. Remove the key.STEP 2Hook one weight (1) over the top lip of the weight frame (2) towards its outer edge. Slide the weight towards the centre of the frame until it is against tab (A) on the weight frame. The bottom of the weight will interlock behind the tab at the centre of the weight frame.STEP 3Repeat STEP 2 and install the second weight onto the opposite side.STEP 4Continue to install weights equally to each side until the required weight pack is installed. The tab on each weight will interlock into the previous installed weight. IMPORTANT:The total tractor weight with full equipment and ballast weight must never be more than the maximum allowed operating weight. Check tyre capacities and any possible legal limitations.STEP 5Once the correct quantity of weight is installed, mount both ends (a) and check they do match both outer weights. STEP 6Push the stud (5) into the holes of the ballast unit. Install the washer (6) and nut (7) to the opposite end of the stud. Tighten the nut.STEP 7A bracket is available that can be mounted on the front of the weights with bolts. Before mounting a bracket (3), let the fixing bas (8) through the front weights. Assemble the washer (9) and the nut (10). Tighten the nut.NOTE: The retainer must be positioned so as to hold the flat headed bolts fixed.WARNING: DO NOT raise the tractor using the tow hook.

Page 265

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-276P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Rear wheel weights [3.i]WARNING: Due to the great weight of each ballast, manual lifting of front and rear ballast weights could be dangerous for your safety.Always lift the front and rear ballast by means of a hook or similar device.Always use suitable personal safety devices (safety gloves and shoes) when applying or removing ballast.The 60 kg weight for rear wheels are available at your Argo Tractors Dealer's.Use the wheel weights as needed to provide safe and efficient tractor operation. Do not add more weight to the rear wheels of your tractor than is needed to achieve the correct tractor static weight distribution and the correct amount of wheel slip.A maximum of 2 weights per wheel can be used. The 2 weights can be installed on the outside of the wheels as shown. IMPORTANT: The total tractor weight with full equipment and ballast weight must never be more than the maximum allowed operating weight. See Maximum permitted operating weights in the Technical specifications section of this manual. Observe tyre capacities and any possible legal limitations.IMPORTANT:- Do not ballast the tractor over its rated carrying weight.- When using the tractor for light work, transport and on-road towing, remove the ballast to avoid unnecessary strain on the mechanical components.- With semi-mounted and fully mounted implements (which inevitably increase the load on the rear axle of the tractor), ballast must only be used when strictly necessary. There is no point in increasing grip beyond the level necessary for efficient work as this will reduce tyre life.- Carefully check the tyre inflation pressure since this will make the tyre last longer and ensure a more regular wear.- The softer the soil, the lower tyre inflation must be, while the tyre should be inflated to a greater extent as the soil becomes more compact.On each wheel, one or two rings (60 kgs each) can be mounted for a max. total of 4 rings on both wheels.REAR WEIGHTSN. of weights on each wheelTotal number ballastWeight of a single plate (kg)Total weight of plates (kg)2 4 45 180See the following page for installation instructions.Fig.6-6

Page 266

Page 267

Tyres - Wheels - Ballasting6-296P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Tyre liquid ballastWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Ballasting with water and calcium chlo-ride antifreeze solution can increase corrosion of the components that come into contact with the mixture. Use tyre liquid ballast as needed to provide safe and ef-ficient tractor operation. See Tractor weight distribution in the previous pages in this section for more recommenda-tions. The chart shows the liquid weight each tyre will hold when 75 percent filled (filled to valve level), with water or calcium chloride and water solution.Calcium chloride (CaCl2) keeps the water from freezing.Water will start to freeze at 0°C.When liquid ballast is used, inflate the tyres 0.14 bar (2 PSI) more than the recommended pressure. This will compen-sate for aeration that occurs when the tyre is in motion.When dual wheels are installed, use liquid ballast in the inside tyres only.IMPORTANT: DO NOT use liquid ballast while driving on roads.IMPORTANT: The total tractor weight with all equipment and ballast weight must never be more than the maximum recommend operating weight. See Maximum permitted operating weights in the Technical specifications section of this manual. Observe tyre capacities and any possible legal limitations.Liquid ballast for tyres, in litres and kilogramsTyre SizeWater only Protection at -15 °C Protection at -35 °C Protection at -50 °CLitres waterWeightkgLitres waterCaCl2kgTotal weightkgLitres waterCaCl2kgTotal weightkgLitres waterCaCl2kgTotal weightkg18.4R34 361 361 337 61 398 310 130 440 293 176 46916.9R38 317 317 296 53 349 272 114 386 257 154 41118.4R38 390 390 364 66 430 335 140 475 317 190 50720.8R38 509 509 475 85 560 436 183 619 413 248 661460/85R38 390 390 364 66 430 335 140 475 317 190 507480/70R38 337 337 314 57 371 289 121 410 273 164 437520/85R38 509 509 475 85 560 436 183 619 413 248 66120.8R42 633 633 591 106 697 543 228 771 514 308 822520/85R42 633 633 591 106 697 543 228 771 514 308 82214.9R46 303 303 - - - 257 108 365 246 147 39318.4R46 325 325 - - - 280 117 397 265 159 423380/85R46 303 303 - - - 257 108 365 246 147 393460/85R46 325 325 - - - 280 117 397 265 159 423NOTE: For any tyres not listed in the above chart, refer to the tyre manufacturers specifications or alternatively see your Argo Tractors Dealer.NOTE:This table contains only indicative data. The operator should ballast wheels with water on the base of the tables issued by the tyre manufacturer and according to the use anticipated for the tractor.

Page 268

6-30Tyres - Wheels - BallastingP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Filling procedureWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. STEP 1 (Mixing the solution)WARNING: When you prepare a solution of calcium chloride to ballast the tyres, NEVER EVER pour the water on to the calcium chlo-ride since this could lead to a violent reaction. This danger can be avoided by adding the calcium chloride very slowly to the water and stirring until it has completely dissolved.Add the correct amount of calcium chloride (CaCl2) into the correct amount of water. See previous charts for the required degree of protection from freezing.STEP 2Raise one side of the tractor and turn the wheel so that the valve is at the top, see illustration opposite.STEP 3Remove the valve core and connect the hand pump.STEP 4Measure the amount of solution added to the tyre and use the figures in the previous charts to calculate the weight added.STEP 5When sufficient weight has been added, remove the pump. Install the valve core. Inflate the tyres to the cor-rect pressure.NOTE: When liquid ballast is used, inflate the tyres 0.14 bar (2 PSI) more than the recommended pressure. This will compensate for aeration that occurs when the tyre is in motion.How to deflate the tyres – Jack up the tyre to be drained and set it with its valve pointing downwards. – Unscrew the mobile union of the valve and allow the water to drain from the tyre. – Screw the required union on the valve seat. – Introduce air at a pressure through the union (4). – When all water is drained, remove the union and replace it with the valve retainer, then inflate the tyre to the prescribed pressure.NOTE: Never use ballasting systems differing from the ones indicated above.WARNING: Ballasting with water and calcium chlo-ride antifreeze solution can increase corrosion of the components that come into contact with the mixture.1. Air2. Water entering tyre3. Water supply4. Air supply5. Air vent

Page 269

Page 270

7-2MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55* according to which condition occurs firstFrequency*Step N.Maintenance operationsEvery 10 hours(or daily)VARIABLE MAIN-TENANCE1General tractor inspection2 Check of fuel level in the tank3 Check of level in the AdBlue™ reservoir or DEF4 Check of engine oil level5 Check of transmission oil level6 Check of exhaust system tightness, with all post-treatment components7 Check of coolant level in the expansion vessel8 Check of water level in the windshield washer reservoir9 Check and clean cab suspension (if equipped).10 Clean and grease cab door locks and hinges11 Cleaning of radiators and heat exchanger grilles (6)12 Drain the fuel/water separator15 Check of oil level in axle and front final drives16 Check front PTO oil level (if equipped)17 Check of the moving elements of the tow hook (if installed)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)20 Battery - Checking for function29 Various checks - tyre pressures and torques36 Check of Auto hitch locking latches & lift rod adjustment (if equipped, depending on market)WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the operation concerned. WARNING: Service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed.WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]ROUTINE MAINTENANCE TABLENOTE: Use your own discretion and experience when deciding the actual intervals for variable interval service and main-tenance operations. Always remember, however, that it is better to carry them out too often than not often enough. These operations should be carried out daily. NOTE: always also refer to the general indications in the "General maintenance" pages, at the end of this section.

Page 271

Maintenance7-37P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55* according to which condition occurs firstFrequency*Step N.Maintenance operationsFirst 50 work hours2 Check of fuel level in the tank3 Check of level in the AdBlue™ reservoir or DEF4 Check of engine oil level5 Check of transmission oil level6 Check of exhaust system tightness, with all post-treatment components7 Check of coolant level in the expansion vessel8 Check of water level in the windshield washer reservoir9 Check and clean cab suspension (if equipped).11 Cleaning of radiators and heat exchanger grilles (6)13 Change fuel pre-filter cartridge (3)14 Change fuel filter cartridge (3)15 Check of oil level in axle and front final drives16 Check front PTO oil level (if equipped)17 Check of the moving elements of the tow hook (if installed)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)21 Check of fan, compressor and alternator belt.22 Check brake controls - adjustments23 Clean cab air filters (1)24 Clean cab air recirculation filters (1)48 Check of the ball joints of steering ram (rigid axle)After the first150 hours25 Replace front axle differential and side final drives oil26 General lubrication (repeat every 100 hours)27 Grease the front axle (repeat every 100 hours)30 Grease rear 3-point hitch ( repeat every 100 hours )31 Grease front 3-point linkage (if equipped) ( repeat every 100 hours )After the first250 hours33 Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)

Page 272

7-4MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Frequency*Step N.Maintenance operationsAt 500 hours(or after 6 months)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)28 Replace transmission oil filter (on the intake) (2) 32 Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)33 Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)34 Transmission oil replacement35 Engine oil replacement (4)42 Engine oil filter replacement47 Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filters49Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaftAt 1000 hours(or after 12 months)13 Change fuel pre-filter cartridge (3)14 Change fuel filter cartridge (3)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)25 Replace front axle differential and side final drives oil32 Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)33 Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)35 Engine oil replacement (4)37 Replace engine air filter38 Clean fuel tank39 Change cab air filters40Check of starter motor, alternator and compressor41 Check function of the operator detector micro-switch42 Engine oil filter replacement44 Check of ribbed v-belt tensioning47Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filters48 Check of the ball joints of steering ram (rigid axle)49 Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaft* according to which condition occurs first

Page 273

Maintenance7-57P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Frequency*Step N.Maintenance operationsAt 1500 hours(or after 18 months)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)28 Replace transmission oil filter (on the intake) (2) 32Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)33 Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)34Transmission oil replacement35Engine oil replacement (4)42 Engine oil filter replacement47 Replace AdBlue™supply pump filter and cleaning filters49Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaftAt 2000 hours(or after 24 months)13 Change fuel pre-filter cartridge (3)14Change fuel filter cartridge (3)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)25 Replace front axle differential and side final drives oil32Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)33 Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)35 Engine oil replacement (4)37 Replace engine air filter38 Clean fuel tank39 Change cab air filters40 Check of starter motor, alternator and compressor41 Check function of the operator detector micro-switch42Engine oil filter replacement43 Engine coolant change44 Check of ribbed v-belt tensioning47 Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filters48Check of the ball joints of steering ram (rigid axle)49Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaft* according to which condition occurs first

Page 274

7-6MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Frequency*Step N.Maintenance operationsAt 2500 hours(or after 30 months)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)28Replace transmission oil filter (on the intake) (2) 32Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)33Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)34Transmission oil replacement35Engine oil replacement (4)42Engine oil filter replacement47Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filters49Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaftAt 3000 hours(or after 36 months)13 Change fuel pre-filter cartridge (3)14Change fuel filter cartridge (3)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)25 Replace front axle differential and side final drives oil32Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)35 Engine oil replacement (4)37 Replace engine air filter38 Clean fuel tank39 Change cab air filters40 Check of starter motor, alternator and compressor41 Check function of the operator detector micro-switch42Engine oil filter replacement44Check of ribbed v-belt tensioning45Replacement of the ribbed v-belt46Replacement of the A/C system filter, mounted into the condenser unit (5)47Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filters48Check of the ball joints of steering ram (rigid axle)49 Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaft* according to which condition occurs first

Page 275

Maintenance7-77P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55NOTES:(1) In very dusty work conditions, the filters have to be cleaned every day.(2) The following operations for the transmission oil filters must be carried out not only at the prescribed intervals, but also whenever the indicator lights on the instrument panel come on.(3) During running-in, the fuel filters must be replaced at 50 hours. Then replace at the intervals indicated by the table.(4) The oil must be changed more frequently (e.g. every 250 hours) if the tractor is used in heavy duty conditions. In such cases, also replace the engine oil filter each time. Every time the engine oil must be changed, we advise a forced standstill with the old oil, and only afterward to change it as prescribed.(5) The dehydrator filter must be replaced every time the air conditioning system is serviced. In such occasions, check the oil level in the compressor.(6) In very dusty work conditions, the cab filters have to be thoroughly cleaned every day.Frequency*Step N.Maintenance operationsAt 3500 hours(or after 42 months)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)28 Replace transmission oil filter (on the intake) (2) 32Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)33 Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)34 Transmission oil replacement35 Engine oil replacement (4)42 Engine oil filter replacement47Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filters49 Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaftAt 4000 hours(or after 48 months)13 Change fuel pre-filter cartridge (3)14Change fuel filter cartridge (3)18 Check of drawbar bolt torques19 Check the torque of the trailer hitch bolts (if equipped)25 Replace front axle differential and side final drives oil32Replace front PTO oil (if equipped)33 Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuit (2)35 Engine oil replacement (4)37 Replace engine air filter38 Clean fuel tank39 Change cab air filters40 Check of starter motor, alternator and compressor41Check function of the operator detector micro-switch42Engine oil filter replacement43 Engine coolant change44 Check of ribbed v-belt tensioning47Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filters48Check of the ball joints of steering ram (rigid axle)49 Check the concentration of additive in the coolant50Lubrication of PTO shaft* according to which condition occurs first

Page 276

7-8MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55RECOMMENDATIONS BEFORE YOU SERVICE [2.h] [2.n]CAUTION: Before servicing, carefully read the instructions in this section. There is a risk of injury or death if servicing is not carried out or if the following instructions are not followed correctly. If you do not understand a service or adjustment procedure see your dealer.CAUTION: Do not carry out inspections, main-tenance work or adjustments on the tractor whilst the engine is running, except when specifically requested. Wait for all moving parts to come to a complete stop. - If the maintenance operation must be car-ried out while the engine is hot (e.g. when changing engine oil), start the engine and let it idle for the required time, then turn it off before the maintenance operation.- If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet". In this case beware the risk of burning and shearing.- Always use specific personal safety devices for each service operation.Before any adjustments are made carry out the following:1. Park the tractor on hard level ground and apply the parking brake.2. Stop the engine and remove the key. 3. Put blocks in front of and behind the front and rear wheels.4. DO NOT smoke or use an open flame during the service procedure. Use eye protection and suitable DPI.WARNING: When handling lubricants (oil, grease etc.) and other chemical products, always follow instruc-tions for their proper use. Use proper containers to collect fluid. Dispose of fluids and filters responsibly and in accordance with the law. [2.ag] - Read the safety decals and information decals on this tractor. Read the operator's manual. Understand the operation of the tractor before you start servicing.- Use the correct safety clothing and safety equipment. If you wear clothing that is too loose or do not use the correct safety equipment for your job, you can be injured. Always wear clothing that will not catch on objects. Extra safety equipment that can be required includes hard hat, safety shoes, ear protection, eye or face protection, heavy gloves and reflector clothing.- Establish where your nearest first aid kit and fire extin-guisher are located. Undertake suitable training to make sure you know how the fire extinguisher works.- Put a warning tag, as shown below, on or near the key switch before carrying out servicing or repairs to the tractor. Warning tags (publication number 2-1000) are available from your dealer.EnvironmentNOTE: Always dispose of replaced parts or substances (filters, oil, battery etc.) according to rules and laws. Refer to the manufacturer's specifications on the Material Safety Data Sheet.- Before you service this machine and before you dispose of the old fluids, lubricants and filters always consider the environment.- DO NOT pour oil or fluids in the ground, down drains or into containers that can leak.- Dispose of all old fluids, lubricants and filters in accord-ance with local regulations.- Check with your local environmental recycling centre or your dealer for correct information.Diesel engine catalytic converterThe catalytic converter for Diesel engines has a catalytic surface that is able to transform the noxious substances in the exhaust gases into harmless substances. Carbon monoxide and unburnt hydrocarbon emissions are caused to react with oxygen and thus turned into carbon dioxide and water. Further, nitrogen monoxide is turned into ni-trogen dioxide. Temperatures of >250°C are required for high performances.Plastic And Resin Parts- Avoid using petrol, paraffin, paint thinner, etc., when cleaning plastic, e.g. console, instrument cluster, moni-tors and gauges etc.- Use ONLY water, mild soap and a soft cloth when you clean these parts.- Using petrol, paraffin, paint thinner etc., will cause crack-ing or deformation of the part being cleaned.

Page 277

Maintenance7-97P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Lubrication and maintenance [2.ag]ForewordThis section described the operations required to correctly service your tractor and keep it in top condition. The Rou-tine Maintenance Table serves as quick reference. Each step is numbered for easier reference.CAUTION: Park the tractor on flat ground and, if pos-sible, extend all the cylinders before you check the oil levels.Safety PrecautionsRead and comply with all the safety precautions in the “Tractor maintenance” part of the Safety Notes Section.NOTE: Always dispose of replaced parts or substances (filters, oil, battery etc.) according to rules and laws. Refer to the manufacturer's specifications on the Material Safety Data Sheet.Sealed unitsDo not remove the seals from the following parts: injection pump and overspeed screw. These seals must not be removed at any time.If you need to repair or adjust any of these units, contact your Argo Tractors Dealer. The warranty is automati-cally invalidated if these seals are tampered with.Maintenance of front power take-off (if equipped)Periodically throughout the year, additional attention must be made to the following:- Check all bolts, screws and fixings etc. are tight.- Check the PTO gearbox for any leaks. Operating the Front PTO at low oil levels can cause damage to the housing, incorrect operation of the PTO clutch and also damage to the environment.- Check the condition of the flexible rubber drive cou-pling, mounted to the crankshaft pulley. Make sure the coupling is installed correctly and is not brittle.- Apply grease to the drive shaft spline.- Every 5 or 10 operation hours, check in the whole power take-off system that all bolts are perfectly tightened and there are no leaks in the hydraulic system. - After 450 hours work, check that all bolts are tightened to the prescribed torques and there are no leaks in the hydraulic system. Grease all points periodically with all grease nipples. Use a universal high grade grease. Check for any wear or breakage.Precautions against contact with hot surfacesDuring all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on. WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: do not place any loads on coverings.

Page 278

7-10MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Running inFade-free efficiency and a long working life largely depend on how the new tractor is treated during the running in period. It is therefore extremely important to follow these instructions:- Your engine does not require any special running in when new. You can use it at full power from the start, but you must never overload it. Avoid using the engine at full power before it reaches an operating tempera-ture of at least 60°C (140°F).- Every time you start the engine from cold, let it run slowly without load for a few minutes to warm up. This is particularly important with turbo-charged engines.- Avoid idling the engine for long periods.- Regularly check for oil leaks.- To ensure long clutch life, carefully run in the clutch plates. To do this, operate the clutch frequently but gradually during the first 15 hours' service (setup with mechanical reverse shuttle).After the first 50 hours• During running-in, the fuel filters must be replaced at 50 hours. Then replace at the intervals shown by the table.• Hydraulic circuit: replace the filter on delivery (open centre setup) or on the intake (closed centre setup). Then replace the filters at the intervals indicated by the table. • Check clutch pedal travel. • Check the brake pedal travel. • Check all oil levels. If necessary, top up with oil of the prescribed type if required. • Check the tension of the fan belt. • Grease all points with grease nipples. • Check to make sure that all bolts, screws and nuts are correctly torqued. • Check the tyre pressures. How to prevent pollution To prevent pollution when oil, filters and so forth are changed, always clean the zone around fill, level and drain plugs, dipsticks and filters. Before connecting the auxiliary cylinders, make sure that the oil they contain is clean, that it has not deteriorated owing to long storage and that it is of the prescribed type.Servicing intervalsThe intervals suggested in the lubrication and mainte-nance table are indications to use when the tractor is used in normal conditions.These intervals must be adapted to the real environmen-tal and operational conditions. Servicing must be more frequent in adverse work conditions (in the presence of humidity, mud, sand, very dusty environments).WARNING: If carried out at the prescribed intervals, the operations described in this section will ensure that the tractor operates in a regular way. However, remember to carry out the inspections and adjust-ments (of variable frequency depending on the envi-ronmental conditions and type of work carried out) according to your discretion and experience.Miscellaneous checksPeriodically check the following components. If faults are discovered, contact your Argo Tractors Dealer's special-ised personnel and have the damaged parts replaced if necessary:• Hydraulic hoses: the hoses must not be pinched or cracked. The outer sheath must not be swollen in any way and there must be no oil leaks between the hoses and unions.• Parking brake lever: make sure that the ratchet locking mechanism is secure and reliable.• Make sure that all nuts in the wheels are well tightened. Use suitable instruments, such as a calibrated torque wrench.• Tightness of safety frame fixing pins.• Make sure that all other nuts and bolts are well tightened.• Make sure that the bolts on rear couplings are well tightened.Indicator lightsYour tractor is equipped with indicator lights that keep you informed about the condition of your machine. Some of these indicate faults, so act promptly if they come on.Fuel injection pumpOnly your Argo Tractors Dealer's specialised personnel may be allowed to work on the injection pump during the warranty period. Removal of the seals from the pump will relieve the manufacturer from all and every liability in relation to warranty coverage.Keeping the environment cleanWhen you need to fill the fuel tank or change the lubricant oil, never forget to position a vessel under the component in question in order to collect any fuel or oil that spills out. These products are polluting, so it is very important to protect the environment in this way.Engine cooling system It is advisable to replace the fluid in the system at least every two years even if you have not reached 1000 hours service in total.RadiatorTo ensure that the cooling circuit operates in a perfect way, it is important to prevent the radiator fins from be-coming clogged.NOTE: These fins must be cleaned often, even several times a day if the place of work is particularly dusty.

Page 279

Maintenance7-117P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Lubrication [2.ag]Before carrying out any maintenance operations on your tractor, e.g. lubrication by means of greasing points, always abide by the safety precautions here under pre-scribed.WARNING: Service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. [2.c] [2.ag]WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n] WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet". Before lubricating any parts provided with grease nipples, carefully clean the surfaces of the nipples and make sure that their seal ball moves freely. After the lubrication, remove any trace of grease to avoid it to collect dirt or dust.NOTE: the greasing point may be protected by a coloured cap. Replace it if worn or damaged.General tractor inspectionWARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. - Power steering cylinder hoses: the hoses must not be pinched or cracked. The outer sheath must not be swol-len in any way and there must be no oil leaks between the hoses and unions. [2.i]- Check for leaks, rubbing, squeezed or damaged hoses, loose nuts or bolts and dirt build up. Repair all leaks, hoses and tighten loose nuts/bolts before operation. [2.i]- Parking brake lever: make sure that the ratchet locking mechanism is secure and reliable.- Check for loose nuts, bolts and components.- Use a calibrated torque wrench to make sure that the wheel nuts are correctly torqued. - Check to make sure that all other nuts and bolts are well tightened.- Make sure that all shields and guards are in the correct position.- Check all wiring for damage. If damaged, contact your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer for the genuine Argo Tractors spare parts.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the park-ing brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed.WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".

Page 280

7-12MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Lubricants and fuels [2.l]CAUTION: Comply with the following instruc-tions when working with diesel fuel.Do not smoke near diesel fuel. In no case must petrol (gasoline), alcohol or mixtures of diesel fuel or alcohol be added to the diesel fuel as such action would notably increase the risk of fire outbreaks or explosions. In a closed ves-sel, such as a can, they are even more explosive than pure petrol (gasoline).- Never use such mixtures. Moreover, mixtures of diesel fuel and alcohol are not approved since the lubrication of the fuel injection sys-tem would be impaired.- Clean around the plug where the fuel is poured and keep it clean.- Fill the tank at the end of the day to prevent the building up of overnight condensation.- Never remove the plug or fuel the tractor whilst the engine is running. Keep control of the pump nozzle whilst the tank is being filled.- The tank must not be completely filled. - Al-low space for an increase in volume. If the original tank plug is lost, it must be replaced with an original spare which must be fully tightened.- Dry up any fuel spill immediately.Fuel requisitesIt is important to use good quality fuel if the engine is to be long-lasting and give a good performance. Fuel must be clean, well refined and non-corrosive for the fuel system components. Make sure that you use fuel of a known quality and reliable origin.FuellingBefore you fuel the tractor, clean the zone around the fill plug to prevent foreign matter from entering the tank. After fuelling, screw on the plug and tighten it well.CAUTION: Do not smoke while filling the fuel tank.Keep clear of any sort of flames.Diesel fuelWARNING: Only use a Diesel fuel with a low sulphur content. Otherwise you could experience a reduction in engine power and an increase in fuel consumption (Fig. 7-2b).Fig.7-2bFig.7-2NOTE: Never use galvanised containers to store fuel.FuelFor a good operation of the injection system, always use a high grade diesel fuel.Diesel fuel must contain no suspended impurity. Therefore the fuel must be allowed to settle for two or three days before being used in the tractor.Fuel oil can be decanted with a cheap, but safe system, as illustrated in (Fig.7-1).Never use fuel that has been stored in an open container for any amount of time, as it could be polluted by water or dust.The fuel tank must be filled in the evening at the end of the day's work. This will avoid water condensation in the tank.Plan your fuel purchases so that summer fuels are not kept for too long and used in the winter.Fig.7-1 Setting up a tank for fuel storage and decant-ing.a. 25% slant.b. Condensation water.c. Sludge drain plug.

Page 281

Maintenance7-137P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Engine oil specificationsModern Diesel engines set very high requirements to lubricants. Specific performances of engines increased constantly in the last years, thus dictating a higher thermal stress on oils. Further, following to reduced oil consumption and higher replacement intervals, lubricants are prone to a higher pollution. Therefore it is necessary to follow the requirements set in this operation manual and to respect its recommendations in order not to affect engine duration.Lubricants are always composed by a basic oil and addi-tives. The main functions of a lubricant (protection from wear and corrosion, neutralisation of acids produced by combustion, prevention of coke and soot formation on engine components) are carried out by these additives. The characteristics of the basic oil are also a crucial index of product quality, e.g. for what concerns thermal load.Essentially, all engine oils that have the same specifica-tions can be mixed with each other. It is better, however, to avoid mixing oils, as the worst characteristics of the mix will predominate.Lubricants approved by Argo are accurately tested for each engine type. Their additives are matched very care-fully. Therefore, no other additives may be used for engine lubricants.The quality of a lubricant greatly affects engine duration, performances and therefore economy. The following is substantially true: the better the quality of the lubricant, the better these characteristics will be.The viscosity of a lubricant describes how it flows depend-ing on temperature. The viscosity only slightly affects the lubricant's quality.Synthetic lubricants are the most used and offer specific advantages. They are stabler against temperature and oxidation, and their cold viscosity is relatively low. As a few procedures are important to calculate the intervals at which the lubricants should be replaced, and are es-sentially dependent on the lubricant quality (e.g. pollution by soot and other materials), this interval should not be increased beyond the indications, even if synthetic lubri-cants are used.Biodegradable lubricants may be used on engines if they meet the requirements of this manual.Change intervals for lubricant oilThe intervals depend on: – lubricant quality – Fuel sulphur content – Engine usage• The change interval should be reduced by a half when at least one of the following conditions is present: – permanent ambient temperature below -10 °C (14 °F) or lubricant temperature under 60 °C (84 °F). – Sulphur content in Diesel fuel >0,5 on % in its mass.• If such change intervals are not reached in a year, the oil change should be carried out at any rate at least once a year.ViscosityTo select the right viscosity class, the ambient tempera-ture in the installation seat or the environment where the tractor is used is critical. An excessively high viscosity can cause a difficult ignition, while an excessively low viscos-ity can put the lubricant effect at risk and cause a high consumption of lubricant. If ambient temperatures are lower than -40 °C, the lubricant should be pre-heated (e.g. if the vehicle or the work machine are sheltered in a barn).Viscosity is classified according to SAE. As a matter of principle, all-purpose lubricants should be used. In en-closed and heated environment, where temperature is over 5 °C, the use of univalent lubricants is also allowed.NOTE: To select the required viscosity class, it is manda-tory to comply with the lubricant quality as prescribed or recommended by your Argo Tractors Dealer.Depending on ambient temperature, the following usual viscosity classes are recommended (Fig. 7-3):

Page 282

Page 283

Maintenance7-157P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Approved fuelsIn order to comply with the rules concerning emissions, Diesel engines provided with an exhaust gases treatment system may be operated only with a Diesel fuel free of sulphur.Both the operation safety and the duration of each system of exhaust gases post-treatment are not guaranteed in case of not compliance.Exhaust gas post-treatment systemsDOC Diesel engine catalytic converterFuels with the following specifications are allowed:• Diesel fuels – EN 590Sulphur < 10 mg/kg– ASTM D 975 Grade 1-D S15– ASTM D 975 Grade 2-D S15Sulphur < 15 mg/kg• Light fuel oils – EN 590 qualitySulphur < 10 mg/kgThe warranty becomes null and void if fuels not meeting this operation manual are used. Certification measure-ments to comply with the law limits are carried out with test fuels defined by law. Such fuels match the ones de-scribed in this manual and refer to standards EN 590 and ASTM D 975. For other fuels mentioned in this manual the emission values cannot be guaranteed.Use the fuels prescribed by law to comply with national indications on emissions (e.g. sulphur content). Contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.Winter operation with Diesel fuelFor winter operation, special requirements are required for cold operation (limit filterability temperature). In winter, suitable fuels are available at service stations.CAUTION: In Common-Rail DCR® DEUTZ injection engines no addition with petrol or other additives is allowed to guarantee fuel fluidity. At low ambient temperatures the fuel system could be-come clogged by paraffin precipitations, that could cause malfunctions. When outside temperatures drop under 0 °C (up to -20 °C) a winter fuel must be used, available at service stations since the beginning of the winter season.• In regions with an Arctic climate, with temperatures up to -44 °C, special Diesel fuels should be used.NOTE: For information concerning the use of suitable fuels depending on climatic conditions of operation, refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.AdBlue™ or DEFWARNING: Only use a good quality AdBlue™ or DEF fluid (for quantity of AdBlue™ or DEF fluid, refer to the guidelines of DIN 70070).The use of a poor quality AdBlue™ or DEF fluid could cause severe engine malfunction.

Page 284

7-16MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55In generalWARNING: Never operate the engine without coolant, not even for a short time!In water cooled engines, the coolant must be prepared and checked to avoid damages to the engine due to:• corrosion• cavitation• freezing• overheatingQuality of the waterFor coolant fluid treatment, the correct water quality is crucial. Essentially, clean water must be used that com-plies with the following analysis values:Analytic values min max ASTMpH value 6.5 8.5 D 1293Chlorine (Cl)[mg/l] - 100 D 512D 4327Sulphate (SO4) [mg/l] - 100 D 516Total hardness(CaCO3)[mmol/l] 3.56 D 1126[mg/l] 356[°dGH] 20.0 -[°e] 25.0[°fH] 35.6Data on water quality are supplied by local public utilities.In case of variances from analysis values, water should be treated.• pH too lowAdd diluted caustic soda or caustic potash. A few test mixes should be carried out.• Total hardness too high:mix with softened water (neutral pH condensation or water softened by means of ion exchangers).• Too high values of chlorides or sulfates:mix with softened water (neutral pH condensation or water softened by means of ion exchangers).Protective agent for the cooling sys-temDANGER: Whenever nitrite-based protective agents for the cooling system should be mixed with amine-based products, nitrosamines are formed that are dangerous for the health!NOTE: Protective agents for the cooling system must be disposed of with respect for the environment. Comply with the safety data sheet indications.Coolant treatment for liquid cooled compact engines is carried out by mixing an antifreeze liquid with ethylene glicol based corrosion inhibitors and water.This protective agent for the cooling system contains no nitrites, amines or phosphates and perfectly suits the materials of our engines.If this protective agent is not readily available, please refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.The cooling system must be checked at regular intervals. Besides checking the coolant level, such checks also include the concentration of the cooling system protec-tive agent.Percentage of protective agent for the cooling systemWater percent-ageProtection from cold up to min. 35 % 65 % -22 °C 40 % 60 % -28 °C 45 % 55 % -35 °C max. 50 % 50 % -41 °CIn case of temperatures below -41 °C, refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.Use of other protective agents (e.g. chemical anti-corro-sion agents) is only allowed in exceptional cases. Refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.

Page 285

Maintenance7-177P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55AdBlue™ (urea solution AUS 32)NOTE: The urea solution AUS 32 is known in the US and North America with the name Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).CAUTION: always wear protective gloves and goggles while using AdBlue™.Do not ingest. Ensure a good ventilation.Ensure a proper cleaning. AdBlue™ rests mus be disposed of according to rules.Comply with the safety data sheet indications.AdBlue™ is a 32.5% urea solution in water, of high pure-ness level, used as a NOX reduction agent in the SCR post-treatment of exhaust gases in Diesel engines.The product denomination is AdBlue™ or AUS 32 (AUS: from the English name Aqueous Urea Solution) and it complies with the DIN 70070, ISO 22241-1 or ATSTM D 7821 rules.Storage conditions may affect the good quality of Ad-Blue™ in time.It crystallizes at -11 °C and sparks off a hydrolisis reaction at +35 °C, that is it slowly decomposes in ammonia and carbon dioxide.Direct sun radiation on containers without any protections must be absolutely avoided.The containers must non be stocked for longer than a year!Protect the used materials and of the AdBlue™ contain-ers in stock.AdBlue™ freezes up at an ambient temperature of -11 °C.When ambient temperature is below -11 °C it is required a pre-heating of the selective catalytic reduction system.The AdBlue™ reservoir may only be filled up with Ad-Blue™. Filling up with different liquids can damage the system.In this case, the dosing pump will require replacement.AdBlue™ should remain in the reservoir for no longer than 4 months.Keep a note of this.In case of a long idle period, drain all AdBlue™ from the reservoir and clean it.Contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.

Page 286

Page 287

Maintenance7-197P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Selective catalytic reduction(Selective Catalytic Reduction)After complete shut-off (even of the inertial functions) and provided the following requirements are complied with, the SCR system may be left idle for 4 months maximum.• In case of a long idle period, the tractor or the engine must be sheltered, e.g in a garage or a barn.• Fill up the AdBlue™ reservoir completely. The water contained in AdBlue™ must not evaporate.• Do not disconnect electrical or hydraulic couplings.• Max. storing duration at -40 °C to 40 °C, 2 months.• Max. storing duration at -40 °C to 25 °C, 4 months.If the above mentioned idle period of 4 months is ex-ceeded, proceed as follows:• AdBlue™– Drain the reservoir.– Fill up the reservoir with fresh AdBlue™.– Replace the filtering element in the supply pump.• Heat the engine up to the operation temperature and load it up to pressure increase and to AdBlue™ meter-ing.If an error is detected:• Stop the engine. Wait for the inertial period of EDC (Electronic Diesel Control).• If required, carry out this procedure repeatedly. If the problem still is not solved, ask your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer.

Page 288

7-20MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Filling with AdBlue™ or DEF(Fig. 7-5a)WARNING: avoid any contacts with your eyes, skin or garments.• If ingested. If a great amount of the fluid is ingested, seek immediately medical help. DO NOT induce vom-iting it not expressly indicated by medical personnel. Do not administer liquids to an unconscious person.• In case of contact with your skin, wash with plenty of water and remove the contaminated garments..• In case of contact with your eyes, wash immediately with plenty of water. In case of rash, seek medical help.• If gases should be inhaled, go immediately in the open air and seek medical help, if necessary.• Avoid any contacts of AdBlue™ or DEF with other chemicals.• Do not drain AdBlue™ or DEF spills into the sewers.Fig.7-5aAdBlue™ filling upCAUTION: Only fill up when the engine at a standstill.Only fill up with AdBlue™!Any other fluid (e.g. diesel fuel), though in a small quantity, will damage the system.If a different fluid was introduced, e.g. diesel fuel, and it reached the system, the whole AdBlue™ injections system must be replaced!If the fluid (e.g. diesel fuel) did not reach the tubes or the supply pump or metering module, it will enough to drain and carefully clean the AdBlue™ reservoir.Ensure a proper cleaning.

Page 289

Page 290

7-22MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Master Disconnect Switch [2.aa]Use the master switch (1) to disconnect supply of the battery to the electrical systems of the tractor when dis-mounting. IT IS OBLIGATORY to disconnect the battery during maintenance.Remove the key from the ignition block to prevent unau-thorized use or accidents.IMPORTANT: Do not use the master disconnect switch (1) to STOP the engine, or the machine controllers will be damaged. The engine would not stop anyway. For safety, the battery is not disconnected when the engine is running.Even if not actually required, it is advisable to insulate the machine electric system at the end of each work day by means of the master disconnect switch. This operation increases safety and prolongs battery life. NOTE: The master disconnect switch must be used for any operation on the electric system. It is at any rate OBLIGA-TORY to disconnect the battery completely if welding is carried out on the machine. IMPORTANT: In case of fire, immediately detach the cable from the positive terminal or, if equipped, operate the master disconnect switch.The master disconnect switch disconnects the battery from the tractor electric system.The master disconnect switch (1) can only be activated with the ignition key in the OFF position.CAUTION: Before any maintenance opera-tions, always disconnect the battery by means of the master disconnect switch and remove the terminals from the battery. [2.l]If the tractor is not used for a long time, it is advisable to disconnect the battery. WARNING: When the engine is running, the battery cannot be disconnected by means of the master dis-connect switch.This switch has two positions: ● Position A (knob turned clockwise): battery connected, all systems are supplied ● Position B (knob turned anti-clockwise): battery discon-nected. Only the following items are powered: instru-ment cluster (clock inner memories), courtesy light in cab, radio inner memories, transmission diagnostic sockets, electronic master disconnect switch circuit

Page 291

Maintenance7-237P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fig.7-7Access for inspection and mainte-nance It may be necessary to open the bonnet in order to ac-cess the engine components and carry out inspections, lubrication and servicing operations.DANGER: Danger of shearing. Open the bonnet and remove the side panel only for servicing, with engine off and rotating parts completely at standstill.CAUTION: All the surfaces inside the bonnet are hot. High burning danger. Be extremely careful and wait for the surfaces to cool down before operating inside the bonnet to avoid burns. [2.n]CAUTION: In a few particular cases some serv-ice operations may require an open bonnet. Always turn off the engine, as with an open bonnet the protection from rotating parts is reduced. In this case, pay also great atten-tion to hot parts. Wear specific DPI and keep away any persons not required for the service operations.CAUTION: A gas ram controls opening and closing of the bonnet. Replace the gas ram if not properly operating to avoid accidental fall of the bonnet.CAUTION: if the tractor is equipped with front-end hitch and power take-off, before open-ing the bonnet lower the links completely, whether there are implements or not.Bonnet openingPark the tractor on hard, level ground, engage the first gear, engage the parking brake, turn the engine off and remove the ignition key from the dashboard. Put the key away in a safe place, not accessible to children and not authorised persons.To open the bonnet:- Insert the tool (1-Fig. 7-6) in the front slit in the right side of the bonnet. - Press and release the locking mechanism. - Raise the bonnet (1) that is kept raised by the gas ram (2-Fig.7-7).- To shut the bonnet again, lower the bonnet against the resistance of the gas ram (Fig.7-5). CAUTION: NEVER use the tractor without the bonnet.Fig.7-6

Page 292

Page 293

Maintenance7-257P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 1General tractor inspectionVisual inspection – Power steering cylinder hoses: the hoses must not be pinched or cracked. The outer sheath must not be swollen in any way and there must be no oil leaks between the hoses and unions. [2.i] – Hydraulic circuits tubes. Check for leaks, rubbing, squeezed or damaged hoses, loose nuts or bolts and dirt build up. Repair all leaks, hoses and tighten loose nuts/bolts before operation. [2.i] – Parking brake lever: make sure that the ratchet locking mechanism is secure and reliable. – Check for loose nuts, bolts and components. – Use a calibrated torque wrench to make sure that the wheel nuts are correctly torqued. – Check to make sure that all other nuts and bolts are well tightened. – Make sure that all shields and guards are in the cor-rect position.Daily checks on the engineBefore starting the tractor, it could be best practice to carry out a series of simple checks that could effectively prevent even serious malfunctions during tractor's operation. – Check levels and any leaks in fuel, coolant and lubrica-tion systems. – Inform the service personnel if any problem is found. Top up where necessary.When the engine is started and running, carry out the following checks: – Check for any leaks in fuel, coolant and lubrication systems. – Make sure there are no unusual noises and knocks during operation. – Use the vehicle instruments to control the allowed values of pressure, temperature etc. – Visual check of fumes (colour of exhaust gases). – Visual check of the coolant fluid level in the coolant recovery reservoir. VARIABLE MAINTENANCE (every 10 hours or daily)WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the operation concerned. WARNING: maintenance operations must be carried out when the engine is off. Make sure the parking brake is engaged and remove the ignition key. Put it away in a safe place, not accessible to children and not authorised persons.WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]Check tyre pressuresWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]To check air pressure in tyres, refer to section 6 in this manual.Check tightening and conditions of the auxiliary organs beltOnly operate if the engine is not running and not hot, to avoid burning.• Check the belt for tears, evident wear or soiling by lubricants or fuels. Replace the belt if this is the case.• Use a ½ inch wrench with square connection to check the automatic belt stretcher operation.CAUTION: when the engine is off, but still hot, the belt can start moving without a warning. Wait for the engine temperature to drop to avoid any risk of serious injuries.Check the conditions of the exhaust pipeVisually check that the exhaust system is not clogged, corroded or damaged. In case of faults, carry out the required steps to restore the exhaust system.Wheel nuts tightening checkEvery time the wheels are removed and fit back again, and at regular intervals, it is important to control toe-in of the wheels and the tightening of nuts. Use a calibrated torque wrench to check the tightening.Intervals:- First check within the first 10 work hours.- First check after the first 50 work hours.- Third check and further checks every 500 work hours.NOTE: If particularly heavy works are carried out, the checks of wheel nuts tightening should be carried out more frequently than every 500 hour work.The torque values are indicated in section 6 of this manual.

Page 294

7-26MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 2Check of fuel level in the tankWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day after work has been completed to prevent condensation in the fuel tank.Diesel fuelUse a high grade diesel fuel. The use of a low grade fuel will result in loss of engine power and high fuel consumption.IMPORTANT: Different grades of diesel fuel are required for summer and winter operations. Ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for winter fuel requirements in your area.CAUTION: Never refuel the machine when the engine is hot or running. Never smoke while refuelling.CAUTION: Engine fuel is flammable and can cause a fire or an explosion. DO NOT fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system near an naked flame, welding, burning cigars, ciga-rettes etc.CAUTION: Hydraulic oil or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or other injury. To prevent injury: release all pressure, before disconnect-ing fluid lines. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight and components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your doctor immediately.

Page 295

Maintenance7-277P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 3Check of level in the AdBlue™ reser-voir or DEFIn order to comply with laws concerning emissions from exhaust gases, electronic engines are equipped with SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction).To reduce emissions, a fluid made up of AdBlue™ or DEF at 32,5% must be injected into the exhaust gases. When gases enter the catalytic converter, this fluid causes a chemical reaction that splits up noxious gases into nitro-gen and water vapour. The fluid is contained in the reservoir with a blue cap (1) beside the fuel tank. The system is provided with a control unit for fluid injection into exhaust tubes.Check level of AdBlue™ or DEF fluid in the reservoir and fill up through the blue cap (1), if required, to prevent an empty reservoir.The fluid percentage on fuel consumption is 2 to 5%. Therefore the reservoir needs a new filling every 2 fillings of the fuel tank.The absence of fluid causes a power reduction and if the worked is carried on without fluid injection, the control unit finally stops the engine.The instrument cluster displays the percentage of AdB-lue™ or DEF fluid in the reservoir, and an indicator light signals when the level is too low. Top up immediately with the fluid specified in the Lubricants and Fuels chart. An indicator light in the instrument cluster comes on in case of a fault in the fluid injection system. See the Instruments and programming section in this manual for more details.For storing AdBlue™ or DEF fluid, follow the instruc-tions of the fluid manufacturer and ask your Dealer if you need more information. As AdBlue™ or DEF fluid hardens at -11°C and decomposes quickly at temperatures over 35°C, the fluid must be stored in a sheltered place, out of direct sunlight and must not be stored for a long time at temperature below -11°C or over 35°C. Always handle this fluid carefully and only with dedicated objects, clean and made of materials complying with the technical sheet of the fluid you are using. AdBlue™ or DEF is a clear fluid, not toxic and not dangerous when handled. Not explosive, not flammable, not dangerous for the environment. If your hands come into contact with AdBlue™ or DEF, just rinse with water, Do not pour AdBlue™ or DEF on the ground, as the surface can become slippery. In case of spills, rinse with water.CAUTION: Never fill up AdBlue™ or DEF when the engine is hot or running. Do not smoke during refilling.CAUTION: DO NOT fill the AdBlue™ or DEF reservoir or service the system near a naked flame, during welding, near burning cigars, cigarettes etc.CAUTION: Fluids leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or other injury. To prevent injury: release all pressure, before disconnecting fluid lines.Before applying pressure, make sure all con-nections are tight and components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your doctor immediately.CAUTION: WARRANTY for the AdBlue™ or DEF fluid injection system.A warranty on the AdBlue™ or DEF injection system is granted only if a SYNTHESIS PROD-UCT or equivalent is used. In no case is a war-ranty granted if dissolved products are used (urea prills dissolved in demineralised water), because these products contain additives that can cause early clogging of the catalytic con-verter. Use EXCLUSIVELY the fluid indicated by the fuel and lubricants table or equivalent.CAUTION: never pour AdBlue™ o DEF into the diesel fuel tank and, on the other hand, never pour diesel fuel or lubricating oil into the AdBlue™ or DEF tank.

Page 296

Page 297

Maintenance7-297P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 4Check of engine oil levelDuring all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".CAUTION: Do not service a running engine! Do not smoke and avoid any naked flames! Beware of hot lubricant. Danger of burns!NOTE: During any service on the lubricating system, ensure best cleanliness. Carefully clean the areas around each components you are servicing. Dry wet points with of a compressed air jet. For lubricants handling, comply with safety rules and local specific safety practices.Dispose of spilt lubricant and filter elements according to rules. Do not pour lubricants on the soil.Carry out a test cycle after each servicing. In this occasion, make sure there are no leakages, check the lubricant pres-sure, then also check the lubricant level. CAUTION: The engine could be damaged if the lubricant level is either too low or too high.Check oil level only with the engine in a hori-zontal position and not running. The oil level should be checked when still hot, 5 minutes after stopping the engine. [2.n]CAUTION: Beware of hot lubricant. Danger of burns!Do not remove the dipstick while the engine is running. Danger of injury! [2.n]• Remove the dipstick (1) and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth.• Push down the oil dipstick (1) until it stops.• Remove the dipstick (1) again and read the oil level.• Oil level must always be between the MIN and MAX marks! If required, top up to the MAX mark.Never fill up to a level higher than the MAX mark on the dipstick.WARNING: Never ever use the engine with the oil level below the “MIN” mark.

Page 298

7-30MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 5Check of transmission oil levelWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: When working on steep slopes, oil level in the transmission MUST BE AT LEAST AT THE MAXIMUM LEVEL indicated by the dipstick (1).Otherwise, top up with oil of the specified type through the plug (2).Check at regular intervals the oil level in the gearbox and in the hitch and steering circuits.Park the tractor on flat ground, with the engine at standstill and lower the hitch links. Remove the dipstick (1) and check the oil level.NOTE: Allow the oil to settle in the gearbox and rear final drives before checking the level.The oil level in the gearbox must be over the midline, be-tween the minimum and maximum marks of the dipstick: If needed, fill up through the filler (2) to the required level with oil of the prescribed type.When operating external hydraulics, such as hydraulic front loaders, rams, motors etc. that require a certain amount of oil, top up the oil level to ensure a correct oil level in the transmission at any time (refer to the lubricants and fuels table in the section 9 of this manual).NOTE: in no case the level should drop under the Min. mark: when using external hydraulic circuits, the oil level must always be between the min. and max. marks.NOTE: When working with the tractor on slopes, add 5 extra litres of oil to guarantee a minimum oil level even in the most difficult conditions. Refer to your Argo Tractors Dealer.NOTE: The hydraulic rams of the implements being hitched to the tractor contain the same oil used in the transmission of the tractor. This excludes any oil contami-nation that could cause malfunction.Oil in the gearboxThe tractor's gearbox and the steering and hitch circuits contain the same type of oil (refer to the Lubricants and Fuels table in the section 9 of this manual).

Page 299

Maintenance7-317P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 6Check of exhaust system tightness, with all post-treatment components WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet". WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]The SCR system on this tractor continuously reduces the nitrogen oxide (NOx) produced by the engine.A reduction agent such as AdBlue™ or DEF that is injected into the SCR catalyzer reacts with the nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in the exhaust gases and reduces them to nitrogen (N2) and water (H2O).The injected quantity of AdBlue™ or DEF is controlled by the electronic engine controller.AdBlue™ or DEF is injected in the SCR system by the Supply Module (1).The SCR system is monitored to check for any crystal-lization.As soon as a crystallization is detected, a regeneration request at standstill (“Standstill”) will come up.This is required to the operator by the coming up of a dedicated indicator light in the instrument panel.The standstill procedure must be manually activated by the operator that pushes on a specific button (1).The required standstill procedure should be carried out as soon as possible.If the standstill procedure is not promptly carried out, the engine controller will activate the preset engine protection functions (for further information on engine “Inducement” protection levels, refer to section 4 in this manual).Every standstill procedure will dilute the engine oil with fuel to a little extent. Therefore the number of the standstill procedures will be monitored by the engine electronic management system.WARNING: during the standstill procedure, at the end of the exhaust tube a temperature of about 600°C is possible.During the standstill procedure a special engine opera-tion state is activated and the machine cannot be used.Danger of burns!1

Page 300

7-32MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 7Check of coolant level in the expan-sion vessel (Fig. 7-8)During all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: NEVER remove the plug from the radiator while the engine is still hot. Always unscrew the plug slowly by one position and allow the pressure to drop before you loosen it completely.WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: The concentration of the protective agent for the cooling system must be the prescribed one! Never operate the engine without coolant, not even for a short time!NOTE: The cooling system protective agents must be ordered by your Argo Tractors Dealer.CAUTION: Hot coolant may cause burns! The cooling system is under pressure! Open the plug only after the system has cooled down. For coolants handling, comply with safety rules and local specific safety practices. [2.n]Check regularly the coolant level with the engine stopped and when the coolant is cold. DO NOT REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP.The coolant level must be within the normal cold range marks stamped on the reservoir (1). If the level is below the minimum mark, fill the reservoir to the top mark with correct coolant mixture (this will depend upon market requirements). Remove the plug (2) and top up.Precautions against freezing temperaturesTo prevent ice from forming in the radiator, add specific products according to the instructions given by the anti-freeze manufacturer.Antifreeze also possesses antioxidant and rust-inhibiting properties and is suitable for all seasons.The following amounts are indicatively required:Percentage of protective agent for the cooling systemWater percent-ageProtection from cold up to min. 35 % 65 % -22 °C 40 % 60 % -28 °C 45 % 55 % -35 °C max. 50 % 50 % -41 °CCAUTION: Hot coolant can spray out if the coolant recovery reservoir cap or radiator cap is removed while system is still hot. DO NOT REMOVE THE RADIATOR CAP. To remove the coolant recovery reservoir cap or radiator cap, let system cool, turn cap to first notch, then wait until pressure is released. Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap. [2.n]IMPORTANT: use AGROLUBE MUREX as anti-freeze after correctly mixing it with distilled water, according the quan-tities indicated in the table. Never use tap water, rain water or well water to avoid problems connected to pollution. If a wrong mix is used, Argo Tractors will take no respon-sibility for any damages. To top up, do not pour distilled water into the cooling system. Top up only with correctly diluted AGROLUBE MUREX, according the quantities indicated in the table below. Never use plain water as coolant. Always check the protection level of the mix before winter.Fig.7-8

Page 301

Page 302

Page 303

Page 304

7-36MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 11Cleaning of radiators and heat ex-changer grillesWARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]Periodically check to make sure that the radiator surface is not clogged. CAUTION: These operations must be carried out when the engine is cold. When hot, the grilles and radiator will burn the hands and fingers.Lift the bonnet to access the air conditioning condenser (5), the transmission oil radiator (1), the aftercooler radiator (2) and the engine coolant radiator (6).1. Grasp both ends of the AC condenser (5) and lift it carefully out in order not to damage the cooling fins.2. Take out the grid (4).3. Clean the engine radiator surface (3) by means of an air jet from the inside to the outside.4. Clean the transmission oil radiator surface (1) by means of an air jet from the inside to the outside.5. Clean the aftercooler radiator (2) with an air jet from the inside to the outside.6. Clean the AC condenser surface (5) with and air jet directed from the inside to the outside.7. Clean the fuel radiator surface (6) with and air jet directed from the inside to the outside.Check that the cooling fins are not warped. In this case the damage must be repaired.Proceed in inverse order to remount. Take care not to damage the cooling fins.NOTE: We recommend a daily cleaning when front im-plements are used, especially front mower-conditioners.IMPORTANT: Be careful not to bend or damage the fins during cleaning. Areas with restricted access should be carefully cleaned with compressed air.IMPORTANT: If you clean using compressed air, use an air hose with a safety ON/OFF control nozzle and ALWAYS WEAR FACE PROTECTION.CAUTION: DO NOT steam clean any air con-ditioning system parts while the system is charged. The heat will cause the refrigerant to rise to a pressure that could cause the system to explode.NOTE: The best results are obtained with a steam cleaner that softens up the dirt. Use a lamp to check the cleaning between the radiator fins. We recommend a daily clean-ing when front implements are used, especially front mower-conditioners.

Page 305

Maintenance7-377P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 12Drain the fuel/water separatorWARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]During running-in, the fuel filters must be re-placed at 50 hours. Then replace at the intervals indicated by the table.Regularly drain off the water that collects from the cock of the water/fuel separator filter (5).Shift the gear to neutral and engage the parking brake.The drain plug is located on the bottom of the fuel/water separator. Loosen the plug to let any water or sediment drain from the filter.IMPORTANT: Dispose of fuel and filters in accordance with local regulations. DO NOT drain on the ground, into a drain or into a leaky container. Be responsible for the environment.1. Fuel supply to pump2. Breather screw3. Electric connection for water level sensor4. Drain plug5. Filter cartridge6. Fuel tank inletDraining the water collector• Stop the engine.• Place a suitable collection vessel.• Loosen the drain screw.• Drain liquid until pure Diesel fuel comes out.• Install the drain plug.Driving torque value 1,6 ±0,3 Nm

Page 306

7-38MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 13Fuel pre-filter cartridge changeDuring running-in, the fuel filters must be replaced at 50 hours. Then replace at the intervals indicated by the table.• Place a suitable collection vessel.• Electrical connection:- remove the connections of the cables concerning the filter area.• Loosen the plug and drain the liquid.• Remove the filter element.• Clean from any dirt the seal surface of the new filter cartridge and the opposite side of the filter head.• Smear the seal surfaces of the filter cartridge with a little fuel and screw down onto the filter head in a clockwise direction (approx. 17÷18 Nm). • Install the drain plug.Driving torque value: approx. 1.6 ±0.3 Nm• Electrical connection:- fit back again the cables that were previously discon-nected.• Open the fuel cock and vent the system.Vent the fuel distribution systemThe fuel distribution system is vented by the electrical fuel delivery pump. Do not attempt starting while venting the system, other-wise fault messages could be generated.Proceed as described below:• Starting activatedThe electronic fuel delivery pump starts for 20 seconds to vent the fuel distribution system and generate the required pressure.Wait for the electronic fuel delivery pump to be stopped by the controller.• Starting offRepeat at least 2 times, until the fuel distribution system is completely vented.

Page 307

Maintenance7-397P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 14Change fuel filter cartridgeDuring running-in, the fuel filters must be replaced at 50 hours. Then replace at the intervals indicated by the table.The following operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the op-eration concerned. If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet". Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]Clean the filter head, filter and engine area next to the filter before removing the filter.NOTE: The fuel filter is not equipped with a drain plug. The drain plug is located on the bottom of the fuel/water separator.Use a filter wrench to remove the filter.IMPORTANT: Dispose of fuel and filters in accordance with local law requirements. DO NOT drain fuel onto the ground, into a drain or into a container that can leak. Be responsible for the environment.Wipe any spilt fuel.Clean the seal face of the filter housing with a clean, lint-free cloth.Smear the seal of the new cartridge of the original filter with a thin oil film.Screw down by hand the new filter, then tighten to a torque of approx.: 10÷12 NmIMPORTANT: DO NOT fill the new filter with fuel before installing.IMPORTANT: Only use an approved fuel filter, these fil-ters have been specifically designed to provide superior engine protection.Fill the fuel tank and remove air from the fuel system. See Fuel System Air Removal on the following pages.IMPORTANT: DO NOT crank the engine before removing all the air from the fuel system or the fuel injection pump can be damaged.CAUTION: Engine fuel is flammable and can cause a fire or an explosion. DO NOT fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system near an naked flame, welding, burning cigars, ciga-rettes etc. [2.l]

Page 308

Page 309

Maintenance7-417P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 16Front PTO oil level (if equipped)During all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".To check the power take-off oil level, put the tractor on level ground.Remove the fill/level plug (1) located on the front of the housing. If the oil level is low, add the recommended oil type to raise the oil level to the bottom edge of the fill hole. Install the plug and tighten.Servicing the front power take-off Periodically throughout the year, additional attention must be made to the following: – Check all bolts, screws and fixings etc. are tight. – Check the PTO housing for any leaks.Operating the Front PTO at low oil levels can cause damage to the housing, incorrect operation of the PTO clutch and also damage to the environment.- Every 5 or 10 operation hours, check in the whole power take-off system that all bolts are perfectly tightened and there are no leaks in the hydraulic system.- After about 450 hours work, check that all bolts are tightened to the prescribed torques and there are no leaks in the hydraulic system. Grease all points periodi-cally with all grease nipples. Use a universal high grade grease.

Page 310

Page 311

Page 312

7-44MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 20Battery - Checking for functionWARNING: always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]At regular intervals, check the battery charging and re-charge if required. CAUTION: battery electrolyte contains sulphu-ric acid and can cause serious burns. Avoid any contacts with the skin and eyes. Keep naked flames, sparks and lighted ciga-rettes well clear of batteries which are being charged. Keep the area in which batteries are being charged well ventilated. [2.l]CAUTION: when connecting the battery to a charger, make sure that the positive (+) lead of the charger is connected to the positive of the battery and the negative (-) to the negative. Incorrect connection will damage the diodes and the other circuit components. [2.l]NOTE: make sure that the battery terminal nuts are well fixed to their terminals. CAUTION: battery posts, terminals, and re-lated accessories contain lead and lead com-pounds, chemicals known to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash your hands after handling.WARNING: according to the law it is mandatory to dispose of batteries in suitable containers provided to this purpose at authorised centres. DO NOT dispose of them in the environment.Battery cables and terminalsThe battery terminals must be kept clean and tight. Remove all corrosion with a wire brush, then wash with a weak solution of baking soda or ammonia. Put some petroleum jelly or light grease on terminals to prevent more corrosion.CAUTION: when connecting the battery to a charger, make sure that the positive (+) lead of the charger is connected to the positive of the battery and the negative (-) to the negative. Incorrect connection will damage the diodes and the other circuit components. [2.l]Fig.7-6a

Page 313

Maintenance7-457P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 21Check of fan, compressor and alter-nator belt. WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]Fan and alternator beltPeriodically check the tension of the alternator and fan belt (1).To adjust the belt tension, loosen the fixing screws and check nut on the idler and move the alternator until the correct tension has been obtained.Now tighten all the screws and check nuts.NOTE: Check the belt conditions frequently. The belt must be replaced if it is cracked or needs to be frequently adjusted. This operation must be carried at your Argo Tractors Dealer's.Air conditioning compressor beltCheck periodically the compressor (3) belt (2). If the belt appears slack or cracked, it should be replaced.NOTE: Check the belt conditions frequently. A belt must be replaced if it is cracked or needs to be frequently adjusted. This operation must be carried at your Argo Tractors Dealer's.

Page 314

7-46MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 22Check brake controls - adjustmentsParking brakeWARNING: handle all parts with the utmost care. Do not reach with your hands or fingers between parts. Wear approved safety garments such as eye protection, gloves and safety footwear.4 marksThe travel of the parking brake control lever should be adjusted when the lever has a too long idle travel at the 4 marks. Proceed as follows:1. Pull the parking brake lever up to the fourth mark on the sector.2. Apply a force of 80 ÷ 100 N to the bottom lever (1).3. Loosen the check nut (2) and tighten the adjuster nut (3) up to the position of the bottom lever.4. Tighten the check nut (2) and check if the brake oper-ates correctly.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]Adjustment of pedal brakesThe service brakes require no adjustment.Check at regular intervals that the free travel of the pedals does not exceed the normal value of 3.5 cm (dimension “A”).If the free travel is too long, ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for the braking system diagnosis.

Page 315

Maintenance7-477P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 23Clean cab air filters2 filters in the rear posts in the cabWARNING: service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. Put it away in a safe place, not acces-sible to children and not authorised persons.WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: When maintenance, fill-up, adjust-ment, cleaning and any other operations are required on elements at an height over 1.5 meters, e.g. cab air filters or field lights lamps, a stable and safe climbing means is mandatory, such as a ladder solidly secured on the ground. It is forbidden to climb or grab on to elements such as the tractor access ladder. They must only be used to climb up and down the con-trol compartment of the tractor. Maintenance operations such as window and roof cleaning or cab filters replacement must be carried out in utter safety for the operator and the vehicle. Always use specific personal safety devices for each operation. If it is required to work suspended high on above the ground, always make sure to be in a safe position so as to avoid falling. [2.h]CAUTION: Do not stand on the tractor to service the filter, use the correct equipment for a safe standing platform or injury can result. [2.h] For best performance, this filter must be serviced more often when working in particularly dusty environment. Replace with a genuine part if damaged or when the filter can not be cleaned.IMPORTANT: Respiratory protection equipment and protective clothing appropriate to the environment that the filter has been in contact with MUST be used during the cleaning of the filter.1. Unscrew and remove the fixing knob (1) of the cover (2).2. Lift the cover.3. Loosen the filter fixing nut (3).4. Remove the filter (4) and clean as follows:Clean the filter housing with a cloth. When the filter is remounted, the cartridge (4) must be oriented as indicated on the cartridge itself.Fig.7-8WARNING: Take the filter off before washing the cab. If the cab is washed and the special filter has not been demounted, take care to prevent the jet of water from splashing on to the protective grille. otherwise your cab's special filter will be irreparably damaged.IMPORTANT: before fitting the filter back, visually check that the filter seals are not damaged. They must not be bent or damaged in any way. Replace the complete filter if required.

Page 316

Page 317

Maintenance7-497P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 24Cleaning of cab air recirculation fil-tersStep to be carried out each 100 hoursWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.NOTE: there are 2 filters for air recirculation in the cab. This step must be carried out on both filters in the rear posts in the cab.CAUTION: Do not stand on the tractor to service the filter, use the correct equipment for a safe standing platform or injury can result. [2.h] For best performance, these filters must be serviced more often when working in particularly dusty environment. Replace with a genuine part if damaged or when the filter can not be cleaned.IMPORTANT: respiratory protection equipment and pro-tective clothing appropriate to the environment that the filters has been in contact with MUST be used during the cleaning of the filters.1. Unscrew the screw (1) and remove the protective grill. 2. Access, remove and clean the paper filter.Clean the filter housing with a cloth. When the filter is remounted, the cartridge must be ori-ented as indicated on the cartridge itself.IMPORTANT: before fitting the filter back, visually check that the filter seals are not damaged. They must not be bent or damaged in any way. Replace the complete filter if required.Fig.7-9

Page 318

7-50MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 25Replace front axle differential and side final drives oilWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the operation concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]NOTE: It is advisable to change the oil for the first time after 150 hours, then at the intervals as shown by the table.Differential housing (oil draining)Place a vessel under the plug (1), remove the plug and drain out all oil.Side final drives (oil draining)Position the final drive plugs (1) downward.Place a vessel under the plugs (1) (one for each final drive), unscrew the plug and drain out all oil.NOTE: For oil specifications, refer to the Lubricants and Fuels chart in section 9 of this manual.Differential housing (oil filling)3Fit the plug (1) back when no more oil is coming out and fill up with fresh oil through the filler (3) up to the level of the plug (2).Wait for the oil to stabilize before checking the level. Top up if necessary.Fit all plugs back on.Side final drives (oil filling)Position the plugs (1) on the wheel centre line. Fill up with oil of the specified type to the level of the holes.Wait for the oil to stabilize before checking the level. Top up if necessary. Fit the plugs back (1).IMPORTANT: Dispose of oil in accordance with local law requirements. DO NOT drain oil on the ground, into a drain or into a container that can leak. Be responsible for the environment.

Page 319

Page 320

Page 321

Page 322

Page 323

Maintenance7-557P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 28Replace transmission oil filter (on the intake)WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. Put it away in a safe place, not acces-sible to children and not authorised persons.The following operations for the transmission oil filters must be carried out not only at the prescribed intervals, but also whenever the indicator lights on the instrument panel come on. Warning lights for transmission and hydraulic sys-tem oil filter blockage1 - Red warning light (steady) for low pressure in hydrau-lic transmission system. If it comes on during work, contact your Argo Tractors Dealer.2 - Yellow warning light (steady) for transmission and hydraulic system oil filter blockage.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: replace the oil filter on hydraulic pumps intakes any time the transmission oil is changed. Always refer to the intervals indicated by the table.1 - Loosen the screws (1) and remove the cover (3) of the intake filter (2).2 - Remove the filter cartridge (2) and wash it in a suitable solvent. Be sure to remove any metallic fragments from the filter cover and housing.NOTE: replace the cartridge if damaged or excessively clogged.3 - Clean and reassemble the cover.4. Check the oil level. Top up if necessary with oil of the prescribed type.NOTE: After you have fitted the filter, allow the engine to run and make sure that there are no leaks. Check the oil level at regular and top up if required.NOTE: Use the oil prescribed in the Lubricants and Fuels chart in the section 9 of this manual.NOTE: Make sure that the hydraulic equipment con-nected to the tractor's hydraulic circuit uses the same type of oil. Use of different types of oil could damage the hydraulic circuit.

Page 324

7-56MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 29Various checks - tyre pressures and torquesWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]• Power steering cylinder hoses: the hoses must not be pinched or cracked. The outer sheath must not be swollen in any way and there must be no oil leaks between the hoses and unions.• Parking brake lever: make sure that the ratchet locking mechanism is secure and reliable.• Use a calibrated torque wrench to make sure that the wheel nuts are correctly torqued. • Make sure that the safety frame screws are well tight-ened.• Check to make sure that all other nuts and bolts are well tightened.• Check the tyre pressure.Check of nuts tightening of front and rear wheelsEvery time the wheels are removed and fit back again, and at regular intervals, it is important to control toe-in of the wheels and the tightening of nuts. Use a calibrated torque wrench to check the tightening.Intervals:- First check within the first 10 work hours.- First check after the first 50 work hours.- Third check and further checks every 500 work hours.NOTE: if particularly heavy works are carried out, the checks of wheel nuts tightening should be carried out more frequently than every 500 hour work

Page 325

Page 326

7-58MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 31 [2.ag]Lubrication of front 3-point linkage (if equipped) (repeat every 100 hours)Before carrying out any maintenance operations on your tractor, e.g. lubrication by means of greasing points, always abide by the safety precautions here under pre-scribed.WARNING: Service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n] WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet". Before lubricating any parts provided with grease nipples, carefully clean the surfaces of the nipples and make sure that their seal ball moves freely. After the lubrication, remove any trace of grease to avoid it to collect dirt or dust.CAUTION: if the tractor is equipped with front-end hitch and power take-off, before opening the bonnet lower the links com-pletely, whether there are implements or not. Lubricate the following grease points every 100 hours or more often, depending on the working conditions:- Top of lift cylinder, 2 points. - Bottom of lift cylinder, 2 points.NOTE: Use lithium grease of the prescribed type. See the Lubricants and Fuels chart.NOTE: In severe conditions lubricate these points more frequently.NOTE: Grease the tractor if it is often washed with pres-surised water.NOTE: the greasing point may be protected by a coloured cap. Replace it if worn or damaged.Top of lift cylinder, 2 points.Bottom of lift cylinder, 2 points.

Page 327

Maintenance7-597P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 32Change front PTO oil(if installed)During all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: maintenance operations must be carried out when the engine is off. Make sure the parking brake is engaged and remove the ignition key. Put it away in a safe place, not accessible to children and not authorised persons.STEP 1Park the tractor on level ground.Remove the drain plug (1) under the PTO housing and collect oil in a suitable container.For best results drain the oil after operation when the oil is warm. Once the oil has completely drained, fit the plug back on (1).IMPORTANT: Dispose of oil according to local law re-quirements. DO NOT DRAIN THE OIL ON THE GROUND OR INTO A DRAIN. Be responsible for the environment.STEP 2Remove the plug (2) and top up with oil of the prescribed type (refer to the "Lubricant and fuel chart" in section 9 of this manual). oil must be level with the bottom edge of the hole.Wait approximately 5 minutes. Check the oil level again and add oil as necessary. Install the plug (2) and tighten.Check in the whole power take-off system that all bolts are perfectly tightened and there are no leaks in the hy-draulic system.Grease all points periodically (450/500 hours) with all grease nipples. Use a universal high grade grease.

Page 328

7-60MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 33Replace oil filter on the delivery of the steering circuitWARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: Change the paper filter on the delivery after the first 50, 250, 500 hours. Then replace it at 500 hours intervals, in particular every time the trans-mission oil is changed. Always refer to the intervals indicated by the table. An indicator light on the instrument cluster comes on when the filter must be replaced. Change the element of the filter on the delivery of the steering circuit as follows:1 - Unscrew the holder (1), remove and discard the filter element (3).2 - Fit the new filter element (3) into the cover of the filter (2).To prevent the filter element from being dirtied (with mud, etc.) only completely remove the plastic protection after fitting.3 - Mount the holder (1) after oiling its threaded part, the washer (4) and seal (5) with clean new oil. Take great care to fit the individual parts in the right directions.Change the seal (5) and the washer (4) every 1000 hours service or whenever necessary.4 - Fully screw on the holder (1) by hand.NOTE: After you have changed the filter, allow the engine to run and make sure that there are no leaks. Check the oil level at regular intervals and top up if required.NOTE: Use the oil prescribed in the Lubricants and Fuels chart in the section 9 of this manual.NOTE: Make sure that the hydraulic equipment con-nected to the tractor's hydraulic circuit uses the same type of oil. Use of different types of oil could damage the hydraulic circuit.IMPORTANT: Dispose of oil and filters in accordance with local regulations. DO NOT drain the oil on the ground, into a drain or put in a container that can leak. Be responsible for the environment.1 - Vessel2 - Cover3 - Filter element4 - Washer5 - Ring seal

Page 329

Maintenance7-617P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 34Transmission oil replacementWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: When working on steep slopes, oil level in the transmission MUST BE AT LEAST AT THE MAXIMUM DRAW LEVEL indicated by the dipstick (1).Otherwise, top up with oil of the specified type through the plug (2). NOTE: It is advisable to change the oil in the gearbox for the first time after 500 hours, then after every 1000 hours service. Always refer to the intervals indicated by the table. 1 - Lower the lift arms to the ground.2 - Remove the fill plug (2). 3 - Place vessels under the drain plugs (3) of the trans-mission and axle housings. Place a vessel under the drain plug (4) of the auxiliary reservoir (if provided).4 - Remove the plugs and drain out the oil.5 - Fit the drain plugs back in place, then pour oil of the approved type into the transmission (through the filler (2) until the correct level has been reached. See the Lubricants and Fuels chart.NOTE: Let the oil stabilize before checking its level in the transmission as described in the section 9 of this manual.NOTE: In special weather conditions, e.g. low tempera-tures, always ask you Argo Tractors Dealer for specific indications on correct use of oils and fuels. The use of materials not approved by Argo Tractors exempts the company from any responsibilities.IMPORTANT: Dispose of oil in accordance with local law requirements. DO NOT drain oil on the ground, into a drain or into a container that can leak. Be responsible for the environment.NOTE: when the transmission is filled, it could be of advantage to remove the plug (1) on the rear near the PTO shaft. This will ease oil flow inside the transmission.4

Page 330

7-62MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 35Engine oil replacementWARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. Put it away in a safe place, not acces-sible to children and not authorised persons.WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]NOTE: Every time the engine oil must be changed, we advise a forced standstill with the old oil, and only after-ward to change it as prescribed.For the engine, it is necessary to use a detergent oil as indicated in the Lubricants and Fuels Chart. Detergent oils contain additives that reduce corrosion, oil oxidation and deposits and have a high dispersion power of carbon matters produced by combustion.Personal safety devices (DPI) must be worn for the in-dicated operations. Beware of burns caused by hot oil and engine parts. If required, let the engine idle for the prescribed time to reach the required temperature to let the oil flow easily. Then turn off the engine.During all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on.CAUTION: Do not service a running engine! Do not smoke and avoid any naked flames! Beware of hot lubricant. Danger of burns!NOTE: During any service on the lubricating system, ensure best cleanliness. Carefully clean the areas around each components you are servicing. Dry wet points with of a compressed air jet. For lubricants handling, comply with safety rules and local specific safety practices.Dispose of spilt lubricant and filter elements according to rules. Do not pour lubricants on the soil.Carry out a test cycle after each servicing. In this occasion, make sure there are no leakages, check the lubricant pres-sure, then also check the lubricant level.CAUTION: The engine could be damaged if the lubricant level is either too low or too high.Check oil level only with the engine in a hori-zontal position and not running. The oil level should be checked when still hot, 5 minutes after stopping the engine. DANGER: Beware of hot lubricant. Danger of burns!Do not remove the dipstick while the engine is running. Danger of injury! [2.n]Fig.7-17 - Engine oil1. engine oil drain screw (2 screws on each side of the crankcase)

Page 331

Page 332

Page 333

Maintenance7-657P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 37Replace engine air filterCAUTION: Always stop the engine before re-moving the filter elements.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the operation concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]The cartridges of the engine air filter should be replaced every 1000 hours service (or once a year) or more often if operating in a very dusty environment, or whenever the red indicator on the control panel lights up.Release the clips (1), remove the cover (2) and replace the external cartridge (3) along with the internal safety car-tridge (4). Carefully clean the filter cover (2) and bowl (5).Always check to make sure that the filter housing is not damaged and make sure that all the pipes and unions are tight.NOTE: It is advisable to replace the two filter cartridges at least once a year even if you have not reached 1000 hours service in total.CAUTION: The internal cartridge (4) must always be replaced. It must never be cleaned.IMPORTANT: Dispose of filters correctly in accordance with local regulations. Be responsible for the environment.CAUTION: NEVER attempt to clean the filter elements with exhaust gas from the engine. NEVER EVER use oil on a dry filter. NEVER EVER use wash oil, diesel fuel, paraffin or solvents to clean the filter elements.Filter restriction indicator lampWhen the air filter restriction indicator lamp (1) on the instrument cluster comes on, the primary (outer) filter element needs cleaning. Service the element after the day's work is completed.NOTE: If the air filter restriction indicator lamp illuminates after the primary filter has been serviced, check the fol-lowing possible causes:A. Secondary (inner) element is dirty.B. Grille screen is dirty.In case of fixed light, contact your authorised Argo Trac-tors Dealer.12345

Page 334

Page 335

Maintenance7-677P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 39Change cab air filters2 filters in the rear posts in the cabThe cab air filters in the cab posts must be re-placed at least once a year or every 1000 hours service.WARNING: service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. Put it away in a safe place, not acces-sible to children and not authorised persons.WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]CAUTION: When maintenance, fill-up, adjust-ment, cleaning and any other operations are required on elements at an height over 1.5 meters, e.g. cab air filters or field lights lamps, a stable and safe climbing means is mandatory, such as a ladder solidly secured on the ground. It is forbidden to climb or grab on to elements such as the tractor access ladder. They must only be used to climb up and down the con-trol compartment of the tractor. Maintenance operations such as window and roof cleaning or cab filters replacement must be carried out in utter safety for the operator and the vehicle. Always use specific personal safety devices for each operation. If it is required to work suspended high on above the ground, always make sure to be in a safe position so as to avoid falling. [2.h]CAUTION: Do not stand on the tractor to service the filter, use the correct equipment for a safe standing platform or injury can result. [2.h]For best performance, this filter must be serviced more often when working in particularly dusty environment. Replace with a genuine part if damaged or when the filter can not be cleaned.IMPORTANT: Respiratory protection equipment and protective clothing appropriate to the environment that the filter has been in contact with MUST be used during the cleaning of the filter.1. Unscrew and remove the fixing knob (1) of the cover (2).2. Lift the cover.3. Loosen the filter fixing nut (3).4. Remove the filter (4) and clean as follows:Clean the filter housing with a cloth. When the filter is remounted, the cartridge (4) must be oriented as indicated on the cartridge itself.Fig.7-18WARNING: Take the filter off before washing the cab. If the cab is washed and the special filter has not been demounted, take care to prevent the jet of water from splashing on to the protective grille. otherwise your cab's special filter will be irreparably damaged.IMPORTANT: before fitting the filter back, visually check that the filter seals are not damaged. They must not be bent or damaged in any way. Replace the complete filter if required.

Page 336

Page 337

Page 338

7-70MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 41Check function of the operator de-tector microswitchCheck the sensor for correct function every 1000 hours of operation or at least once annually. When doing the following checks, do so in a clear open area with no other persons or objects near the tractor:NOTE: For further information on the operator detector sensor, see "Operator present sensor" in section 3 of this manual. To check the correct operation of the sensor, reproduce the conditions described in the following table. If even one of the conditions is not met, ask your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer for service to the system.CAUTION: DO NOT bypass the circuit of the operator detector sensor. Otherwise the situ-ation can be risky both for the operator and the people near the tractor.If the operator detector sensor circuit is bypassed, the electronic system will sense the change and transmit the error code. The exclamation point in the instrument cluster will light up. The circuit must be enabled in any case.With ignition key turned to ON, engine running:In the cases given in the following table, the indicator on the instrument cluster and the buzzer are active until the conditions for a correct use of the tractor are restored. PositionoperatorReverse shuttle lever positionParkingbrakeBuzzer sounding Indicator on instrument clustersittiNg Neutral eNgagedOFFsteady oNsittiNg Neutral releasedOFF OFFsittiNg selected directioN eNgagedOFFsteady oNsittiNg selected directioN releasedOFF OFFNot seated Neutral eNgagedOFFsteady oNNot seated Neutral releasedONoN aNd FlashiNgNot seated selected directioN eNgagedONsteady oNNot seated selected directioN releasedONoN aNd FlashiNg

Page 339

Maintenance7-717P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 42Engine oil filter replacementNOTE: Never preload the filter cartridge. Danger of soiling!WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet". WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. Put it away in a safe place, not acces-sible to children and not authorised persons. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]• Loosen the old filter (1) with the tool and unscrew from its housing.• Collect any spilt oil.• Clean the seal face of the filter housing with a clean, lint-free cloth.• Smear the seal of the new cartridge of the original filter with a thin oil film.• Screw down by hand the new filter, then tighten to a torque of approx.: 15÷17 NmNOTE: See the Lubricants and Fuels chart for the correct type of oil required.CAUTION: Only use genuine filter cartridges. Use of spurious cartridges could damage the engine and shorten its working life.IMPORTANT: Dispose of oil and filters in accordance with local regulations. DO NOT drain the oil on the ground, into a drain or put in a container that can leak. Be responsible for the environment.Fig.7-19

Page 340

7-72MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 43Engine coolant changeIMPORTANT: use MUREX as anti-freeze after correctly mixing it with distilled water, according the quantities indi-cated in the table below. Never use tap water, rain water or well water to avoid problems connected to pollution. If a wrong mix is used, Argo Tractors will take no responsibil-ity for any damages. To top up, do not pour distilled water into the cooling system. Top up only with correctly diluted MUREX, according the quantities indicated in the table below. Never use plain water as coolant. Always check the protection level of the mix before winter. During all maintenance and regulations, be careful not to touch hot surfaces in the engine and transmission. In particular, avoid any contacts with hot oil when changing or filling up oil. If the oil is hot, let it cool down somewhat before going on.WARNING: service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. Put it away in a safe place, not acces-sible to children and not authorised persons.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot water and engine parts. [2.n]WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".CAUTION: NEVER remove the plug from the radiator while the engine is still hot. Always unscrew the plug slowly by one position and allow the pressure to drop before you loosen it completely.Remove the filler plug (2) from the expansion tank (1).Put a hose on the radiator drain valve (3) and open valve. Drain coolant into a suitable container.3Drain the coolant out also from the plug (4) of the engine monoblock.4Close the drain plug (3) and the plug (4), then fill with coolant fluid up to the mark on the vessel (1).Allow the engine to run at 1000 RPM for a few minutes. Now check the level and top up if necessary. Shut the fill plug (2) once the cleaning operation has terminated.NOTE: in an emergency, to make up for sudden leaks, the system can be topped up with water by pouring it through the fill plug (2).Precautions against freezing tem-peraturesTo prevent ice from forming in the radiator, add specific products according to the instructions given by the anti-freeze manufacturer.Antifreeze also possesses antioxidant and rust-inhibiting properties and is suitable for all seasons.The following amounts are indicatively required:Percentage of protective agent for the cooling systemWater percent-ageProtection from cold up to min. 35 % 65 % -22 °C 40 % 60 % -28 °C 45 % 55 % -35 °C max. 50 % 50 % -41 °C

Page 341

Page 342

Page 343

Maintenance7-757P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 45Replacement of the ribbed v-beltWARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed. Put it away in a safe place, not acces-sible to children and not authorised persons.WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]1. Belt stretcher roller2. Retainer pin3. Mounting holeProceed in the following way to replace the belt:• With the pipe wrench, push the belt stretcher in the direction of the arrow until it is possible to set a retainer pin into the mounting hole. Now the ripped belt ha no tension.• First of all, remove the ribbed belt from the smaller roller and the belt stretcher.• Mount a new ribbed belt.• Use a pipe wrench to hold the belt stretcher roll and remove the retainer pin.• Stretch the ribbed belt again by means of the stretcher roller and the pipe wrench. Check that the ribbed V-belt seats correctly in its guide.

Page 344

Page 345

Maintenance7-777P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 47Replace AdBlue™ supply pump filter and cleaning filtersCAUTION: while working on components of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR), always wear protective gloves. Ensure a proper cleaning.The replacement of the main filter of the AdBlue™ or DEF injection system, located under the system control unit, must be carried out by the specialised personnel of your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer. Proceed as follows:• Stop the engine.• Electrical connection – Remove cable connections.• Place a suitable collection vessel.• Remove the cover. Use a 27 mm socket wrench• Slide the filter element and the compensator out.• Insert the new filter element and the compensator.• Assemble the cover. Driving torque value 22,5 ±2,5 Nm• Electrical connection – Fit the cable connections back.• StartIMPORTANT: Only use original parts; these parts have been specifically designed to provide superior engine protection.IMPORTANT: Dispose of filter in accordance with local law requirements. DO NOT drain fuel on the ground, into a drain or into a container that can leak. Be responsible for the environment.NOTE: at every replacement of the main filter, also clean the filters (4) mounted in the supply module connection lines.1 - Cover2 - Compensator3 - Filter cartridge4 - Filter2344

Page 346

Page 347

Maintenance7-797P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55STEP 49Check the concentration of additive in the coolantCAUTION: Hot coolant may cause burns!The cooling system is under pressure! Open the plug only after the system has cooled down.The concentration of the protective agent for the cooling system must be the prescribed one!For coolants handling, comply with safety rules and local specific safety practices.In case of radiator on the outside, follow the directions of the manufacturer. Dispose of any spilt coolant fluid according to the rules in force and do not let it seep into the soil.The cooling system protective agents must be ordered by your Argo Tractors Dealer.Never operate the engine without coolant, not even for a short time!• Open the cooling system plug very carefully.• With a tester for antifreeze as available on the market (1) (e.g. hydrometer or refractometer), check the con-centration of additive in the coolant in the radiator or the compensation vessel (2).• Additive concentration in the coolant as content ratio in the coolant mix:Percentage of protective agent for the cooling systemWater percent-ageProtection from cold up to min. 35 % 65 % -22 °C 40 % 60 % -28 °C 45 % 55 % -35 °C max. 50 % 50 % -41 °C

Page 348

Page 349

Maintenance7-817P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55CAB FILTER - MAINTENANCE ON REQUESTNOTE: it is advisable to inspect and clean the cab intake air filter at suitable intervals, especially when working in a dusty environment (always refer to the intervals prescribed by the table). Keep the air filter clean for efficient operation of the heating and cooling system. Replace with genuine parts if damaged or when the filter cannot be cleaned.CAUTION: Remember that the cab filter is not suitable for chemicals in general.Absolute protection against these products can therefore only be achieved by taking the precautionary measures required by the degree of harmfulness of the actual products used.It is essential to strictly conform to this latter precaution for all types of filter whose use requires compliance with the envisaged opera-tion and maintenance instructions.However, even use of filters to protect against chemicals in general does not exempt opera-tors from taking all the personal precautions recommended for use of such products.These specific filters must only be mounted when the actual chemicals are being used and must then be replaced with the normal paper filters supplied with the machine at the end of each treatment.Do not use them during the other processes since the dust would quickly clog them.Carefully comply with the operating instruc-tions on the filter packages or labels. Contact your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer if spe-cific filters against chemicals must be used.IMPORTANT: Always wear protective clothing, e.g. overalls, goggles, gloves and face mask when preparing equipment for chemical spraying operations and ALWAYS follow the chemical manufacturers instructions. This type of tractor CANNOT be used to spray chemicals, unless the operator within the cab is wearing a complete protective suit.The air filters in the cab must be checked weekly or daily if used in extreme conditions. NOTE: This element gives no protection against chemi-cal spray.WARNING: Always wear the right sort of personal protec-tive equipment to protect against the harmful products used.WARNING: Take the filter off before washing the cab. If the cab is washed and the special filter has not been demounted, take care to prevent the jet of water from splashing on to the protective grille. otherwise your cab's special filter will be irreparably damaged.WARNING: If active carbon filters are used, mount only original filters supplied in a sealed package: comply with Fig.7-20

Page 350

7-82MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55the operating instructions on the container and enclosed in the filter package. Carefully comply with the operating instructions on the filter packages or labels. Replace the filters at the intervals specified by the filter manufacturer. Contact your Argo Tractors Dealer if specific filters against chemicals must be used.Always wear the right sort of personal protective equip-ment to protect against the harmful products used.WARNING: The Manufacturer has no responsibility whatever, either direct or indirect, for application of spe-cial filters and/or changes to the air intake system of the cab. Every change to the cab intake system can result in a health hazard for the operator and significantly alter the performance of the air conditioning system. In any case, the cab is not guaranteed as perfectly dust-tight. Always wear individual protections when working in particularly dusty environment.IMPORTANT: before fitting the filter back, visually check that the filter seals are not damaged. They must not be bent or damaged in any way. Replace the complete filter if required.Protection level [6.3.2.b]CAUTION: Tractors with cabs have no protection against dangerous substances, but do have protection against dust (protection level 2). If the tractor is used to spray phytosanitary products or chemicals gener-ally thought of as hazardous to health, the operator must wear individual protections (mask) suitable to the harmfulness of the actual product used.

Page 351

Maintenance7-837P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55GENERAL MAINTENANCEAir conditioning systemCAUTION: Never attempt to open the air conditioning system. Liquid refrigerant can cause severe and painful frostbite. Contact your dealer, who is experienced in servicing and handling of refrigerants.Air conditioned cabBesides being able to provide an optimum temperature in the cab, this system also lowers the degree of humid-ity in the air.Safety notesThe air conditioner is a safe system that is able to ensure lasting and risk-free use. However, it is important to com-ply with certain simple precautions (listed below) in order to prevent possible accidents.• Never work on the conditioning system yourselves. Always contact the specialised technicians of the Assistance Service.• Keep naked flames well away from the air conditioning system as leaking coolant could give rise to a deadly gas: punzione..• The mixture of oil and coolant in the air conditioning system is under pressure. Never ever loosen any unions or tamper with the pipes. For the same reason, you must never unscrew the compressor's oil level check plug.• Coolant can freeze the skin and particularly the eyes. Proceed in the following way if accidents occur:– if coolant has splashed into the eyes, wash them out immediately with a few drops of mineral oil, then continue to wash them with a solution of boric acid and water (one teaspoon of acid in 1/4 of a cup of water) and immediately seek medical help;- areas frozen by coolant fluid can be treated by pro-gressively warming the injured zone with cold water and then applying a greasy cream. However, always seek medical help if such accidents occur.• Keep the air conditioning system well away from heat sources as explosions could occur.System checkThe cab air conditioner is equipped with a system to protect the compressor from high or low refrigerant pressures. Have your conditioning system checked once a year by specialised personnel at your Dealer's.DANGER: Always wear protective clothing in case of leaks. Coolant can injury the eyes. The coolant produces a toxic gas if it contacts a flame.

Page 352

7-84MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Periodical inspectionsAt least once every three months:– remove any foreign bodies from between the evapora-tor and condenser fins;– check the tension of the compressor belt;– allow the engine to run at a rate of 1500 rpm. In the meantime keep the dehydrator filter under observation: the glass should be clear, without air bubbles or white liquid.– check the conditions of the pipes, unions and support-ing brackets;– make sure that the drain pipes are efficient and remove the condensation from the evaporator;– make sure that the screws and fixing nuts of the pul-leys and compressor are well tightened.MaintenanceIf the conditioning system remains unused for a long pe-riod of time, it must be turned on for a few minutes each month to allow the oil to circulate around the circuit and to keep the seals in an efficient condition.Only operate the conditioner when the engine is hot and the temperature in the cab has reached 20°C.Yearly maintenanceHave your Dealer's specialised personnel carry out the following operations at the beginning of the season:– check the level of the oil in the compressor and top it up if necessary;– make sure that the system is tight by means of a leak tester and top up the HFC 134a gas if necessary, or– replace the dehydrator filter only if strictly necessary;– carry out a functional test on the system.General maintenance of the cabAfter servicing the outer parts of the cab, proceed with the following inspections:1. Periodically check to make sure that no water has col-lected in the zones covered with mats or upholstery.2. Protect the hinges and locks of the doors, sun roof and openable windows with water-repellent lubricating products.3. Use special cleaning products to clean the windows, or sulphuric ether, if necessary.4. Detach the windscreen wiper and sprinkle talcum on the rubber wiper.5. Leave the doors or sun-roof partially open.Washing the outside of the tractorFor a correct washing of the outside of the tractor, pro-ceed as follows:1. Disconnect any tools or implements to be cleaned separately.2. Close each window, side doors and the roof hatch correctly.3. Wash the outside of the tractor with a high-pressure washer, with the following precautions:- The water jet must hit the tractor with an angle between 45° and 90°.- Adjust the pressure to maximum 30 bar.- Keep a distance higher than 80 cm.- Adjust the temperature to maximum 50° C.Cab upholstery WARNING: Use water and a neutral detergent to clean the coatings, the controls and the PU dashboard. Any commercial product to clean car interiors may be usedDO NOT use any products deriving from hydrocar-bons, ketonic or aromatic solvents, or cleaning spirits of any kind.SpecificationsCoolant fluid .........................................................R 134 AAir conditioning system reloading- Quantity of gas to be loaded: 1050 g (± 25 g)- Keep the gas unit steady when filling the circuit, in order to allow for a precise reading of the gas weight in any moment.- Operating pressure (20 bar).IMPORTANT: This tractor uses a R134 coolant that does not damage the ozone layer. Never recharge the air condi-tioning system with refrigerant other than HERTZ-134a as this will result in loss of cooling and permanent damage to all air conditioning components.Check the tension of the compressor belt as indicated in the Routine Maintenance chapter.DANGER: Wear safety garments and goggles in case of leaks. Coolant can injury the eyes. The coolant produces a toxic gas if it contacts a flame. WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the operation concerned. WARNING: Service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed.

Page 353

Maintenance7-857P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55GENERAL MAINTENANCEWARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the operation concerned. WARNING: Service operations must be carried out with the engine off. Check that the gear and the parking brake are both engaged and that the ignition key has been removed.WARNING: beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]Cleaning of viscous fan drive – During cleaning and maintenance of the engine and radiator, be careful not to cause damage to the viscous fan drive. – DO NOT restrict the fan blade rotation during engine operation. – DO NOT remove the bi-metal coil (1) on the front of the drive. – Check the fan and drive for external damage or erratic operation. See your dealer if service is required.Cleaning of operator and passenger seatsBefore removing stains, use a vacuum cleaner to remove loose dirt.Find what type and how old the stains are. Some stains can be removed with water or soap solution.CLEANER FLUID - This type of cleaner can be used for grease or oil stains, follow manufactures instructions.FOAM CLEANER: This type of cleaner is good for all stains, follow manufactures instructions.CAUTION: Never use petroleum spirit, naph-tha or any other volatile material for any cleaning purposes. These materials may be toxic and/or flammable.NOTE: Do not make the material wet or clean with a hard brush. Clean with a damp cloth only. Immediately after the material is clean, dry the material with dry cloth.Dashboard and control coveringsWARNING: Use water and a neutral detergent to clean the coatings, the controls and the PU dashboard. Any commercial product to clean car interiors may be used.DO NOT use any products deriving from hydrocar-bons, ketonic or aromatic solvents, or cleaning spirits of any kind.Functional test of the safety beltsCAUTION: Always securely fasten your safety belt. Your tractor is equipped with a ROPS cab or frame for your protection. The seat belt can help insure your safety if it is used and maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system. Never wear the belt in a twisted condition or pinched between the seat structural members.- Keep sharp edges and items that can cause damage, away from the belt.- From time to time, check belt, buckles and mounting bolts for damage.- Replace all parts that are worn or damaged.- Replace a belt that has cuts that can weaken the belt.- Check that the bolts are tight on the seat bracket.- Keep seat belt clean and dry.- Clean belt only with a soap solution and warm water.- Do not use bleach or dye on the belt because this can make the belt weak.General tractor inspectionInspect the hoses and fittings for damage and leaks. Check all hoses for damage and that hose clamps are tight, correct torque is about 3.4 Nm.Check all wiring for damage. If damaged, contact your Dealer for the genuine Argo Tractors spare parts.

Page 354

7-86MaintenanceP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Preparing for long idle periodsTake the following precautionary measures when your tractor is not going to be used for a long period of time.To carry out the operations described hereunder, see the sections relative to the maintenance of the various parts.Always use specific personal safety devices for each service operation.- park the tractor in a dry, sheltered place- turn the master battery disconnector switch anticlock-wise to deactivate it.- drain, flush and fill the cooling system with the correct antifreeze mixture to protect the tractor from the lowest expected temperature.- grease all points provided with grease nipples- clean the fuel filter- generally clean the tractor, particularly the bodywork components. Protect the painted parts by applying silicone wax and the unpainted metal parts by applying protective lubricant. Park the tractor in a dry, sheltered and possibly ventilated place- make sure that all controls are in idle and/or neutral position- always remove the ignition key from the ignition switch- make sure that the cylinder stems (of the power steer-ing, hitch systems, etc.) are positioned- empty the fuel tank and fill it with new diesel fuel until the maximum level is reached- the batteries do not need to be removed from the trac-tor, except for extended storage (more than 30 days) below freezing temperatures. The batteries must be fully charged to prevent freezing. Disconnect the nega-tive (-) ground cable at the batteries to prevent possible discharge. - for long idle periods, remove the battery, clean the cover and spread Vaseline on the terminals and terminal caps. Now place the battery in a ventilated place where the temperature is not liable to drop below 10°C and where it is not exposed to direct sunlight- check the battery charge with a voltmeter as described in the battery part of this section. Recharge if required- store the tractor where there is protection from sunlight. Clean the tyres- place stands or other supports under the axles in order to take the weight off the wheels. When the tractor is raised in this way, it is advisable to deflate the tyres. If this is not possible, the tyre pressure must be periodi-cally checked. - cover the tractor with a tarpaulin (not plastic or water-proof).WARNING: At the end of the idle period, when you start the engine again, pay particular attention to the instructions about starting the engine in the Opera-tion chapter.Removing the tractor from storageWARNING: At the end of the idle period, when you start the engine again, pay particular attention to the instructions about starting the engine in the Opera-tion chapter.To carry out the operations described hereunder, see the sections relative to the maintenance of the various parts.Always use specific personal safety devices for each service operation.- Open the fuel filter drain plug and remove contaminated fuel. Close the drain plug.- Top up the level of oil in the engine crankcase.- Check the coolant level in the reservoir and radiator.- Check that the batteries are fully charged.- Connect the ground cable(s) (-) and tighten all terminals.- Check the transmission/hydraulic fluid level and link-ages.- Check the front (if equipped) and rear hitch.- Check and adjust the tension on all drive belts.- Inflate the tyres to the correct operating pressures.- Make sure that all shields and guards are in the correct position.- Do not accelerate the engine rapidly, or operate at high RPM immediately after starting.CAUTION: Before starting the engine, be sure all operating controls are in neutral and the park brake applied. This will eliminate acci-dental movement of the machine on start-up or power driven equipment.CAUTION: Do not operate the engine in a closed building. Always make sure that there is adequate ventilation.

Page 355

Maintenance7-877P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fire preventionTo carry out the operations described hereunder, see the sections relative to the maintenance of the various parts.Always use specific personal safety devices for each service operation.Fire risks can be minimised by frequent removal of accu-mulated crop material, trash or debris from the machine.Remove all crop material, trash or debris at the start of each working day. Take extra care to make sure the engine area and exhaust system are clean.It is your responsibility to remove and/or clean your ma-chine on a regular basis.Fire risk can also be minimised by prompt repairing of leaks and cleaning up fuel and oil spills.Engine fuel is flammable and can cause a fire or an explosion. DO NOT fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system near an naked flame, welding, burning cigars, cigarettes etc.Sparks or flames can cause the hydrogen gas in a battery to explode. To prevent an explosion, do the following:- When disconnecting the battery cables, disconnect the negative (-) cable first. When connecting the battery cables, connect the negative (-) cable last.- DO NOT connect jumper cables to start the engine. The engine can be started ONLY by the ignition procedure described in this manual.- DO NOT short circuit the battery posts with metal items.- DO NOT solder or smoke near the battery.Check the electrical system for loose, tampered with or poorly insulated connections. Repair or replace the loose or damaged parts.Bleeding of left reservoir in the air braking system (if equipped)The reservoirs are provided with an automatic drain (1) of condense water.Before any service operation on the air braking system, air in the system MUST be discharged by means of the discharge valves in the air reservoirs.If the tyres are replaced, always take care that a suitable space is left to the tubes and reservoirs of the air braking system to avoid any malfunctions. 1

Page 356

Page 357

Page 358

8-2Electrical systemP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55BATTERYWith a maintenance free battery (1 Fig.8-1), it is normally not necessary to frequently check the electrolyte and charge levels.To check its charge, proceed as follows, with the engine stopped, the battery at rest and cold, and the tractor parked on level ground.1. Turn the battery disconnector switch anti-clockwise, to the “disconnected battery” position (1).2. Open the bonnet.3. Connect the voltmeter and check the battery status.4. Recharge the battery.5. Close the bonnet.WARNING: Do not use acid to top up the bat-tery. The electrolyte will boil over. Use only deionised distilled water and top up to a level of 5/6 mm over the battery cells. WARNINGBattery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash your hands after handling.Check the charge condition with a voltmeter. Do not use quick battery chargers to recharge the batteries.NOTE: if the battery must be topped up frequently or tends to discharge, have the electric system of your trac-tor checked by your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer’s specialised personnel.WARNING: Remember to disconnect the wires before you recharge the battery. It is advisable to remove the battery from its housing and to recharge it well away from the tractor.WARNING: The place in which the battery is recharged must be well ventilated. Do not smoke or work with tools liable to produce sparks or flames whilst the battery is being recharged. [2.l]NOTE: See the Maintenance section of this manual for a description of battery replacement procedure.WARNING: According to the Law it is mandato-ry to dispose of batteries in suitable containers provided to this purpose at authorised centres. DO NOT dispose of them in the environment.WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under “How to open the bonnet”.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]Fig.8-1Fig. 8-1A

Page 359

Electrical system8-38P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Recommendations [2.l]The following rules must be respected to preserve an efficient battery:- Keep the battery clean and dry, particularly on top.- If the battery acid must be topped up, use distilled water only,- Make sure that the cable terminal nuts are well fixed to the battery terminals.- Always use a wrench and not pliers to tighten and loosen the terminal nuts.- Smear terminals with petroleum jelly (not grease) to protect them from oxidation.- Never let the battery run completely down. If possible, recharge monthly.WARNING: Battery electrolyte contains sul-furic acid and can cause serious burns. The following good practices are therefore recom-mended.- Wear leather heavy-duty gloves and protective clothes. In case of contact with the skin, wash with plenty of water.- Batteries release flammable gases that can cause an explosion.- DO NOT go near the battery with naked flames or cigarettes.- In case of contact with the eyes, first flush with water, then seek medical help.- Keep batteries well out of children's reach.- It contains lead: NEVER dispose of batteries in gen-eral waste.- Deliver and dispose of exhausted batteries only in suitable containers provided to this purpose at authorised centres, according to local rules.NOTE: Proceed as described below when the old battery must be replaced with a new one:- Turn the master disconnect switch clockwise on OFF.- first disconnect the terminal with the negative (-) sign and then the one with the positive (+) sign;- fit the new battery into its housing without tightening the fixing screws too much;- clean the terminals and connect them to the battery poles. Make sure you connect the positive (+) pole first and the negative (-) pole last;- fully tighten the terminal screws on to the poles and protect them with Vaseline.Battery system servicingWARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.Follow these general rules to prevent damage to the electrical system.• Before working on the electrical system, disconnect the battery cables, ground cable first, or turn off the master switch and remove the key.• Do not make a reverse battery connection.• When you use an auxiliary battery for starting, connect negative (-) to negative (-) and positive (+) to positive (+). Use the auxiliary battery connections provided on the tractor (if equipped).• When charging the tractor batteries, use the auxiliary battery connections on the tractor (if equipped). Do not attach directly to the battery terminals. Do not use a battery charging machine for starting the tractor.• Never operate the tractor when the battery cables are disconnected.• When you carry out maintenance on the engine, cover the alternator to prevent foreign material from entering.• If electric welding is necessary, do the following to protect the electrical components:A. Disconnect the batteries or turn off the master switch (if equipped).B. Disconnect the instrument cluster harness.C. Disconnect the alternator.D. Disconnect all controllers and in particular the en-gine controller.Put the welding equipment ground cable as close as you can to the weld area.Do not put the ground cable where the current can flow through bearings or along channels with wiring harnesses.When batteries are no longer usedWhen the tractor is not used, the batteries should be charged every six weeks to maintain their charges. The battery will slowly discharge when it is not used. A dis-charged battery may freeze at low temperatures, causing damage to the tractor and to the battery itself.NOTE: Do not discard batteries along with normal waste as they damage the environment. Contact your local selective waste collection centre or your dealer for information about how to dispose of batteries in the correct way.

Page 360

8-4Electrical systemP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Electrical system - General warningsIt is absolutely forbidden to make changes or connections to the data interconnecting lines between control units (CAN-BUS lines). They are to be considered as INVIOLA-BLE. All diagnostic and maintenance operations may only be carried out by authorised technicians, with specific appliances approved by Argo Tractors.Use only fuses with the rated capacity for their specific function. Do not ever use fuses with higher rated capacity. Replace a blown fuse only after correcting the relative mal-function and turn off any keys and users before replacing.Please keep in mind that electrical systems made by un-qualified persons might severely damage the systems on board the tractor (control units, harnesses, sensors etc.), and jeopardize the riding safety and good operation of the tractor. Such damages ARE NOT COVERED BY OUR CONTRACT WARRANTY.Never disconnect control unit and sensor connectors while the engine is running and the control units are powered.Negative conductors connected to a grounding point of the system must be as short as possible and star con-nected with each other.As a principle, the grounding connections of the tractor may not be changed.If the creation of further grounding points is required, the holes already provided on the frame must be used, taking care of the following- remove lacquer from the frame- use a suitable highly conductive lacquer between frame and cable terminal.- connect the ground within 5 minutes from lacquer ap-plication.THE POINTS PROVIDED FOR ENGINE CONNECTION TO GROUND MUST BE ABSOLUTELY AVOIDED FOR GROUND CONNECTIONS - Fig.8-21- Ground connection; A. Efficient grounding point; B. Not efficient grounding point.2 - Cable fastening: A. Screw; B. Cable terminal; C. Washer; D. Nut.3- Correctly grounded cable. B AFig.8-2Starter motorThe starter motor should be thoroughly cleaned after pe-riods of 1000 hours or at least once a year. Particularly check the condition of the brushes and collector.AlternatorThe alternator keeps the battery fully charged.The alternator is a brushless model and requires no special maintenance. However, the following precautions must be observed.1 - When fitting a battery, make sure that the positive and negative terminals are connected to the same leads as the alternator. If the battery terminals are inverted, you will short circuit the battery through the alternator diodes.2 - When connecting the battery to a charger, make sure that the positive (+) lead of the charger is connected to the positive of the battery and the negative (-) to the negative. Incorrect connection will damage the diodes and the other circuit components.3 - Never run the alternator unless it is properly con-nected. If the battery is not connected, high voltages can build up inside the alternator that can be extremely danger-ous if the output terminal is touched. Make sure that all connections are firm and tight before carrying out any inspections or tests on the electrical system. 4 - Never short circuit or earth any of the alternator ter-minals. This could damage the electrical system.5 - Never invert the alternator connections. The battery and alternator earths must be of the same sign or the alternator diodes will be damaged.6 - Always disconnect both alternator terminals before undertaking any electric arc welding on the tractor.CAUTION Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned.

Page 361

Electrical system8-58P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55HeadlightsAs you can use your tractor on public roads, the lighting must comply with the applicable traffic and road regula-tions. Periodically check headlight alignment in the fol-lowing way:Checking headlight alignment (Fig.8-4)- Halt the tractor on level ground facing a shaded wall (preferably white). The tractor must be unloaded and the tyres correctly inflated. Mark two crosses on the wall in front of the tractor headlight centres.- Reverse the tractor 5 meters (16.4 ft) away from the wall.- Switch on the main beam. The centre of each beam must be vertically aligned with the crosses on the wall. A maximum outward divergence of 130 mm (5 in) is acceptable.- Switch on the dipped beams. The line separating the lighted area from the dark area must fall below the crosses and must be separated from their centres by at least 1/20th of the height of the crosses from the ground.- Adjust the headlight alignment screws to correct align-ment as necessary (1-Fig.8-3).Fig.6-3 - Screws for headlight alignment.Fig.8-4 - Checking headlight alignmentWARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]

Page 362

8-6Electrical systemP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Replacement of bulbs in the head-lights. Fig.8-51 - Remove the connector (3).2 - Remove the rubber guard (2).3 - Slacken off the retention spring (4).4 - Remove the faulty bulb (1).5 - Fit in a new bulb. Remember not to hold the bulb in your hand. Use a cloth to handle the bulb whilst it is being fitted.6 - Fit the parts back in place by proceeding through the instructions in reverse order.How to replace the bulbs in the rear side lights and hazard lights 1 - Loosen the screws (1 - Fig.8-6) and remove the glass cover.2 - Press the bulb inwards and turn it in the anti-clockwise direction to replace it.3 - Fit the glass again with the screws (1 - Fig.8-6).Fig.8-5How to replace the bulbs in the front side lights and hazard lights - Fig.8-81 - Loosen the screws (1) and remove the glass cover.2 - Replace the faulty bulb (2 or 3, Fig.8-8). Press the bulb inwards and turn it in the anti-clockwise direction to replace it.3 - Fit the glass again with the screws (1).Fig.8-8WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under "How to open the bonnet".WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]Fig.8-6Fig.8-7

Page 363

Page 364

8-8Electrical systemP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55FUSES AND RELAYSThe tractor’s electrical system is protected by fuses against short circuits and excessive power draw. The number of the fuses in the electrical system depends on the tractor model.The PDU box, with power fuses, is mounted in the front, near the power battery.NOTE: Before replacing a blown fuse with a new, equivalent one, the cause that led to the fault should be ascertained and removed.WARNING: To carry out this operation, engage the first gear, turn off the engine, engage the parking brake, remove the ignition key and disconnect the battery.WARNING: If you need to open the bonnet, follow the procedure indicated under “How to open the bonnet”.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. WARNING: Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]Fig.8-11AFig.8-12APositionUser - Fig. 8-11A - Fig. 8-12A Amp.FF1 Engine controller fuse 30FF2 Fuse for controller power supply 20FF3AdBlue™ pre-heaters power fuse30FF4 EBS socket fuse for trailer 25FF5 Power fuse to engine accelerators sensors 5FF6 Starter motor power fuse 20FF7 Fuel pump fuse 20FF8 Power fuse for Nox sensor SCR 15F1AdBlue™ quality sensor fuse5F3 Fuse for ceiling light and radio memory 10F4Instrument cluster fuse (direct BUS BAR) - PDU7.5F8Glow plugs preheating fuse100F9Fuse for cab and roof users125RelayFunction - Fig. 8-11AKF1 Fuel pump relayKF2AdBlue™ control relayKF3 Relay for control unit power supplyKF4 Starter motor relay

Page 365

Electrical system8-98P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fuses and relaysMain fuses and relays are installed in the dashboard line wiring, in the control turret on the left side, under the covering of the storage space. Remove the covering of the storage space on the left side to access them. Loosen the screw (1 - Fig.8-13A) and remove the glass cover.NOTE: Before replacing a blown fuse with a new, equivalent one, the cause that led to the fault should be ascertained and removed.WARNING: To carry out this operation, engage the first gear, turn off the engine, engage the parking brake and remove the ignition key.Fig.8-13AFuse User - Fig. 8-13A Amp.FA1 Transmission controller fuse (key-operated) 7,5FA2 Emergency switch fuse 15FA3 Left sidelight fuse 5FA4 Right sidelight fuse 5FA5 Front field light fuse 10FA6 High beam fuse 15FA7 Low beams fuse 10FA8 Air seat fuse 10FB1 Turn indicator fuse 10FB2 Brake lights and diff lock sol.valve fuse 10FB3 Fuse for field lights on bonnet 15FB4 Turn indicator fuse (NAO setup) 7,5FB5 Not used -FB6 Fuse for trailer hydraulic and air braking 5FB7 Controller fuse CAN/ISO 11786 10FB8Fuse for key-operated right covering auxiliary socket5FC1Fuse direct power supply to auxiliary socket right covering25FC2 4WD fuse 5FC3 Fuse for rotary beacon 15FC4Fuse for marker lights, horn, flash coil of the high and low beams10FC5 Ignition key block fuse 20FC6 Ignition lock relay fuse 5FC7 Key-operated instrument fuse 7,5FC8 Electronic hitch fuse 7,5FD1 Rear roof field light fuse 10FD2Front+rear window washer fuse - front+rear window wiper + radio15FD3Transmission controller fuse (direct from battery)7,5FD4 Key-operated EBS socket fuse 10FD5 Front PTO fuse 5FD6Fuse for auxiliary and key-operated relays for front hitch line5FD7 Cigarette lighter fuse 10FD8 Not used -FE1 Rear hydraulic valve system fuse 7,5FE2 ISOBUS power fuse 10FE3Fuse for supply to satellite autoguide an-tenna 5FE4 Suspended axle fuse (direct from battery) 10FE5 Suspended axle fuse (key operated) 5FE6 Trailer brake controller fuse (direct from battery) 10FE7 Not used -FE8 Rear LED field lights fuse 10

Page 366

Page 367

Electrical system8-118P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Fuses and relays (cab roof line)(Fig. 8-13A)NOTE: Before replacing a blown fuse with a new, equivalent one, the cause that led to the fault should be ascertained and removed.WARNING: To carry out this operation, engage the first gear, turn off the engine, engage the parking brake and remove the ignition key.Fuse User - Fig. 8-13A Amp.FG1 Fan fuse (pos. 1). 20FG2 Fan fuse (pos. 2). 30FG3 Fan fuse, left (pos. 3). 30FG4 Fan fuse, right (pos. 3). 30FG5 Fuse for key-operated power supplies on roof 3FG6 A/C compressor fuse 7.5Relays Function - Fig. 8-13AKA1 Park Lock relayKA2 Relay for low beams on bonnetKA3 PTO stationary control relayKA4 Auxiliary relayKB1 Brake pedals control relayKB2 Auxiliary relayKB3 Differential lock self-retaining relayKB4 Auxiliary relayKC1 Immobiliser relayKC2 Hand brake enabling relay, trailer air and hydraulic braking systemKD2 Relay for high beams on bonnetKD3 Relay for diverter valve controlKD4 Auxiliary relay for users on roofKE1 Right brake pedal relayKE2 Left brake pedal relayKE3 Relay for 4WD engagement with brake pedalsKE4 Trailer brake controller relayRelays Function - Fig. 8-13AKG1 Fan relay (pos. 1).KG2 Fan relay (pos. 2).KG3 A/C compressor relayKH1 Fan relay, left (pos. 3).KH2 Fan relay, right (pos. 3).Relay to manage the AdBlue™ systemThe relays in the following table are used to manage the AdBlue® system. They are mounted on the left side, near the diesel fuel and AdBlue™ tanks. Remove the relative protective cover to access the relays. Relays Function - Fig. 8-13BKI1Relay enabling AdBlue™ heatersKI2Relay for power to AdBlue™ heatersKI3Relay to AdBlue™ heater 1KI4Relay to AdBlue™ heater 2KI5Relay to AdBlue™ heater 3Fig.8-13B

Page 368

8-12Electrical systemP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.557-pin power socket for trailer A 7-pole power socket is installed on the rear of the trac-tor (1 - Fig.8-14). This socket is used to connect the light circuits of the trailer.WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. Beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]Connections (Fig.8-15)1. Left turn indicator; 2. Not used; 3. Earth; 4. Right turn indicator; 5. Rh rear side light; 6. Brake lights; 7. Lh rear side light.Connections and correspondences for 7-pole power socket according to ISO-SAE standards (Fig.8-15).1. Left turn indicator. 2. Not used (Fog lights - if equipped);3. Ground; 4. Right turn indicator;5. Rh rear side light; 6. Brake lights.7. Lh rear side light.Connections in versions for North America:1. Ground; 2. Rear field light;3. Left turn indicator; 4. Battery positive;5. Right turn indicator; 6. Parking lights;7. 12 Volts key operated.In the set-ups with front hitch, a 7-pole electric socket can be mounted as an option for the trailer onto the radiator core support (Fig. 8-15a).Fig.8-14Fig.8-15 View of 7-pin socket, cable insertion sideFig. 8-15a

Page 369

Electrical system8-138P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55EBS power socket for trailer diagnosis (ISO 7638) (if equipped)In the rear part of a tractor a further “EBS” power socket (1) can be fitted to standard ISO 7638, to connect the diagnostic system of the trailer.By the connection to the EBS socket (1) on the tractor, the diagnostic system of the trailer will alert of any malfunc-tion in the trailer.Any malfunction will be signalled to the operator by the alarm light on the instrument cluster. Should this indicator come up, immediately refer to your authorized Argo Tractors Dealer. WARNING: Always use the specific PPE for the opera-tion concerned. beware of burns caused by hot tractor and engine parts. [2.n]WARNING: when inspecting the area of the three-point hitch and of the trailer brake hitch, e.g. to view how the connected implements are operating, it is mandatory to keep a safety distance from these organs. No opera-tion must be carried out that can be dangerous for you or any other bystander. Maximum priority should be given to the safety of all persons near the tractor.Fig. 8-161

Page 370

Page 371

Page 372

Page 373

Page 374

9-2SpecificationsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS OF TRACTOR IMPORTANT: The dimensions and weights shown on the following pages are only approximate. They depend on many factors, such as: tyre size, ballast, amount of fuel, tyre pressure etc.Fig. 9-1The above mentioned weights and dimensions are rough values, as they may change according to tyres.NOTE: Overall width of the tractor may change according to the type of axle and to the rear track width setting.NOTE: (only for UE Member States): An overall width over 2500 mm (8 feet) MAY REQUIRE local authorization for use on the highway. For an overall width over 3000 mm (10 feet) a local authorization is MANDATORY.General specifications of modelX6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Setup withwide axleSetup withnarrow axleWeightsIn running order, without ballast and without front hitch (with driver and full levels and tanks)..........kgs 4600 ÷ 4670 In running order, without ballast and with front hitch (with driver and full levels and tanks)kgs 4850 ÷ 5000DimensionsA. Height to cab roof .......................................... mm 2605 ÷ 2655 B. Wheelbase ...................................................... mm 2420C. Max. length with front ballast ......................... mm 4552Max. length without front ballast weights ...... mm 4256D. Ground clearance (under front axle) ............... mm 437÷487E. Min. - max. width* .......................................... mm 1763 ÷ 2500F. Front track ...................................................... mmSee tracks table on page 6-12G. Rear track ....................................................... mmH. Height from rear wheel axis to cab roof (set-up with rigid cab)mm 1900H. Height from rear wheel axis to cab roof (set-up with suspended cab) - in neutral middle position - in max height positionmmmm19501985* for road driving, see note hereunder

Page 375

9-3Specifications9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55ENGINEX6.35 X6.45 X6.55ENGINETier 4 final DEUTZ-AG DEUTZ-AG DEUTZ-AGISO max. power rating hp/kW 110 / 81 119 / 88 126 / 93ISO rated power rating hp/kW 105 / 77 113 / 83 120 / 88Rated speed RPM 2200 2200 2200Maximum torque Nm 440 476 500Maximum torque rate rpm 1600 1600 1600Bore/stroke mm 98 / 120 98 / 120 98 / 120Swept volume (cm3) / cylinders n./ valves n. 3600 / 4 TA 3600 / 4 TA 3600 / 4 TAExhaust system S.C.R. + D.O.C. • • •Air Intake SystemAir filter Two dry elements, with dust ejector (if installed)Engine cooling systemType Pressure system, thermostat controlled bypass, centrifugal type pumpRadiator In-line Tube and Fin TypeRadiator cap pressure ............................................................................................................................................. 1.03 barFan drive type ViscousEngine fuel systemFuel injectors .............................................................................................................................................................. BoschFuel primer pump ...................................................................................................................................................ElectricalWater trap and drain location ................................................................................................................Bottom of fuel filterCold starting aid .............................................................................................................................................Thermostarter

Page 376

9-4SpecificationsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55ELECTRICAL SYSTEMGeneral SpecificationsType of system ..................................................................................................................................... 12 V, negative groundBattery (cold climate) .......................................................................1 12 V battery, 950 A (peak value) 95 Ah (rated value)Standard battery , maintenance free type .....................................1 12 V battery, 850 A (peak value) 105 Ah (rated value)Main battery disconnecting switch in the cab, on the left side of the control turretAlternator............................................................................................................................................................. 12 V / 120 AVoltage regulator ................................................................................................................................. 12 V, part of alternatorStarter motor, with solenoid switch ....................................................................................................................12 V, 3.2 kWAuxiliary sockets1 7-pin socket for trailer lights (rear): ......................................equipped for directional turn lamps, brake lamps, tail lamps1 7-pin trailer lights socket (front - if equipped):..................................equipped for directional turn lamps, brake lamps, tail lamps1 3-pin cab socket: ..........................................................................................................................................................12 V1 EBS trailer socket (ISO 7638), outside on the rear (option) ..........................................................................................12 V 1 ISO socket (ISO 11786) (optional) (in the cab) .............................................................................................................12 V ISOBUS connection (ISO 11783) (optional): socket in cab .............................................................................................. 12 V

Page 377

9-5Specifications9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55NOTE: These specifications are purely indicative and not comprehensive of all possible cases. The given specifications are of a general character. For technical specifications of each market, please refer to the information material supplied by your authorised Argo Tractors Dealer.WARNING: To drive the tractor on public roads, it is mandatory to abide by the laws in force in the country where the tractor is being used, including the dictated speed limit and the correct use of lights, hazard light and slow moving vehicle signs.When driving on public roads, it is also mandatory to use the tractor with the brake pedals coupled with the relative latch.TRANSMISSIONThe gearbox is available with a number of different options, allowing the user to choose the combination most able to meet his specific needs.Number of speeds SpeedHML (High-Medium-Low) and reverse shuttlePark Lock available as optionwithout creeper 36AV + 12RM 40ECO kph - 50* kph with creeper 48AV + 16RM 40ECO kph - 50* kph Shuttle commandPark Lock available as option without creeperwithout creeper 12FWD+12REV speeds 40ECO kph - 50* kph with creeper 16AV + 16RM 40ECO kph - 50* kph * if available according to tractor configurationWARNING: The driver is always responsible of the selected gear in any situation, specially when operating on steep slopes or towing trailers.CLUTCH UNITNumber of clutches 4Disc number 6 oil cooledControl (each clutch) Electro-hydraulicNOTE: All models are equipped with a potentiometer to adjust the engagement speed of electro-hydraulic clutches.

Page 378

9-6SpecificationsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Rear axleRear axle with bevel gear pair and epicyclical rear final drives.Interflange: .................................................. 1659.50 mmBevel gear pair: .......................................49/11 = 4.4545Rear final drives: .........................................................6.6Total reduction ratio: ...........................................29.4000Front and rear axle ratioRigid axle ................................... ........................... 1.3679Differential lockRear differential lock with electro-hydraulic control and hydraulic engagement.The diff lock is disengaged by means of the brake pedals.Front and rear differential locking takes place at the same time by means of the Twin-Lock system in four-wheel drive tractors.Power take-off [3.d]Independent operation.Engagement by means of hydraulic clutch with electro-hydraulic control through cab switch. Available in the following layouts:Two speeds:1st Type: 540/540ECO rpm2nd Type: 540/1000 rpm.With four speeds:3rd Type: 540/540ECO/1000/1000ECOPTO speed rate - Engine rate for all configurations:PTO version2 speeds 4 speedsPTO type Engine rate PTO type Engine rate540 1944 540 1944540E 1377 540E 15801000 1917 1000 19521000E 1586Different PTO output shafts are available for independent PTO according to A.S.A.E. standards- 1 3/8" (34.9 mm) diameter shaft with 6 splines.- 1 3/8" (34.9 mm) diameter shaft with 21 splines.NOTE: before replacing the PTO output shaft, the speed selection lever must be shifted to the neutral position. Never force the engagement of a new PTO shaft. The substitution must be smooth and gradual.Synchronized ground drive PTO mode engaged (optional)Speed rate in the synchro mode (PTO shaft revolutions for each turn of the rear wheel):PTO rpm ratio (with 2-speed PTO) 9,800 rpm with Power take-off at 540 rpm13,835 rpm with Power take-off at 540E rpm18,407 rpm with Power take-off at 1000 rpmPTO rpm ratio (with 4-speed PTO) 9,800 rpm with Power take-off at 540 rpm12,057 rpm with Power take-off at 540E rpm18,078 rpm with Power take-off at 1000 rpm22,242 rpm with Power take-off at 1000E rpmPTO engagement and selection by a hand lever on the left side of the seat.

Page 379

9-7Specifications9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Rear brakesMultiplate oil-cooled brakes mounted on rear differential transaxles.Number of friction discs: 2 (1 each side)Friction material ....................................................... N670Hydraulic braking control by means of two pedals located at driver's right. The two pedals can be coupled by a locking device to provide simultaneous braking action on both sides.Parking brake controlled by a hand lever and independent control wire, by direct control on a multiplate oil-cooled brake (6 plates) mounted on the 4WD shaft.Plates in sintered bronze.Hydraulic trailer brake mounted on request.Air trailer brake mounted on request.Front axleIn spheroidal cast iron, pivoting at the centre within two supportsFront drive engaging control, electro-hydraulic by hydraulic clutch.Spring-on - Pressure off type.Drive shaft mounted on the longitudinal axis• without universal joints (setup with rigid axle)Transmission via central differential and epicyclical final drives in wheel hubs.Maximum steering angle ............................................55°'Twin-Lock' diff lock with electro-hydraulic control as standard. Diff lock is engaged simultaneously with rear diff lock. The diff lock is disengaged by means of the brake pedals.Front interflange:1687 mm (setup with narrow axle)1887 mm (setup with wide axle)Distance between spindles• Setup with wide axle 1530 mm• Setup with narrow axle 1330 mmReduction ratios:Bevel gear pair ............................................8/31=3.8750Epicyclic final drives .......................... 15/15+63=5.2000Total reduction .....................................................20.1500

Page 380

Page 381

9-9Specifications9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55HYDRAULIC CIRCUITSetup with gear pumpTwo-stage hydraulic gear pump powered directly by the gears of the timing system.wire mesh filter on the intake: 100 micronpump flow rate (high flow stage): 66 l/min with engine at 2200 rpm.It supplies:The hydraulic trailer brake, max. operating pressure: - Italy type “Cuna”, 130±10 bar - for "EEC” markets, 140±10 bar - According to the prescriptions of the REGULATION (EU) n. 167/2013, 140±10 bar - suspended axle (if provided) - The auxiliary control valves, max. operating pressure 190±5 bar - The hydraulic hitch, max. operating pressure 190±5 barpump flow rate (low flow stage): 38 l/min with engine at 2200 rpmPaper filter on delivery line: 15 micronIt supplies: - The power steering circuit, max. differential operating pressure 150±5 bar - low pressure circuit (21±1 bar) including HML gearbox, 4WD, hydraulic PTO, hydraulic PTO brake and differential lock - oil cooling circuit, max. pressure 9.5±1 bar - transmission lubrication circuit, max. pressure. 7±1 barElectronically controlled hitchIt controls draft, position and, in the 'Intermix' mode, both draft and position. Also operates in float mode.Control system................................................. ElectronicControl type...........................................Electro hydraulicDraft control by means of 2 sensors fitted to the lower links of the three point linkage.Operating voltage...................................................12 volt

Page 382

9-10SpecificationsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Three-point linkage [3.g]Cat. 2 three-point linkage with side stabilisers to regulate horizontal swing of the implements.Rh vertical rod with adjuster crank or optional hydraulic adjuster ram.Left vertical rod adjustable by a crank and two-position bottom end: one is fixed, the other one sliding.Lower links with quick couplings.Top link with quick hitch mechanism, optional hydraulic adjuster ram.Three-point linkage operated by a simple-acting ram, diam. 100 mm, coupled to two auxiliary cylinders, 60 mm diameter.Max. lifting capacity at the ends of lower rods in horizontal position:• with 2 auxiliary cylinders, 60 mm diameter (max. pres-sure 200 bar) (if equipped) 6000 kgAuxiliary control valvesOpen centre auxiliary control valves with quick 'Push-Pull' attachments (with gear pump). The auxiliary control valves use the hydraulic hitch pump: the max. operating pressure is thus 200 bar.NOTE: Ask your Argo Tractors Dealer for complete setups of auxiliary control valves.CabCab and platform tested to OECD international standards.Noise level complies with EEC standards.Platform completely supported on Silent-Block dampers and cab in pressed structural steel with isothermal blue-tinted glass panes. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning.Openable roof with ample visibility upwards.Cab is available with mechanical suspension by means of spring shock absorber.Optional extras- Open-centre auxiliary control valves, complete with hy-draulic hoses and 'Push-Pull' couplings. Various types available.- Trailer hydraulic brakes (available compliant to CUNA, CEE, Regulation 167/2013)- Air braking system for trailer.- Two-speed hydraulic power take-off 540/540ECO rpm as alternative to 540/1000 rpm- Four-speed (540, 540ECO, 1000, 1000E rpm) hydraulic power take-off.- Power take-off proportional to ground speed to oper-ate self-propelled trailers (on request and according to market).- 1” 3/8 (34.9 mm) PTO shaft with 21 splines.- Front axle ballast weights: 6-10 cast iron weights each weighing 36 kg.- Ballast weights on rear wheels, 4 cast iron rings for each wheel, 45 kg each.- Seat adjustable in height and horizontally.- Second passenger seat.- Front fenders (according to market)- Three-point linkage, with hydraulic right link rod.- Front PTO and integrated front hitch.- Ejector to expel dirt from the engine air filter connected to the engine exhaust.

Page 383

9-11Specifications9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55MP3/WMA player Radio (MW AM)Signal/noise ratio > 55 dB Frequency range 520 kHz- 1,710 kHzChannel separation > 55 dB (1 kHz) Sensitivity ≤30 dB µV (S/N=26dB)Frequency response 20 Hz- 20 kHzCompatible formats MP3/WMA - ID3 Front AUX-IN inputFrequency response 20 Hz- 20 kHzRadio (FM) Sensitivity 775 mVFrequency range 65 MHz- 108 MHz Impedance 20 kOhmSensitivity ≤12 dB µV (S/N=26dB)Stereo separation ≥25 dB (1 kHz) General informationSignal/noise ratio ≥50 dB Power 12V cc (10.8V - 15.6V)Channel spacing 50 kHz Speaker impedance 4 Ohm - 8 OhmOutput power 40W x 4 channelsRadio (Weatherband - USA only) Fuse 15 AFrequency ranges Band of 162.4-162.55 MhzSensitivity ≤10 dB µVAreaFM / MHz AM / MHzNotesStart StartSpacing / kHzStart Start SpacingEurope 87.5 108 50 522 1620 9 -USA 87.5 107.9 200 530 1710 10 WB availableOirt 65 74 10 522 1620 9 -Japan 76 90 100 522 1629 9 -Middle East 87.5 108 100 531 1602 9 -Latin Am. 87.5 108 100 520 1620 10 -Australia 87.5 108 100 522 1710 9 -Asia 87.5 108 100 531 1602 9 -FM only 87.5 108 50 - -Radio specifications

Page 384

Page 385

9-13Specifications9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55WARNING: The vibration level transmitted to the body as a whole depends on different parameters, some of them relating to the ma-chine, others to the terrain, others to the type of work and to any connected machine and many specific for the operator. The prevailing parameters are the type of terrain or work sur-face, the ground speed and the type of work. WARNING:Machine vibrations are transmitted to the operator, who in some cases may undergo risks for his/her health and safety. Therefore you must: - Make sure that the tractor is in good condi-tion and that all routine servicing is correctly and regularly carried out.- Check that the operator's seat and adjust-ment systems are in good condition, then ad-just the seat to the operator's weight and size.- Evaluate the vibration level transmitted to the operator from the tractor or from the tractor-machine assembly and schedule work hours so as to alternate suitable rest periods concerning exposure to vibrations. IMPORTANT: More information on Whole Body Vibra-tion (WBV) on agricultural tractors can be found in more specific publications. In order to correctly estimate values based on your daily work on the tractor, a specific measure instrument is required, such a three-axis accelerometer applied to the seat. NOTE: Visit the dedicated Internet web sites for further information and documentation on risks of whole body vibration.INFORMATION PAGE ON VIBRATION LEVELS OF THE TRACTORDANGERS RELATIVE TO EXPOSITION TO VIBRATIONS [2.a][2.ah][5]In compliance to EU Directive 2018/830 (Annex XIV) the following table shows vibration levels measured on seats, in aws.* aws = correct weighted value of the vibration acceleration (m/s2).Seat typeVibrations * m/s2 (at the applied test weights)Light-weight operator Heavy-weight operatorCobo MT SC79M200 aws* = 1,22 m/s2aws* = 1,06 m/s2Grammer MSG93/721 aws* = 1,21 m/s2aws* = 1,05 m/s2

Page 386

9-14SpecificationsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Issue of authorizationTo install any type of mounted or semi-mounted equipment not provided for by road traffic laws, it is mandatory to request the express written authorization of the vehicle manufacturer.We insist at any rate on our recommendation to mount always exclusively CE marked equipment complying with the Machinery Directive 2006/42/CE. Masses [3.m]Maximum weight declared by manufacturer for road circulationIMPORTANT: DO NOT exceed the maximum load bearing capacity of the tyres used. Consult the payloads and inflation pressures suggested by the type manufacturers for further details.IMPORTANT: DO NOT exceeds the load on the axles and the maximum weight of the tractor established by the pertinent laws when driving the tractor on public roads.Maximum weight permitted for the tractorMAXIMUM WEIGHT permitted for the tractor, including the tractor itself, the implements and ballast.The MAXIMUM WEIGHT allowed for each axle includes the tractor, the implements, the ballast and any implements coupled to the three-point hitch.Model *Front kg Rear kg Total kgX6.35 X6.45 X6.55(setup with narrow axle)3300 5000 8000X6.35 X6.45 X6.55(setup with wide axle)3800 5000 8500* The given values are for set-up with both rigid and suspended axle.DO NOT use the tractor with a load on the front axle that is less than 25% or more than 55% of the total weight.

Page 387

9-15Specifications9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55* capacity including reserve and not used up volume.** setup with narrow axle*** setup with wide axle**** Before carrying out any maintenance operation on the air conditioning system, refer to the indications in the section 7 of this manual, at the “General maintenance” chapter. (1) Argo Tractors specifications define additives and anti-noise properties. The use of different types of oil, or mixing other types of oil into the oil supplied with the tractor can lead to increased noise.(2) Add further 2 Lt max. with front hitch. Add further 2 Lt max. with front loader.(3) Use ONLY synthetic products such as AdBlue™ or equivalent products, complying with the relevant international standards as indicated by the chart, with the AdBlue™ mark on their labels. If dissolved products are used (urea prills dissolved in demineralised water), the guarantee on the injection system of AdBlue™-DEF system and its components will become null and void. Such system is identified in the European markets as AdBlue™ fluid injection system, in the USA ad DEF (Diesel Exhaust Fluid), in Brazil as ARLA32.(4) IMPORTANT: if the machine is operated in cold climates, replace this oil with a different of with a less viscous grade (Vela B or Vela C).LUBRICANTS AND FUELSCOMPONENTQ.ty litresSPECIFICATI-ONSAMBIENT TEMPERATURELUBRICANTSPECIFICATIONSX6.35X6.45X6.55CoolingCOOLIND (6)16MUREX Concentrated antifreeze to be used in the following percentages.See table 1 in the next pageTANK CAPACITYFUEL (about)150Viscosity at 40°C Viscosity at 100°CASTM method D445mm2/s mm2/sRESERVOIR AdBlue™ or DEF (3)19.6*DIN70070ISO22241ANY TEMPERATUREAdBlue™ (3)— —ENGINE 9ACEA E9API CJ-4CAT ECF-3ANY TEMPERATURESOLEA LD9 15W4067 11.7POWER STEERING CIRCUIT AND TRANSMISSION HOUS-ING (2) (5)61 API GL - 4 ANY TEMPERATURE VELA C+ 56.0 9.3FRONT AXLE - MIDDLE BODY (1)6.6** - 7.6*** API GL - 4 ANY TEMPERATUREVELA B(axle with brakes)88.0 11.9VELA C+(axle without brakes)56.0 9.3FRONT AXLE FINAL DRIVES (each side) (1) (4)1.6 API GL - 5 ANY TEMPERATURE CARINA 80W-90 134 14.4GREASING POINTS — — ANY TEMPERATUREGENA GREASEEP— —FRONT POWER TAKEOFF (if equipped)0.5 API GL-4 ANY TEMPERATUREVELAUNIVERSAL62 9.2COOLANT FLUID****1,050 Kg(±25 g) R 134 A— — — —

Page 388

9-16SpecificationsP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55 Table 1Quick reference guidein the following percentages:Ambient temperature (°C)-7 -10 -14 -18 -23 -28 -33 -38Ambient temperature (°F)19 14 7 0 -9 -18 -27 -36Antifreeze percent Murex%15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50(5) WARNING: When working on steep slopes, oil level in the transmission MUST BE AT LEAST AT THE MAXIMUM DRAW LEVEL indicated by the dipstick. Otherwise, top up with oil of the specified type through the plug.(6) IMPORTANT: use MUREX as anti-freeze after correctly mixing it with distilled water, according the quantities indicated in the table below. Never use tap water, rain water or well water to avoid problems connected to pollution. If a wrong mix is used, Argo Tractors will take no responsibility for any damages. To top up, do not pour distilled water into the cooling system. Top up only with correctly diluted MUREX, according the quantities indicated in the table below. Never use plain water as coolant. Always check the protection level of the mix before winter.NOTE: In special weather conditions, e.g. low temperatures, always ask you Argo Tractors Dealer for specific indications on correct use of oils and fuels. The use of materials not approved by Argo Tractors exempts the company from any responsibilities.

Page 389

Page 390

Page 391

9-19Alphabetical index9P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55AAdditional cab features ............................................. 3-37Air conditioner .................................................. 3-28, 3-29Alphabetical index ....................................................... 9-1Auxiliary control valves .............................................. 5-80BBallast ................................................................. 6-1, 6-22Battery ......................................................................... 8-2Battery master disconnect switch ....................... 5-8, 3-8Brakes, operation ...................................................... 5-36CCab ............................................................................ 3-24Cab filter - Variable maintenance .............................. 7-81Cab ventilation .......................................................... 3-27Check your equipment .............................................. 2-10Cleaning .................................................................... 2-11Cold temperature operation ........................................ 5-5Commutators .............................................................. 3-3Controls - Cab.............................................................. 3-1Controls for cab temperature.................................... 3-28DDangerous operations ............................................... 2-22Decal positions, WEO countries ............................... 2-36Differential lock ......................................................... 5-45Drawbar ..................................................................... 5-55Drive direction reversing lever .................................... 3-4EElectrical system ......................................................... 8-1Electrical system - Battery .......................................... 8-2Engine, starting and stopping ..................................... 5-3Equipment, check ..................................................... 2-10External PTO controls................................................ 5-26FFan, alternator and compressor belt tension ............ 7-45Front hitch ................................................................. 5-33Front PTO .................................................................. 5-31Fuel ............................................................................ 7-12Fuses and relays ......................................................... 8-8GGeneral information ........................................... 1-2, 1-12HHeadlights ................................................................... 8-5Height adjustable hitch. ............................................ 5-60Highway Code regulations ........................................ 2-25How to transport the tractor ..................................... 5-51IIndicator lights............................................................. 4-4Instrument cluster ....................................................... 4-1Instrument panel ......................................................... 4-2Instruments ................................................................. 4-2LLights, replacement .................................................... 8-6Load capacity of tyres ................................................. 6-4Lubricants .................................................................. 9-15Lubricants and fuels .................................................. 9-15MMain controls .............................................................. 3-2Maintenance ...................................................... 2-11, 7-1Maintenance at request, overview of ......................... 7-2Miscellaneous ........................................................... 3-11OOperation .................................................................... 5-1Operation of the four-wheel drive ............................. 5-47PParking brake ............................................................. 5-37Parking the tractor ....................................................... 5-7Pick up hitch .............................................................. 5-56Power take-off, precautions ...................................... 5-30Precautions.................................................................. 2-7Pre-delivery claims .................................................... 1-12Protection from noise ............................................... 2-35Protective clothing ...................................................... 2-7RRadio ......................................................................... 3-30Radio specifications .................................................. 9-11Rear hitch .................................................................. 5-69Rear Power Take-Off ................................................. 5-23Rear Three-Point Hitch .............................................. 5-89Regular service intervals ............................................. 7-2Remote hydraulics operation .................................... 5-82Risk of overturning .................................................... 2-18Risks from noise ....................................................... 2-35Road transport .......................................................... 2-25Routine maintenance table ......................................... 7-2Running in .......................................................... 5-4, 7-10Running in of tractor ................................................... 5-2Running in, recommendations .................................... 5-2

Page 392

9-20Alphabetical indexP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55SSafety ................................................................. 1-13, 2-1Safety - Cab ................................................................. 2-4Safety decal locations - All markets .......................... 2-36Safety notes ................................................................ 2-1Safety, working in safety ........................................... 2-15Safe use of the tractor ................................................ 2-1Seat, adjustment ....................................................... 3-12Seat belt .................................................................... 3-20Starting procedure ...................................................... 5-3Starting the tractor ...................................................... 5-4Stationary .................................................................. 5-44Stationary button ....................................................... 5-44Stationary tractor ....................................................... 5-44Steering wheel ............................................................ 3-9Steering wheel adjustment ......................................... 3-9Stopping the engine .................................................... 5-7Stopping the tractor .................................................... 5-4Synchronised Power take-off .................................... 5-25Systems, checks ......................................................... 2-9TTechnical specifications ....................................... 9-1, 9-2Temperature, controls in the cab .............................. 3-28Tow equipment - Front pull hook. ............................. 5-54Tractor identification ................................................... 1-9Tractor transport ........................................................ 5-51Tractor, turning off the engine ..................................... 5-7Trailer brake ............................................................... 5-38Turning off the engine ................................................. 5-4Tyre Inflation Specifications ........................................ 6-3Tyre maintenance ........................................................ 6-4Tyre mounting ............................................................. 6-7Tyre pressures ............................................................. 6-4Tyres ............................................................................ 6-1Tyre Size Combinations ............................................. 6-19Tyres, wheels, ballasting ............................................. 6-1UUse of the tractor ........................................................ 5-2Use of the tractor on public roads ............................ 2-25VVariable maintenance (every 10 hours or daily) ........ 7-25WWarning and caution ................................................... 2-1Warranty .................................................................... 1-12Weights and dimensions ............................................ 9-2Wheels ........................................................................ 6-1Working in safety ...................................................... 2-15

Page 393

Alphabetical index9-21P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.559Regulation (EU) n. 167/2013N. REGULATION (EU) n. 167/2013 Section1The Operator's manual must comply with ISO 3600:1996 standard, except the section 4.3, Machine identification.2 The operator’s manual shall further provide information about the following:aadjustment of the seat and suspension related to the ergonomic position of the operator with respect to the controls and in order to minimise the risks from whole body vibration;3, 9b use and adjustment of the system for heating, ventilation and air-conditioning, when provided; 3cengine starting and shut-off, including the principles of safe on/off operations that envisage use of the parking brake, shifting to neutral of controls and ignition key removal;2, 5d location and method of opening of emergency exits; 2, 3and directions to get on and off the tractor; 2, 3f the hazard area near to the pivot axis of articulated tractors; NAg use of special tools, if any are provided; 2h safe methods for service and maintenance, including cleaning and working at high levels; 2, 7i information about the interval of inspection of hydraulic hoses; 2, 7j instructions about how to tow the tractor; 2, 5k directions on safe use of the jack and recommended points where the jack is to be inserted; 2, 6l hazards related to batteries and fuel tank; 2, 7, 8mprohibited uses of the tractor, where overturning hazards exist with mention that the list is not ex-haustive;2nrisks caused by contact with hot surfaces, including marginal risks such as topping up oil or coolant in a hot engine or transmission;2, 7or the level of protection of the Falling Objects Protective Structure, if applicable; 1p the level of protection of the protective structure against falling objects, if applicable; 1, 2, 7q warning against contact with overhead electric lines; 2r lightning; 2s regular cleaning of the outer edges against sprays; NAt risks concerning tyres, including their handling, repair, excessive pressure and mounting; 2, 6u unsteadiness when working at high levels with heavy hitched implements 2v risk of overturning on slopes or irregular terrain; 2w transport of passenger only in approved passenger seats; 3x use of the vehicle only by suitably trained operators; 1, 2y information on safe loading of the vehicle; 5Requirements of the Operation and Maintenance Manual

Page 394

9-22Alphabetical indexP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Regulation (EU) n. 167/2013N. REGULATION (EU) n. 167/2013 Sectionz information about the trailer: position and safety conditions; 2aa information on position and use of the master disconnect switch (mechanical devices, electrical switches of electronic systems);3, 5, 7ab use of safety belts and other operator restraining devices; 3ac for tractors with autoguide systems, pertaining directions and safety information; NAadfor vehicles with folding ROPS frames, information about safe use of the ROPS frame, including raising and lowering the frame and locking it in upright position;2, 5aefor vehicles with folding ROPS frame, warning about consequences in case of overturning with folded ROPS;2affor vehicles with folding ROPS, a description of the cases in which the ROPS needs to be folded (work inside a building, in a fruit orchard or a vineyard), and a warning that the ROPS must be used again when the above mentioned work is completed;2ag information about the greasing points and the safety during lubrication; 2, 7ah information about the minimum requirements of the seats and their compatibility so as to comply with the regulations concerning vibration, as in item 5.33Further information about mounting, splitting and work with mounted machines, trailers and inter-changeable trailed machines.The operator’s manual shall provide information about the following:aa warning to strictly follow the instructions outlined in the operator’s manual of the mounted or trailed machinery or trailer, and not to operate the combination tractor-machine or tractor-trailer unless all instructions have been followed;2ba warning to keep a safe distance from the area of the three-point linkage and of the trailer hook (if equipped) when they are inspected;5c a warning that mounted machinery must be lowered on the ground before leaving the tractor; 5d speed of the power take-off drive shafts in function of the mounted machinery or trailed vehicle; 5andthe instruction to use only a drive shaft with a PTO provided with suitable guards and to install a cover if such guards are removed from the tractor;2, 5f information about hydraulic coupling devices and their function; 5g information about the maximum lift capacity of the three-point linkage; 9hinformation about the determination of the total mass, the axle loads, the tyre load carrying capacity and the necessary minimum ballasting;5, 6, 9iinformation about the predictable use, the installation, the removal and the maintenance of ballast weights;6j information about the available trailer braking systems and their compatibility with the trailed vehicles; 5k the maximum vertical load on the rear hitch, related to the rear tyre size and type of hitch. 5linformation about using implements with power take-off drive shafts and that the technically possible inclination of the shafts depend on the shape and size of the master shield and/or clearance zone, including the specific information required in case of PTO type 3 with reduced dimension;5m a repeat of the data on the statutory plate about maximum allowed trailed masses; 5, 9n a warning to stay clear of the area between tractor and towed vehicle; 2orfor tractors with mounted machines, the information prescribed by the operator's manual of the mounted machinery according to Directive 2006/42/EC.2

Page 395

Alphabetical index9-23P/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.559Regulation (EU) n. 167/2013N. REGULATION (EU) n. 167/2013 Section4Noise declarationThe operator's manual must give the noise level as heard by the operator, measured according to annex XIII.95Vibration declarationThe operator's manual must give the vibration level measured according to annex XIII.96Operation modesThe operator's manual must contain information as to allow a secure operation of the tractor in the following conditions:a) work with front-end loader (risk of falling objects); 2b) forestry application (risk of falling and/or penetrating objects); NAc) work with crop sprayers, mounted or trailed (risk of hazardous substances). NAThe operator's manual must deal at length with the use of the tractor in combination with the above implements.6.1 Front loader6.1.1The operator’s manual shall outline the hazards associated with front-end loader work, and explain how to avoid those hazards.26.1.2The operator’s manual shall indicate the fixation points on the body of the tractor where the front-end loader must be installed, together with the size and quality of the hardware to be used. If no such at-tachment points are foreseen, the operator’s manual shall prohibit the installation of a front-end loader.96.1.3Tractors fitted with programmable hydraulic sequencing functions shall provide information on how to connect the loader hydraulics so that this function is inoperable.NA6.2 Forestry application6.2.1In case of use of an agricultural tractor in a forestry application, the identified hazards include the following ones:a) toppling trees, e.g. in case a rear-mounted tree grab-crane is mounted at the rear of the tractor; NAb)penetrating objects in the operator’s enclosure, primarily in case a winch is mounted at the rear of the tractor.NAc) falling objects, such as branches or tree logs; NAd) working on a steep slope or on irregular terrain. NA6.2.2 The operator’s manual shall provide information about the following:a) the existence of the hazards described in point 6.2.1; NAb) any optional equipment that might be available to deal with those hazards; NAc)fixation points on the tractor where protective structures can be fixed, together with the size and quality of the hardware to be used. When no means are foreseen to fit adequate protective struc-tures, this shall be mentioned.NAd)the provided protective structures may consist of a frame protecting the operating station against toppling trees or (mesh) grids in front of the cab doors, roof and windows;NA

Page 396

9-24Alphabetical indexP/N 6622427A2 - X6.35 - X6.45 - X6.55Regulation (EU) n. 167/2013NA: Not ApplicableN. REGULATION (EU) n. 167/2013 Sectione) FOPS level, if available. NA6.3 Crop sprayers (protection against harmful substances):6.3.1 In case of use of an agricultural tractor provided with a crop sprayer, the identified hazards are the following ones:a) hazards connected to spraying harmful substances with a tractor either with or without cab; NAb) hazards connected to entering or leaving the cab while spraying harmful substances; NAc) hazards connected to a possible contamination of the work space; NAd) hazards connected to cleaning the cab and servicing the air filters. NA6.3.2 The operator’s manual shall provide information about the following:a) at least the hazards described in point 6.3.1; NAb)protection level from harmful substances offered by the cab and filters. In particular the information prescribed by the standards EN 15695-1:2009 and EN 15695-2:2009/AC 2011 shall be given;1, 7c)information about selecting and cleaning the cab air filters, as well as the replacement intervals re-quired for an uninterrupted protection against harmful substances, with directions on how to carry out such operations safely and without risks for the health;7d)directions on how to keep the work space uncontaminated, in particular if the tractor is used along with personal protection devices;NAe)indication that to safely carry out spraying the operator shall comply with the directions in the label of the harmful substance and with the directions of the crop sprayer mounted on or towed by the vehicle.NA